HomeMy WebLinkAboutVAIL POTATO PATCH FILING 2 BLOCK 2 LOT 8 A VAIL GYMNASTICS FACILITY CONSTRUCTION 1 LEGALBuilding Safety I Inspection Seruices Diztision
Community Deaelopment D epartment
75 SouthFrontage Road
Vail, C-olarado USA 81,657
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY
This certificate is issued pu$uant to the requiremmts of the International Building Code as adopted by the Town of Vail
certifying tut, at the time of issuance, this strucfure was found to be subsbntially in compliance with the various
ordinances of the town regulating building conskuction or use for the following:
Name and description of proiect Vail Gvmnastics Center
551 N. Frontaee RoadAddress of projech
Ovvner name and address: Town of Vail. 75 S. Frontage Rd. VaiL Colorado 81657
IBCEdition:Occupancy Group(s): A3/B Type(s) of Construction: V-B (1997 UBC)
Permit Number(s): B0tl-0091 Occupant Load:Snrinklersrste@rrlType: I 3
building official writing suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy issued under the provisioru of this code
ts or on the basis of incorrect inforuration supplied, or when it is deermined that the building
of any ordinance or regulation of this code.3,
E. Davis, Chief Building Official Date
ll
APPLICATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF INCOMPLETE OR UNSIG
Project#:
-
oq -o00-
Buildins Permit#:^ffim.n\tlr-!rt,\\\\I 't I
t -\ -\trJ. , I
75 S. Frontage Rd.
Vail, Colorado 81557
i","., REcEftlED
Af,H .'ltt 2gu1
CoNTRACTOR INFORMATIqN ffie#'$- Lnq-ZqLlq
5usie Ne,'vcr+/ frln Ca.tlgS urq-ttr9own of Vail Reg. No.:General Contractor;
-Tocun af V*rl
+r'\116 En Et all ntNt? pFRMIT bor & Materials
GUMI',LE | tr vALtrArrY!E-!-Y.!l-5
.I'TLIEQ.q
BUILDING: $ELECTRICAL: $
PLUMBING: $MECHANICAL:$
For Parcel# Co4PglE Assessors Office at 970-328-8640 or visit
:l**s***tr****.*+***i+t**********lE*FoR oFFICE USE ONLY*t*:r*'r*H*****'
\\VaiMAiA\CdEV\FORMS\PERMITS\BLDGPERM.DOC
ooO1oa
I
f *r,"..-r --l
l;E/o4 |
ll: Itltl
ntul
I Erg" I| =i$HEI
lsqggF lI ocn I
l=l
L___l
ARCHITECTS
|cn E\tirh&to., L'*rc.1
V{,@fl65t d.iftlddn
d9rq4t5{er ot0J.76{r.2
BY THE
OF VAIL
AND
COMltl
fiTTE
,4--
?1 .126Pffi
"12
. 14 3Prc3fr. 13?&3?4.16 g"e*fr. A *&fr
FIIISER
PIERCE
Attachment: C
'rotL . a1 gP&A
oro1rj
ntl
L__l
Ftul
I Ers" II ci#Eil
lsgggF II Odn Ite.- |t> |!
vPP GI
^&&l
FRITZLEN
PIERCE
LOOF FLANT LEVEL
fa l1 jO
n
il
lSEggF IL
ARCHITECTS
r6s0
'.sll
v.Lto., r.|lnd.c-r
rAl|,@n65t r&*d6
6{9rq .76sl otq .15642
FRITZLEN
PIERCE
NP FLAN
r1 oa
| *r,"r*ro --l
Gvrvo4 -1
l*'-*l
L_.1
Flul
I Erc" I
I5EggF I
L
IIiFORAIIDtrclA- Ar.f,{ti€
€a[RpL .-tflT tlta eo@rgRrle"r'E-sfo ta1?n l9(Jsi. s)g-
l.Glr|- ltAc{ElE
rF
atF]Frr.E t|a.|aata
Lt6t{T FlXinES@ItcF€iE
iETAHIS IIA.L ca$|!tEgrfrEplllFLr€€aa6. 0E
aOUTH ELEVATION
cot'nta- .E [{T41,@p€oi&lEr€ P ,!a!
'to ltAla|{ Ext'J. **wLFEtl.oiallD
r'EtAL Arl{ll€
al,.r|Nfi yttDon tv
ArioPtzED fltll+t
lgTonts*dtT rrfE 9Y€'TEi.O
t€'.'zo*r^J-l,log9Jl0ltl&
il
ARCHITECTS
1650 I. vtllvdkt O., rdlidS.C-1
v.llcoar657 {|||dli6.6
5(!r70.'6-a$t F7oar5{:Lt
FRITZLEN
PIERCE
EAgT ELEVATION
o;
I-- *r, ".*"--llovrvo4 ----1
l*"*ltltltl
Ftul
I Erg" I
lsEggg II Oen Ile,- I
l=ltl
ARCHITECTS
1650 E- v.il v:rbt or. F.lltrdt Cn
vil@a1557 ar.dib.n@
htcrot476,irn (ro)476{3,u
FRITZLEN
PIERCEaECTION #l
I
Vail Gymnastics Facility
r Index of Specificationsr
I Bid Form - AIA 310
I Instructions to Bidders - TOV Document
Owner Contractor Agreement AIA 101 1997
I
I Division One - General Gonditions
I 01100 Summarv
01 140 Work Restrictions
I 01210 Alowances
I 01230 Alternates
- 01250 Contract Modmcation Procedures
01270 Unit Prices
I 01290 Pavment ProceduresI,rr",0 fiElilili.''iEiiuno cooro'n",,on
01 320 Construction Progress Documentation
I 01330 Submiltal Procedures
I 01400 Quality Requirements
01420 References
I 01500 Temporary Facilities
I 01600 Product Requirements
01 700 Execttion Requirements
01770 Closeout Procedures
I 01781 Project Record Documentsr 01782 Operation and Maintenance Data
01820 Demonstration and Training
r Division Two - Site Gonstruction
Soils Report
I Drainage Report
I 02000 Site Drainage General
02260 Excavation Support and Protection
t 02620 Subdrainage
I 02621 Drainage Composites (MhaDMlN)
02300 Earthwork
r 02720 Unbound Base Course
I 02740 Flexible PavementI 02810 lnigation Systems
r 02834 Modular Concrete Retaining Wall System
I 02930 Exterior Plants
Division Three - Goncrete
I 03300 Cast-ln-ptace ConcreteI 03532 Concrete Floor Topping
I Division Four- Masonry
I
I
OfflceCo1ry
Page I
No Reguirements
Division Five - Metals
05120 Structural Steel
05500 Metal Fabrications
05511 Metal Stairs
05521 Pipe and Tube Railings
Division Six, Wood and Plastics
06100 Rough Carpentry
06402 Interior Architeclural Woodwork
Division Seven -Thermal and Moisture Protectlon
071 10 Sheet Membrance Waterproofi ng
07210 Building Insulation
07531 EDPM Membrane Roofing and Accessories
07540 Snowguards
07620 Sheel Metal Flashing and Trim
07920 Joint Sealants
Division Eight - Doors and Windows
0811.1 Steel Doors and Frames
08520 Aluminum Windows
08711 Door Hardware
08830 Minored Glass
Division Nine - Finishes
09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies
09220 Stucco
09310 CeramicTile
09563 Resilient Wall Base
09651 Resilient Floor Tile
09680 Carpet
09910 Painting
Division Ten - Specialties
101 55 Toilet Compartments
10801 Toilet and Bath Accessories
1M31 Signs
Divlsion Eleven - Equipment ,
No Requirements
Divislon Twelve - Furnishings
No Requirements
Division Thirteen - Special Gonstruction
13851 FireAlarm
Division Fouileen - Gonveying Systems
14210 Hydraulic Elevator
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
IlndexPage2
tlo
I
I Division Fifteen - Mechanical
| 15mo Mechanical General
I Division Sixteen - Electrical
I 16000 Electrical General
I *L""*';;ins schedure
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I lndex Page 3
I
T
I
I owNER
PROJEGT VailGymnastics Facility
Vail Public Worksi/Transportation Complex
1289 Elkhorn Drive
Vail, CO
t BTDDER
DATE/TIME May 20, 2004 at 4:00pm
I Pubtic opening
- ADDENDA: lackrowledge Addenda numbered:-, --,
-,I
I
Base Bid Amount - Vail Gymnastics Facility
tn mmpliance with the lnvitation for Bid for the Vail Gymnastics Facility for the Town of Vail and subject
to all conditions thereof, the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish ail materials, labor, equipment,
and supervision onsite and offisite overhead and profit as required for this Bidder to provide the Work
as specified in accordance with the Contract Documents for the Project, for the following lump sum:
Dollars ($),
It The undersigned acknowledges that time is of the essence and agrees to complete the project within
I z..rlann,rr n,'rrra. .r$a; anl a{ rr,rrlu nraz.lir-.rlad nn o rerriflon hlnlino fncalendar days after commencement of work predicated on a written Notice to
I
Proceed, cunently anticipated for issuance by the Owner June 01, 2004.
I
I
THE TOWN OF VAIL
Bid Form -VailGvmnastics Facilitv
The Town of Vail
Alternate # I
The cost savings to delete Area #3 Paving and Site lmprovements as shown
),
),
I
I
I
I
on A103:
.Do llars ($
for a total contract sum of the Base Bid (plus)(minus)(shike one) Alternate (1) equaling:
t
I Bid Form
Fbge 1 of 3
Dollars ($
The Town of Vail
THE TOWN OF VAIL
Bid Form -VailGvmnastics Facilitv
Alternate # 2
The cost savings to delete the elevabr equipment and installation as described in Division Fourteen
of the Project Specifications while providing finished and painted drywall inside of the elevator
hoistway. In addition, please include the price to infillflooring and doors as in orderto allow the
hoistway to be used as a closet:
Dollars ($
for a total contract sum of the Base Bid (plus)(minus)(strike one) Alternate (2) equaling:
Alternate # 3
The cost to substitute primed and painted finish for all exposed metalfinishes specified as powder
coated:
Dollars ($
for a total contract sum of the Base Bid (plus)(minus)(strike one) Alternate (3) equaling:
Dollars ($
Alternate #4
The additional cost of a payment & performance bond (if required):
Dollars ($
for a total contract sum of the Base Bid (plus)(minus)(strike one) Altemate (4) equaling:
Dollars ($),
The Contract shall be a Prime Contract directly with the Owner and administered by the Owner. The
undersigned acknowledges that time is of the essence and the Owne/s final acceptance date on the
Project is crucialto the final completion of the project.
The undersigned acknowledges that the sequencing and scheduling of the Work may vary from time to
time from that anticipated by the Bidder and reflected in the Delivery Schedule anO sirail make no
),
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
l
I
t
I
I
I
),
),
),
Bid Form
Page 2 of 3
The Town of Vail
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
THE TOWN OF VAIL
claim nor shall be entitled to additional compensation of any type as a result of the occurrence of any
of same.
The undersigned shall comply with any and all local, state, federal, or other govemmental laws, rules,
and regulations with r"speit to the transportation, disposal, and dumping of debris and other
materials, and Vendor shall secure any and all necessary permits and approvals incident to said
transportration, dumping, and d isposal.
The undersigned further agrees to indemnify and hold the Owner, Architect and Architecfs consultants
harmless from any and all-claims and/or damage of any kind whatsoever as a result of the Contractot's
performance of this Contract.
A list of any and all exclusions and Contract documents affecting the Bidde/s scope of work for this
project is required to be attached to this bid form. The list is to be submitted on the letterhead of the
Bidder, dated, and signed.
lf notified of acceptance of tris proposal within fourteen (14) calendar days after the opening of Bids,
the undersigned agrees to execute and deliver an Agreement with the Owner.
Notice of acceptance should be mailed or delivered to the following:
Company Name:
Address:
Signature:
Typed Name:
Title:
Seal:
I
I
I
t
I
Proprietorship:
Partnership:
Corporation:
CIher
Bid Form
Pagp 3 of 3
The Town of Vail
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
O -t= TowN oF vAtL
1.00 Biddinq lnformation
1.01 Contractor quotations shall be accepted for the Town of Vail project until !!Q!pgq
Mav 20. Z0OC. Bids are to be delivered to the Town of Vail at the address below:
Town of Vail Public Works
General Services Administrator
1309 Elkhom DrMe
Vail. CO 81657
' Addressee: Susie Hervert
Fax: (970)479-2166
Email: shervert@ci.vail'co.us
1.02 Proposals sent via Ffi{ prior to the bid deadline *rall be accepted only if the
original quotation is received in Town of Vail Public Works office by 4:00pm on
MJy 20, 2004. The Owner shall not be responsible for proposals delayed by a non
responsive FAX machine.
1.03 The Architect will be available to process written questions during the bid period at
the location shown below. Verbaiinquiries will not be entertained. Written inquiries
sent in a timely fashion via FAX or email to the address below will be addressed.
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Contact: LYnn Fritzlen
Fax:(970) 4764eol
Email: lynn@vailarchitecb'com
'1.04 These Instructions to Bidders are hereby deemed to be a part of the Contract
Documents for this Project. Bidders are encouraged to study them closely and ask
any questions they may have. Successful Bidders shall comply with requirements
included in these instructions.
1.0S The Bidder shall submit hisiher bid on tre Bid Form supplied with these documents,
together with an initial Proposed Construction Schedule. For more information on
the format of this schedule, see paragraph 4.02 of these lnstructions to Bidders.
' PaSe 1 of8
F.IPROJECTS\I2 - TOV GY NASTICS FACIUTTIIr|STRUCTKINS TO BDOERS 'GYXNASIICS FACIUTY'DOC
lnstructions to Bidders - Vail Gvmnasti
THE TOWN OF VAIL
1.06 Submit proposal on form provided or on an exact copy of it' Sealthe proposal in an
envelope addressed to the Town of Vail Attn: Susie Hevert and plainly mark on the
outside of the envelope the name and address of the Bidder, time set for bid
submiftal, project name, bid package number, and the name of the contents. All
proposals and supporting document! shall be submifted with seven (7) hard copies
of each item.
1.07 Bids must be received in the Town of Vail's office by the time and date specified.
Bids received after the specified time (as defined by the clock at the place of
opening) will not be accepted and will be returned unopened to the Bidder.
1.08 No Bidder may withdraw his/her bid within thirty (30) calendar days after the actual
date of the Bid.
1.09 Bids shall be analyzed on the basis of cost, qualifications receMed, proposed
completion schedu6, and performance characteristics. The successful Bidder shall
be the acceptable combination offering the best benefits to the project in the opinion
of the Oryner. The Owner reseryes the right to reject any or all bids and to waive
informalities and irregularities.
1.10 Each bidder shall be provided with 2 sets of proposed Contract Documents at no
charge. Additional sets are available upon request no less than five (5) business
OayJin advance, and will require a norrrefundable payment in advance of $50 for
eath set requested. Checks should be made payable to the Town of Vail and
should accompany such request(s).
2.00 Interpretation of Documents
2.01 lf any person contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt as
to the meaning of any part of the plans, specifications, or other proposed Contract
Documents, he/she may submit to Architect a gg!@ requestfor any interpretation
thereof, prior to five (5) calendar days of the hour of the opening of the bids.
Z.O2 The person submitting the request shall be held responsible for its prompt delivery
or transmittral.
2.Og No bidder or material supplier shall communicate directly during the bidding phase
with the orvner or any of the orne/s consultants or Architects consultant, without
exception. Failure to adhere to this direction may, in and of itsetf, be grounds for
disqualification of the candidate, at the Ownefs sole discretion.
Paga 2 of 8
F:\PROJECTSII2 . TOV GY NASNCS FACTLTTIINSTRUCTIOIS TO BDDERS . GYIXNAS CS FACILITY.DOC
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O rrr= rowN oF vAtL
2.04 Any interpretation of the proposed documents shall be made only by Addendum
duly issued, and a copy of such Addendum shall be mailed or delivered, at the
option of the Architect, to the approved Bidders'
2.05 The Oruner or Architect shall not be held responsible for any other explanations or
interpretations of the proposed documents.
2.06 The successful Bidder shall be required to provide all labor, materials, tools,
supplies, equipment, supervision, and all incidentals required to provide a complete
and operable system as it pertains to the Contract Documents. This includes but is
not limited to all necessary coordination with all other trades.
2.07 Submission of a bid indicates the Bidder has carefully read and understands these
lnstructions to Bidders.
3.00 Examination of Premises
3.01 Before submitting proposals for this work, each bidder shall be held to have
examined the premises and satisfied himself as to the conditions under which he
shall be obliged to operate or that shall in any manner affec't the work under this
Contract. Each Bidder must familiarize himself with all applicable laws and building
regulations, as allwork must be preformed in accordance therewith.
3.02 No allowances shall be made subsequently in this connection in behalf of the
Contractor for any error or negligence on his/her part.
3.03 Examination of the premises shall be by prior arrangement with the Owner
only. Failure to follow this instuction may void any proposal submitted by that
Eidder at the option of the Owner.
3.04 The Owner and Arch'rtect will hold one pre-bid conference to begin at 10:00am on
May 05, 2002 at the following location:
Vail Public Works/Transportation Complex
1289 Elkhorn Drive
Vail, CO 81657
Attendance is not mandatory.
Page 3 of I
FtPRoJEcTs\l2 . TOV GYiINAsTTs FACTLFYIINSTRUCTIONS TO BDDERS . GYITIIUSNGa FACILITY'DOC
THE TOWN OF VAIL
lnstructions to Bidders- Vail Gvmnastics Facilitv
4.00 Pre-BidConstructionSchedule
4.01 For purposes of the Base Bid, assume a letter of intent to the successfulcardidate
shall be issued by June 01, 2004 and a Notice to Proceed shall be issued by the
Owner no later than June 01,2004. The anticipated duration will be included in the
contract as the maximum contract duration.
4.02 In addition to the project duration identified above, each Bidder shall submit a
graphic representation of a construction schedule for the project. The initial
Proposed Construction Schedule submitted with the bid should be included in a
format convenient to the Contractor, and should represent the Base Bid duration.
This Proposed Construction Schedule is for the Owner's information and analysis
only.
5.00 Bonds, Taxes. Permits, and Insurance
5.01 This is a tax-exempt project, therefore please exclude all local, state and federal
taxes from your proposal. The successful candidate will be provided with all
necessary tax exemption information.
5.02 Bidders shall be responsible for obtaining and providing the Owner wih all
applicable licenses and/or permits required to perform the work described herein in
their proposals.
5.03 Bidders shall be required to provide a performance and payment bond for this
project. The cost of this bond shallbe included as shown in the Bid Form.
5.04 Successful Bidders shall be required to fumish insurance as defined in the General
Conditions for the Contract for Construction and in Paragraph 10.00 of this
document.
5.05 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security in the amount of 5% of the
maximum bid price. Bid Security may be in the form of a certified or cashier's
check, negotiable United States Government Bonds (at par value), or in the form of
the Bid Bond included with the Contract documents.
Page 4 of8
FIPROJECTS\I2 . TOV GYMNASTICS FACILITY1INSTRUCTIO S TO BDDERS . GY NASTICS FACILfi.DOC
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O rnr rowN oF vArL
Instructions to Bidders- Vail Gvmnastics Facilitv
6.00 GeneralRequirements
6.01 The successful Bidder shall provide their own temporary heat and weather
protection as required to protect their work until accepted by the Owner and
Architect.
6.02 The successful Bidder shall be responsible for all cutting and patching as it affects
their scope and the accomplishment of their work. Patchback of work previously
demolished by the successful Bidder as required to provide a complete and
operable system shall also be the responsibility of the successful Bidder.
6.03 The successful bidder will be required to provide all pedestrian, landscaping &
existing improvements protection and taffic control as defined by the Contract
Documents or as normally and required to protect the safety of persons and
property and the interests of the Owner.
6.04 The successful Bidder shall comply with all federal, state and local safety laws and
other regulations applicable to their Work.
6.05 The successful Bidder, their employees or subcontractors shall not have access to
the Owner's or any other adjacent premises at any time for the purpose of using the
telephone or restroom facilities.
6.06 The successful Bidder shall include all cost for debris containment, debris storage
and debris removal in their contract amount, as well as the cost necessary b
provide a clean site at the end of each working day, as required by the Construction
Manager. The site and all Owner's improvements thereon shall be returned to the
Owner undamaged and consistent with their condition the day before Notice to
Proceed.
6.07 Notwithstanding the above, the Owner will allow the Contractor to access temporary
power and temporary water from a single source in the existing building. Wiring,
plumbing, terminations and continui$ checks for these utilities will be at the
Contractor's sole expense.
7.00 Safety & Hazardous Materials
7.O1 A Safety and Hazardous Communications Plan, including all applicable Material
Safety Data Sheets (tvlSDS) shall be required from the successful Bidder prior to
commencing work on the site. Strict adherence to the plan is required.
Page 5 of 8
F1PROJEGTS\12 . TOV GY NASNCS FACILTTT\INSTRUCTD S TO BDDERS . GYMNASTICS FACLTY.DOC
THE TOWN OF VAIL
8.00 Contract Form
8.01 The Owner shall be contracting directly with the successful Bidder using a modified
form of AIA Document A101 (1997 Edition)'
g.OZ The Owner will use the General Conditions for the Contract for Construction (AlA
201 (1g97 Edition), as supplemented by the Architect and/or Construction Manager.
This document is included in the Project Manual'
9.00 Preparation and Format of Bid
g.01 In case of discrepancy in the price between the written and numericalamounts on
the Bid Fonm, the written amount will govern.
g.02 Alternate # 1 is to provide the cost savings to delete Area #3 Paving and Site
lmprovements as shown on A103.
g.03 Alternate # 2 is to provide the cost savings to delete the elevator equipment and
installation as described in Division Fourteen of the Project Specifications while
providing finished and painted drywall inside of the elevator hoistway. The price to
infillflooring and doors as in order to allow the hoistway to be used as a closet
should be taken from this credit.
g.O4 Alternate # 3 is to substitute primed and painted finish for all exposed metal finishes
specified as powder coated.
g.05 Alternate # 4 is provided to show the'Performance and Payment Bond rate trr be
used on this project. Please note the Owner sees the Bonding Rate as one indicator
of the Bidde/s financial stability and qualifications for this Work; Bonding Rates out
of line with industry standards will be grounds for further investigation of the bidder
and possible disqualification.
9.06 Bidders shallfill in all blanks in the provided Bid Form, using the words "No Bid" to
indicate same.
9.07 The Base Bid for the Town of Vail shall be prepared using the Fritzlen Pierce
Architects'documents attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
9.08 Bidders shall submit seven (7) copies of each proposal. Failure to do so may
disqualify the candidate, at the Owner's option.
Page 6 of 8
F:\PROJECTS\12 . TOV GYMNASTGS FACILITT\INSTRUCTIONS TO EDDERS . G'YMi|,ASTICS FACIUW.DOC
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
O rHr rowN oF vAtL
10.00 Town of Vail's Standard Requirements
A. Limitations of Multiole-FiscalYear Oblioations: Allfinancial obligations
unOer tnis contract subsequent to the fiscalyear in which it is signed is
contingent upon funds for this purpose being appropriated, budgeted, and
othenrise made available by the Town of Vail. This contract shall not be
deerned to create any multiple-fiscal year direct or indirect by Section
20(4Xb) of the State Constitution (Amendment One)'
B. Riqht to Reiect anv and All Prooosals: TheTown of Vail does not obligate
Gef to accept the lowest, or any other proposal, and reserues sole
discretion to reject any or all proposals, to re-advertise, and to waive
formalities or irregularities in the process or of any proposal. when
considering proposals and determining whether the Contract will be awarded
and, if so, to which vendor, the Town of Vail, in its sole discretion, deems to
be appropriate.
C. lnsurance Requirements: The Bidder shall take out and maintain at the
Bidder's own expense the following minimum limits of insuranoe:
1. Commercial General LiabilitY:
a, $1,000,000 combined single limit
b. $1,000,000 aggregate
2. Automobile Liability:
a. $1,000,000 combined single limit
b. $1,000,000 per person and $1,000,000 per occurrence for
bodily injury and proPertY damage.
3. Workers'CompensationandEmployer'sLiability:
a. Workers'Compensation limits as required by the State of
Colorado
b. Employer's liability limits of $100,000 per accident.
4. Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to
state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, cancelled,
reduced in coverage or in limits, except after 30 days priorwritten
notice has been given to the Owner.
Pag€ 7 of 8
FIPRoJECTS\12 . TOV GY NASNCS FACILITY1INSTRUCTIONS TO BDDERS . GYMI{A9TICS FACILTTT.DOC
I nstructions to Bidderc -Jad-g nastics Facili
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
E.
F.
THE TOWN OF VAIL O
Instructions to Bidders- Vail Gvmnastics Facilitv
5. The bidder shall provide Certificates in ACCORD format and all
renewal notices for each insurance policy required by this clause to
the Owner in a timely and proactive manner. Failure of the Oryner to
receive such certificates and renewal notices shallgrant the Owner
the right to take remedial action as required to protect its interests.
Hazardous Material The Bidder agrees to indemniff and hold Oryner and
Architect harmless for any release or disposal of any kind of toxic wastes or
hazardous material, or any violation of any law or regulation of the
Environmental Protection Agency or Colorado Department of Health and
Environment which is caused, in whole or in part by the contractor or any of
the Biddeds subcontractors.
Assisnment The successful Bidder is prohibited from assigning or
subcontracting the whole or any part of the contract wihout the prior written
consent of the Town of Vail.
Appropriation of Funds: Owner affirmatively represents that its governing
body has duly appropriated such sums which are equal to or in excess of the
contract amount, and that such contract amount may be lawfully paid by
Owner to Contractor subject to the terms and conditions of the contact
documents. In the event that Owner approves a change order or other
additional compensable work to be performed by Contractor, (otherthan that
contemplated by the contract documents under any remedygranting
provision), Owner will issue a written assurance at the time of such approval
that such additional compensation to be paid has also been duly
appropriated by the Ownefs governing body.
END of INSTRUCTIONS to BDDERS
PagE I of 8
F.IPROJECTS\I2 - TOV GYIIINASNCS FACIUTTIINSTRUCTIOIS TO BDDERS . GYMMSNCS FACIUW.DOC
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ADDITfONS tND DELETIOiiIS 3
The author of lhis document:
has added lnfornation
needed for its conT)Ietion-
The author nay algo have
revised the lex! of thc
original AIA staDdard to!m.
An Additions and De)etions
Report that notes added
informaLion as eell as
revieidns to lhe srandard
forrn Eex! is available from
the auLhor and ehould be
reviewed.
This docunent has illq)or:lant'-
1e9a1 eonsequenees.
Consultzitlon silh an
autorney i! oncouraged Fith
respqct tp It3 complet ion
or modifleat,lon.
BLaCTRONIC COPYIT{G of any
porlion of this AIt' f:ocumerrt:
Lo anoEher elecLronic f: l.: r":r
prohibited atrd constiL.ut;e:r,r
violation of copyrighb Lawr d
set forth in the footer of
this docurnent.
lrl lto€rE rt alol' : 1t97. colrFtgbt o !.915, 1918, 1925, l9lt, lrlt, t95a. tr51. 196!, 196?, 1914, rg?t. Itao, 198?, 1991 .Dil 199? b!
ttl€ Arcricat hglilute of Arcblt€cEs. Alt rtgLt. raacrv.d. lAlllttilr thlr l'Il Docurtrt ir t'lolacldl by o.B- coIDElg'ht r:r &d
Itrtarsrtional trc.tl.t. q!.lehorlr.d lc9ro<hrctldr or dltgrlbqltoE ot lhta lIt Docrlart, os .'ry Dortl@ ot it, ra]. rarulE ln rcac.c
clvll lad ctlnaotl gco.lclcr, .$d rLll lrc ptore..ut.ld lo th. ..rir| .r!.!! lro.rlbt. tlnd.! tb! 1.r.
this docrnErr ls not an otiginal, AIt Conlract Docrm|cnt, bu! . le4rlrte producea by AtA' Coatr.ct DocrE ts sotteare for producing d
custooized alocunEnt-
Standard Fo'rn of Agreanent
where the basis of papent
Editing Template
GAUTION: Take carc not to removo or otherwlse edit the FlllPofnt areas
when making c$stom edits to thls document,
AIA Document AL 0 l-" L9 97
Between Owner aJad Contractor
is a STIPUI'ATED SUM
AGREEIIIENT made as of the ,|6[&[tf day of g6flfiifrFll in the year of fttf,orl
Qn words, indicate day, month and year)
BETWEEN the Owner:
(Name, addr*s and other information)
and the Contractor:
(Name, address and olher information)
The Project is:
(Name and location)
The Architect is:
(Nune, address and other information)
The Owner and Contractor asree ds follows.
ARTICLE t THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions ofthe Contract (General, Supplementary and othor
Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreernen! other documents listed
in this Agreement and pfodifrcations issued after execution of this Agrcement; these form the Contract, and are as
fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire
and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or
ugro-"-nfr, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract DocumenLs, other than Modifications, appears in
Article 8.
ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CO}ITRACT
The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically
indicated in the Co tract Documents to be the responsibility of others or as follows.
The Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to provide a complete and
operable system, specifically including, but not limited to:
The Contractor agrees it has had ample opportunity to review all prgject documentation, to adequately coordinate
with all other firms currently und€r contract to th6 Owner to provide labor, riraterial or services for this projec! and
has had sufficient time to resolve all overlaps, gaps, omissions, and ambiguities in scope. The Coatractor insures all
work defined by Bid Package I insert project name ] shall be provided as set forth herein without.any modification
to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCETIENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
$ 3.1 The date of commencemenl of the Work shall be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner.
lf, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Owner requires timc to file mortgages, mechanic's liens and other
security iflterests, the Owner's time requirement shall be as follows:
Unless the date of commencement is astablished by a Notice to Proceed issued by the Ovmer, the Contractor slrall
notify the Owner, in writing not less than five business days before commencing the Work to pennit the tim€ly
filing of mortgages, mechanic's lie,'ns and other security interests,
lWiqi1]1i.'i:i":1il'(..''':,.:l'i;i:i]l.;r,,1,..1.,'':|'i:iil,!+j1}].l+t+.ii'+:.'..':,..''...'t":;,tFji:''f:.fll}il${h}i"i1i
$ 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement.
$ 3,3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than
ffi days fiom the date of commencement, or as follows:
(Insert number of calendar days. Akernatively, a calendar datc may he wed when coordinated with the date of
commencement. {Jnkss stated elsewhere in the Contruct Documents, insert any requirements for earlier Subslantl.l,l
Completion of certain portions of the llork.)
Portion of Wolk
r :rir. "., : ::,:':'':'
Substantlal Compledon Date
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, subject to adjustmenls of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents.
I Inserl provisktns, if any,for liquidated dumages relating to Jhilure kt complete on time or for bon*s payments.for
early completion of the l(ork.)
Volktst itionsForDassgs]
lt^ nocurcnt tl01r - 19i1. copy!191t! o ltl5, 1918, 1t23, r93t, 19!r, tt5t, 1t61. 19G3. 1957, 1971. 19??, t980, t9!?. 1991 rad 1t91 llY
Tha Anerican rnstitutc of Archit.cts, All rtgDt. tatar{d. ,lttatltcr t'hlr AIt Docrni.n! lr Drotrclcd by o,B. Copyrtgbt tJat |nc
tn!.!n!ttona] Tlcrllar. Itaaulhorltaat rcaroducl,loq o! d1rt'llbutlo! o! thlr Afr Docur!.nc, o! .t|y I,6.tior ot l!, lry raltl! ln tav.r.
civil rnd crt4llrr pca.lticr, .nd rtll bc prorccu!.C !o tlrG rrx!ftro .:(t!nt portlbt. ur.Lr th! lty.
Thls document ls no! an orighal euf Coottacr Docu$an!, bu! a ler|Iflatc produced by l:i contract lrocrfilnts goftrale fo! producittr,r .1
cuslofiized docsent.
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
o
The Contractor understands and agrees to perform to the milestones shown in the Project Construction Schedule
(Exhibit "8" - Project Construction Schedule attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference) and is bound
herein by the Contract Documents to provide a complete and operable system not later than the date established
herein lor Substantial Completion.
ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM
$ 1.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the
Contract. The Contract Sum shall be ;!{ilHffiH!ffih#l ($ .l$ffim*ifrTlnl ), subjecl to additions and
deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.
$ 4.2 The Contract Sum is bas€d upon the following allowancc"s, which are shown in Exhibit 'C" - List of
Allowances and Unit Costs attached hereto and incorporated hcrein by reference, which may be furrher described in
the Contract Documents and which may be accepted at the sole discretion of the Owner: All lurrp sum costs shown
for altematos may be accepted without a change in the Contract Time until the date identified iri Exhibit'€" as the
expiration date for that alternatc, and shall include, without limitation, atl labor, material, equipment, supervision,
profit, overhead, taxes and fees required for a full, complete and operable installation.
(Stale the numben or other identiJication ofaccepted alternates. If decisions on other a emates are tobe made by
the Owner subsequent to the qecution of rtis Agreement, dttach a schedule <tf such other alternate.s showing the
amount for each cnd the date when that dmount expires)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
$ 4,3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows:
See attached Exhibit't" - List of Allowances and Unit Costs, for all unit cost pricing.
Units
ffiffiffi$flhg
ffi*-tfu;+xe.+i*gi,i.#..:q..*.!ffi lffi'ffi iq&..r*lk'l\iwihi*i$ft
$ f.{ Orner affimatively represents tlrat its goveming body has duly appropriabd sudl $ms whidt are equal to or In e)aess of
he contract amount, dd that such contract amounl my be lawfully paid by tre Orner lo Conbaclor subject b tre t€ms atd
conditions of he contract doern€nts. In lhe event trat Orvner apoves a dtalg€ order or oher addltiond compensable yrork b
be perbrmed by Conbaclor, Owner will issue a written assurarrce at he time of sudt approval that such addi$r:nal compensation
to be paid has also been duly approprialed by the Oilner's goveming body.
ARTICLEs PAYTIENTS
s 5,1 PROGRESS PAYTENTS
S 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to th€ Architect by the Contractor amd Catificates for
Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account ofthe Contract Sum to the
Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documenls.
$ 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of
the month. or as follows:
9d$fidsfrffil$iifil'),;,,,,r",
S 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is receiv€d by lhe Architect not later than lh6 [ date ] of tre monlh, he Owner
shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the Idate ] day of the same month. Architect shall not unreGonably wilhhold
its approval of any Application for Paymenl submitled by the Contractor, and shall provide written notice of its specifc oblections
to any Application for Payment that is nol approvable wifrin Iday ] business days of receipl fiom fre Conh*tor. lf an Application
for Payment is received by the Ardritect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Oilner not later
than Iday ] days after lhe Ardritecl rsceives the Applir:ation for Payment. tvlonthly progress payments shall not be released
AIl, Eocucnt Alol'- 1997, coDt dghc o 1915, ItlC. 1915, 1t3?, rt5t, Ittt, 1951, 1963, 195?. 197r, t9??, lt!o, t98r, rllr.nd t99? hy
?hc Acrican rr.srlrure of Architcct.3. ltl ll9bta lararraat, llxrlc, "!1r Att Docrr.Dt ir p!ot.c!.d bI o.a. copyrlgh! hy rndrBtar ttdrrl ttart,laa. uaruthortrcd rqrrodrrtloa o! dlatllbutl,o! ot t!1, ltl liocut!rn!, os |ty ttorllot o! it, Day raaslt lt tevcrecLw.il |'d crl.!h.l tcn.ltl.r, .nd vlll b. Dsor.cu!€d to lhc r.xt n .r!.!t torrtbl. urd.! th. lrr.Thi3 alocrrnent ls not cn orlglnal AIA- Conlrec! Doc$an!. btrt a t!.platc prodrccd by Att Contract Docuier!3 softear€ for producin't dcustonlired docun€rt.
wilhout receipt of a @lditional lien release for full amounl of lhe progress billing, less relainage, br the cunent period' and
unmnditional lien release for all prlor petiods.
$ 5.1.rt Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values (Exhibit "D" - Schedule
ofValues attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference) submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The schedule ofvalues shalt allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portiols of
the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its
accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless object€d to by the Architect, shall be used as a ba.sis
for reviewing the Contractods Applications for Payment.
$ 5.'1,5 Applications for Payment to be accompanied with an updated Project Construction Schedule.
$ 5..|.6 Subject to other provisions of,the Contract Documents, lhe amount ofeach progress payment shall be
comouted as foliows:
.1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by
multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
4
I
allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule ofvalues, less retainage of
ffi(%ffi).Pendinsftnal
determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amount"r not in dispute shall be included
as provided in Section 7.3.8 of AIA Document A20l-1997;
Add that portion ofthe Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and
suitably stored at thc site for subsequent incorporation in th€ completed construction (or, ifapproved
in advance bv tho Owner. suitablv stor€d offthe site at a location aeFe€d upon in writing)' leSs
r3r-arnage or
-,ry{ffiatiftffii*i*f,1{iiFiffifi t ffi l:
.3 Subtract the aggregate ofprevious payments made by the Owner; and
,4 Subtract amounls, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or mrllified a Certificate forPayment
as provided in Section 9,5 of AIA Document A20l - 199?.
$ 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be firther modified under
the following circumstances:
.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion ofthe Work, a sum sufficient to increase the toial palmoents to the
full amount of the Contract Sum, less zuch amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete
Work, retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims; and
(Section 9.8.5 of AIA Docttment A20l-1997 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substanlial
Completion of lYork with consent of surety, if dny.)
.2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of tho
Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance wilh Section 9.10.3 of AIA Documsnt
A20l -l997.
$ 5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, ifany, shall be as follows:
(lf it Le intended, prior to Suhsmntiat Completion of the cntire llork, to reduce or limit the relainage resulting-from
the percentdges ihrerted in Sections 5.1.6.1 and 5.1.6.2 ahove, and this is not explained ekewhere in the Contact
Docaments, insert here provisions for such reduction or limitalion.)
Retainage is to be withheld from the Contractor's monthly Application for Payment a.s shown in the General and
Supplernental Conditions for the Contract for Construction, or at ten psrcent (10%), whichever is greater, until such
time as any individual line in tbe Schedule of Value.s has reached fifty percent (50%) complete, in the opinion of
both the Owner and the Architect. ln the following Application for Payment, retainage for that line only may remain
fixed, at the sole discretion of the Architect" until such time a-,r th€ Architect agrees to relea.se said rctainage.
Ar roclror AlOr'- ltt?. GI'l rtgbr o 1r!!, t9l!, t92t. LtaT, Itsr, r95r, Itfl. 1963, 1967, 197{, 1t??, 19t0. 1ta7. 1991 .td lt97 14'
Thc arcrica! tnStitura of Archieects. lrt rtgbta saaas?ad. iAtrtl€r ?bla lti Docnrat lr grotcctcd by u.3. eogylight tar atld
rlacrrrtlon l 'r!!.tl.r. gDrutborltcd rcirro<hrcllor or 6latrlDulloa ot lhk AtA lrocrn nt, o! ..tf Dosllor ol tt, ary llrult 1D t!vc!.
ciyLl |ld crlnln.l DC!.ltIct, -rd rilt b€ trorcculGd lo t!. r.xl|ir. crt.ot to.rlDl. lr6<i.r rh. !$..ltlis aiocrfient ,,3 itoe an otiginal ALA- Contrac! Docunrlt, bu! ! laa''lalc ptoducad by AIrf Contnrct Doci|lllents softrare tor Proaluci ng c
custo6lzed alocunent.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
o
$ 5.1.8.1 ftotwihstanding any provision of lhe Contract Dootments to th€ contrary, befure final payment may be made t0 he
Contractor, the Ovner is required to comply with state shtues regarding puUk;alion of a notice of final selflement specifying the
date of such final setdement. Any unpaid supplier of materials, quipment, services or laba {including Contractol's
subconfmtors) may file a verified statemenl with Ouuner of the amounl due and owing. Conbactor acknowledges hal Ovner is
required by law to witrhold ftom final settement payment to he total amounl of all such claims for a period of 90 days after be
date of final settlement. During such ninety ($) day period, an unpaid suppliet may clmmence an aclion lo seek payment if
sudr claim is not settled. At the expiration of the ninety (90) day period, Onref shall pay any retained funG whidl are not he
subject of liligation. Any amounls retained by qflner ehall be suffcient to pay any judgmenls arising fton said lit(7ation.
$ 5.'1,9 Except with the Owner's prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance paym€nts to suppliets for
materials or equipment which have not been deliveted and $tor€d at the site.
$ 5.2 FINAL PAYMEI.TT
$ 5,2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the
Contractor when:
.1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract €xcept for the Contractot's responsibility to corect
Work as provided in Section 12.2,2 of AIA Document A20l -1997, and to satisry other requiralents,
ifany, which extend beyond final payment; and
.2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect.
$ 5.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no lator than 30 days after the issuance ofthe
Architect's linal Certificale flor Payment, or as follows:
:ffifry:fq@dfit':l,t$qrit:ri:tiitf.:irffff;.s,,'' r. ':'i.'']i,:{4:iry.ai{...''w..}b;s:,."i:'.:t1j
ART]CLE 6 TERIIIMTION OR SUSPENSIOI{
$ 6.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Doctment
A20r-199',1.
! 6.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner a.s provided in Artiole 14 of AIA Document A20l-l997.
ARTTCLE 7 ilISCELLAilEOUS PROVTSTOI{S
$ 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A20l-1997 or another Co[tract
Document, the reference refers to that provision a.s amcnded or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract
Documents.
$ 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bcar interqst from tha date payment is due at the rate stated
below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from timc to time at the place whero the Project is
located.
(lnsert rate of intere:it agreed upon, rf any.)
Not Applicable
Wtl8f,f*|tur€tffi4hf$]xtr@if '
((lsury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Leruling Act, similar state and lual consumer credit laws
and other regulatiow at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Proiect and
elsewhere may afect the validity ofthis provlsion. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or
modiJications, and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waiverc.)
$ 7.3 The Owner's represenhlive is:
(Name, address and other information)
|,tl Do.rn nt rlol'- 199?. cotrylttbr ol,r5, r,t1!, 1925, rr3?, 195r, rtJl, rt3l. l9:3. 196t, l9ta, 19?t, 19t0. 198t. lrtr |!d 199? bv
thc irEtican hsr.irure of ArchirecLs. All. rlghi. :...w.d. tt\ltf[tgr |!tr lfr Dccll'llc it Itot.ctld bf lt.s. coPv:tgbE r,.r rtn
lDlcrnrtlosrt Tsctll.a. Uoaulhoairrd raD.o<tucttor os dtrtslDulioo o! lblt l]| tto€t!t!6t, or rtry Pottioa ol 1t, rlry r.lult la lcv.rc
clvll aril cslrllrl 9cra1tl.!, |!d rtll b. proracntcd !o lha r|il ta attaDt ]totalble undcr thc l.r.
rhis atocrFtlr! is noL an original ArA' Contract DocunEnt. bur a t€rplaLe proarc.al by ilIA' Contract tocltlienEs soltware foE p.oduclnq it
cuatdiz.d alocutlEDt.
Yd@ffi&t..-,:r".
$ 7.4 The Contractods representative is:
(Name, address and other information)
$ 7,5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's r€pres€ntative shall be changed without ten days writt€n notice to the
other party.
$ 7,6 Other provisions:
g 7.6,1 The Conhactor shall provide suficienl supporting doormentation in form and witr a level of detailwholly accepted to lhe
Owner to subslantiate any request for Change to the Contracl Sum or Confact Time and all confet;allowances provided wilhin
lhe ContractoCs final proposal for this scope of work.
g ?.6.2 Proof of purchase and warehouse insuranc€ naming ttls Ovner as additional insured, together with inspec'tion rights for
lhe Owner is to be pmv'rled for any billed materials by the Contractor for the Owner is to be proviJeddor any billed'mated* by
the Contractor for ttis project thal are not at lhe project site.
$ 7.6.3 Failure to provide dl supporting documenlation, in and of ilself, will result in r$ectfrn of all related portions of he
Contactor's Applicaflon for Paymenl
g 7.6.4 Unless olherwise specifed, his Agreement shall be govemed by the la,vs, codes and rcgulations of Eagle County and
State of Cokrado to he extent hat such laws, codes and regulalions are applicable to Sre Owner. The_ parlies agree fiat lhe
venue of any civil aclion arising out of his Agreement shall be Eagle County, Colorado.
$ 7.6.5 Time limits sel out in or under his Agreement are solely for lhe protection and benefrt of lhe Owner and creaE no hird-
party benefrciary rights in ily oher party.
g 7.6.6 Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be bnvarded as described in he General Conditions ol he
Contract for Constuction, as supplernented, using the address sel fourfi above, or at such other addess a has been pr€viougly
fumished in witing and accepted by the Owner.
$ 7.6.7 All exhibits refened to in this Agreement are, by reference, incorporaled herein for all purposes.
S 7.6.8 The captions of the paragraphs are set forth only for convenience and reference and are not intended in any way tr
define, limit, or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement,
$ 7,6,9 The parties agree that they will execute any furher instrument or instruments, and that they will perbrm any act 0r acts,
which are or may become necessary to effechrale any of lhe terms or provisions of this agreement.
$ 7.6.10 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or inlerests in he Contract Doorments will be binding on another
party herelo wifrout the written consenl of the pady sorghl to be bound; and specifcally hrt wifrout tmitalion, moneys tEt may
become due and mon€ys $at are due may nol be msigned wihout such consent (except to tre extent that he efied of ttis
restriction may be limited by law); ad unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no
assignmenl will release or disdlarge lhe assignor fiom any duty or responsibility under he Contract Documents.
$ 7.6.11 This Contract is binding upon lhe Contraclof, and its succ€ssors and assigns.
$ 7.6.12 The site id owned by a public govemmental entity. No mechanic, conlractor, subcontraclor, !,endor or o$er p€rson can,
or will confact for, or in any mannu have, or acguire, any lien upon he wo* covered by tris Confad, or he land upfi which
fte same is situated.
Itr Doclr.rt Alol.- - lttt. co9)'ttght o r9r5, 1910, 1921, 193?, 1951, 1950, 1961. 1961, 1957. L97a, 19t7. 1910, r9!?, 19tl .!d r99? by
The Nrcrican hstitute oi l\rchitects. All rttb!, r€..rycd. Ilttttttc! Tblr ArA t ocrrcni :r proE.ctlA bt q.8. Cotryltgb! trr |!d
Ilr.bltioDll t!cr!i.3, ('ttatrlbollr.il lcl)rodrr4tloa o! dlttslhtlon <,! thfu ata Doc\!!a.t. or .3y lrorclo. ol lt, Dry larull i! aavcrc
clrll |nd cltiln.l g.n.lt(.s, ud elu b. plor.cut.d to tL !|rt*|. ar!.nt Do'tblc und.r tlr. trr.
This docuncnt i6 noL aD oiigii|al IIA- Contract tlocrlicnt, but a tcnplat€ produc€d by Atl' Contract DocurEnt3 3oftr.lrc tor producirg 'rcuslo|nl zed diocunreni,
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
g 7.6.13 lt is he express intention of the parties that this Agreemenl is nol to be construed as a contractual waiver of any
immunities or defenses provided by the Colorado Govemmental lmmunity Act, Section 241G101 and following, Golorado
Revised Stafutes, or other statules or common law.
g 7.6.11 Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create a conlractual relationship wilh a cause of aclion in favor of a thitd party
against either lhe owner or Conhactor.
g 7.6.15 In fre performance of the Work under tris Agreemenl, he Contractor agrees to comply witr the applicable proviEions of
the Colorado Anti-Discrimination Act of 1957. The Contraclor agrees that he will not discriminate againsl any employee 0r
applicant for employrnent because of race, creed, color, sex, or nalional origin. The e,onlractor abo agre96 that tre Conhacht
will take affrmative aclion lo ensure lhat eplicants when employod {e beated during ttre emfloymenl witltotft regard tc fieir
race, creed, color, sex, or nalional origin. Sud| action $all include but not be limited to lhe following: employment, upgrading,
demotbn or fansfer, recruitnent or recruitnent adverlising; layofi or terminalion: rates of pay or otrer foms of compensation:
and sdection tor haining, including apprenliceship.
g 7.6.16 !'tttnn fre Confaclor believes il has reached Subsbntial Comfletion, the Contractor will notify tte Ovina in Miling,
requesting tre Ardritect and Ourner meet onsite wilh tre Confac'lor to pr€pare the Punchlist. The Oryner shall have hrc weeks iom
Itris written nolice to provide the Contaclw with a writlen Punclrlist issued by the Ardtibct In the event lhe Atchitecl, or Ovner aIe
required h revisil the site at the Conbacto/s request to address oubtandng Punchlist items more tran two (2) limes ater lhe
issuance of lhe Punchlist, the contractor will be rcsponsiHe for all cost inilned by he omer and their onsuftanls (ittcluding' but
not limited at ltre costs of the Arciitect), as a result of tre Conlracto/s representation to the Archilect hat h€ Punchligt has been
ompleted. Nol withstanding he above, the previsions in lhe Genenl Conditjons for the Conbact for Consfuction addrcssing
Substantial Complelion Par4raph (9.8.2) and FinalCompletion (9.10), are not inlended to be diluted, and rsnain in fullforce and
eJfec{.
$ 7.6.17 Wlrenerer Confaclor receives progress paymenb, Ure Contraclcn shall make payments to eadr of ils subcontractors of
any drrcunh actually received whidr rvere ircluded in tre Conkaclor's requesl br paymenl h he Ornerbr such subccntacb.
Provided that ttre Wo* has been accepted by lhe Oumer and Architect, Confbclor shal make sudt payrr.Fnts wihin sFJefl €lenda
days of receipt of paymenl from he Ouner in the sare manner ffi he Orner is required 1o pay he Confractror under his seclion if
the subcontrachr is salisfactorily perfumhg under his contract wih fie conlraclor
$ 7.6.,|7.1 The Contractor shall monitor fie $bcontador who shall pay dl suppliers, sub-suboontactons, laborers, and any oher
persons who provide goods, mabrials, lahr, or equipment lo the $bconbador any amounts actually receircd whid *erc induded
in lhe subconbaclor's request lor payment to he Contactor fof sudr persons, in the same manner set br$ in hb suhcc{ion
regarding payments by the Contractor to the subconfador, lf the s.tbcontrachr fails lo make such payments in h€ Gquired
mann€r, the subconlractor shall pay said suppliers, sutssubconbactors, md laborers interest in he sane manner set forlh in this
subsec{ion regarding payments by tre conhactor to he subconFaclor.
g 7.0.17.2 At 0re lime the submnfactor submib a rquestfcr paymentb lhe Contractor, tre subcontelor shallalso submit to he
Confaclor a list of the subcontratofs suppliers, sub-subcontacloB, and laborors. The Conbactor shall be relieved of he
requhements of this subseclion regarding payment in sevefl days and inl€rest pay'ment until the subcontachr s{,bmits sudl list. lf
the Contrmtor fdls to make timety payments to tle subcontactor as requied by tris sec{ion, fie Conhacbr sttal pay fte
submnfaclor inbrest s specified by mntract or at he rale of fifuen percent (15%) per annum whichewr is higilpr, on frc anounl
of Ure payment whidl was not made in a lirnely manner. The irteresl shall mue for Ure period from lhe required payment date h
he date m whbh payment is made. Nohing in his subsedixr shdl be constued to affect tre retention prd,isions of dly conbact.
$ 7,6.'17.3 The provisions of tris sec{ion shall be made a part ol each mnlract between Contrador and subconlrac'tor, eiher
expressly or by incorporalion by reference b fiis Contract.
ruoeiiiftffil i tt '::,....::
ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
$ E.l The Conhact DocumenLs, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agre€ment, ar€ enumerated as
fbllows:
$ 8.t.1 The Agreement is this executed 1997 edition of the Standard Form of Agreement Bedween Owner and
Conlractor, AIA Document Al0l -199?.
lu\ Itocu*at llol' - 199?. colryrlgbt . 191J, r9r3, t92t. t9!?. 1951, 1t5!. lrfl' lt5!, 195?, !9?4, l9??, 1940, Ittt' t99r .''d 199? bY..
Thc |treric|'t Inrlitula ot archltects. rll, !]g!tr r.rcr3d. rrittlcr t!1. ltA rrocarcDt it 9lot.ctcd bt' u-a. Cotyt.lghl !., rnat
t$asnrllodrrl trcr!!a.. trlruiborLcd rctroii$ctlod or 6tr!ribu!16 o! tbl'r itll Docr,r.rt, or .ty Dorttoa ol l!. aat taault ln scv.rc
cl,rl,t .ad crt.ln.l Faatti.r. .r|d rilL be Psotactttad !o !!. ratl&. .tt.nt Po.tlbt€ trod!- tba trt.
This <tocunant, i3 not ao original III' Contlact DocunEtrt. blt ! tcrplare ptoduced by AIA' Coniract Docr!frents eoftr,arc lor prod|cirn, d
cu€to.ized docu!€nt.
$ 8.1.2 The General Conditions are the 1997 edition of the General Conditior.rs of the Contract for Construction, AIA
Document A20l -1997.
$ 8,'1.3 The Supplementary and othet Conditions of the Contract are those conlained in Exhibit "F'- Cenetal
Conditions foi ihe Contract for Construction and their supplernents attached hereto and incorporated herein by
reference:
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Tltle Pages
'fflf,iit1ryfP,\'.,;.r, .-'':1'1*1 ffi.
*$,,tf+;q .j i. r! -'i a 'r.:+ :r', , ,i:*,.i; -,t:l::+1i++at'-':':rrr'',':'i*tlrii"ir"r..'
$ Ll.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated I date ], and are as follows:
here or to an exhibit attached to this
!*EtH#ffi tri*it$gft
"..,4i
;iffi ffi :"r:i:q;'is'j*-l!ft t+; *r :,''i*i,: ;4
%[KeepBlockl(A I 0 I .Specifi cationsoption = "listed as follows")]
True
*ffiil{t{Ifriffi1,,{''tI,.:'ifiti:Y'
I*f.;::,. 1j;;r;1..!1i'1 1,l i' t'''.' ,;;'.;:
%lEndBlock0l
g 8.1.5 The Drawings are as follows, and are dated ffifrlgE iM unless a different date is shown below:
(Either list the here or a an ethibit attached to this
%[KeepBiooklf(A l 0l .DrawingsOption : "listed as follows")]
Number Title
''.:n4:'Fr
%[EndBlockQ]
,fi Sffi ilSf ,;";:+ r :'.ni.i li' i i,';.6+B
r:iii;,;+,irrS:1i: .:.:,i:iF.t 4."- !*:lf.,*ti
$ 8..|.6 The Addenda, if any, are as follows:
Number
Portions ofAddenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unlcss the bidding
requiremenls are also enumerated in this Article E.
$ 8.1 .7 Other documenls, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows:
(List here any additional doaonents thot are intended to lorm part of rte Contract Documents. AIA Document A20l-
1997 provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invit ttion to hid, Instructions to Bidders, sample
forms and the Contractor's bid are not part ofthe Conftact Doctanents unless enumerated in this Agreenent.. They
should be listed here only d intended to be part of the Contract Doatments.)
Any and all document,s not identified above but refercnced within Bid Package for I Project Name ], include but not
limited to the Instructions to Bidders and Bid Form, is incorporated hersin and made a part hercof by reference.
Att gocnD.nt aloln - 199?. Cogyltgtst o 1915. Itl0. 1t25, 1t3?. 1151, 1958. 1951, 1953. 1t61..19?a, r9?7, 1980, l9l?' lttl .Dd 199'r bv
The alelican Instilule of J|lchilects. dt rtgbtr !.r.!vril. r Srtno: ttir ltl Docrrelt l! prot.ctcd bf U.a. Collttlgtl &at aad
htc.n tlon.l tr.atlar, Ouulbortt.a r.proahctto! o! dlltrtbutton o! tbia llr D0ctr6.!t, oE sy polLton ol t!, r.y tatr[3 lo ,avcta
ciTil utl crlDlsrl pa!alt!.r. ru.l vtU lE plorccut.c to tlc r.xldrr axlant toa.lbl. |rldta th. lrr,
Thlg docuncn! is not an origi 1 Art' qontract nocuranL. bu! | laiplala produccal by at]|' Conlract tlocurents softeare tor graxlucing t
custooized docuiEnt.
I
8
I
Document
Sectlon
Date
I
I This Agreement is entered into as bf the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three original
copies, of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the Architect for use in the administration ofthe
Contract, and the rernainder to the Owner,
OWNER (Signature)
%ti|hfils4.fiud |itsf'ir*!pfr{{}*,,:
(Printed name and title)
llt ttocrm! Alol- - lttt. Copy!t9lt o 19t5. 1918, 19ts, r9t?. tt!1, rtrr. ltat, 1963, r9f?. tr7t, ttrr. 1t!0, ltar, lttl |'d 199? I'ynl! llcric.ll lDeiilutc ol lrchit.cls. l11 rlghtr rarar?ad, m|||I|Et tbir ttt Do<rr!!t lr Fotcctca bI o.B. copytlght !.r |!drrtcrltttolat traaglat, t|lrothor.trcd rq'toahlqtto! or dtttttbgtlca ct tlla trl trc€oast. ot asy rorttod ol it, ary raault i! rlvcrcclell |!d c!t.|a.l FD.ttlcr, ard ytlt bG trrorccutcA to tia r.rhr.!!.!t 9orrl,bl. ud.r rtr Lr.ltlit docuncnt f. ibt an original Att' ConLracC OerEnt, bu! . tc.plr!. produccd by AIt' Contract Docrrlants lotlrarr for producirq dcutt(nirad docuEnt.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACTOR (Si gn a ture)
(Prinud name and title)
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
? VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 011OO - SUMMARY
PART 1 - CENERAL
1.1 WORKCOVERED BYCONTMCT DOCUMENTS
A. Project ldentification: Project consists of a new building for the VaiJ Recreation District
Cymnastics Program and other recreational programs.
1. Proiect Location: A Part of Lot 8A Red Sandstone Elementary
2. Owner: Town of Vail, Vail Colorado
3. Owner Contact: Susie Hervert, Department of Public Works, Town of Vail,1309
Elkhorn Drive, Vail CO 81657, (970) 479-2444, SHervert@vailqov.com
B. Architect ldentification: The Contract Documents, dated, were prepared for Project by:
Fritzlen Pierce Architects, 1 650 E. Vail Valley Drive, Suite C-1, Vail, CO 81657 , 970-476-
6342, Contact: Lynn Fritzlen
C. The Work consists of construction of a detached two story structure and associated site
improvements.
1. The Work includes permanent shoring concrete spread footings and foundations,
metal stud exterior and interior walls, metal structural framing wood and stucco
exterior siding ballasted roof membrane and associated mechanical electrical and
plumbing work, etc.
D. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
1.2
A.
B.
C.
1.3
A.
SUMMARY
WORK SEQUENCE
The Work shall be conducted in two phases in order'to minimize impact on the operation
of the Red Sandstone Elementary School,
First Phase June 12 to August 8,2OO4 - The first phase will entail the completion of the
excavation, permanent shoring and concrete foundations.
Second Phase August 8, 2OO4 to March 30, 2005 - The second phase of the building
includes all other aspects of the work.
SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the
16-division format and CS/CSC's 'MasterFormat' numbering system.
01100 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Archite
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01lOO
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
B. Specification Content: The Specifications use ceftain conventions for the style of language
and the intended meaning of certain terms, words and phrases when used in particular
situations. These conventions are as follows:
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract
Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.
Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred, as the sense requires. Singular
words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular
. where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.
2. lmperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications.
Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor.
Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for
clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by
others when so noted.
a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context,
are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
3. "Days" listed in Specifications shall refer to working days, i.e., Monday through
Friday, exclusive of holidays.
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TSUMMARY01100 - 2
1.1
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
STCTION 01140 - WORK RESTRICI-IONS
PART 1 - CENEML
1.2
A.
WORK RESTRICTIONS
o Vail Cymnastics Facility
May2004
Edwards, Colorado
USE OF PREMISES
Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated sheet ,{101 . Do not disturb
portions of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated without written permission of
the Owner.
1. Owner Occupanry: Allow for Owner occupancy of Red Sandstone Elementary
School site and use by the public.
2. Construction Staging: Contractor shall submit construction staging and delivery plan
for review and approval by Owner prior to beginning the work.
3' Parking: On-site parking for construction employees is not available. Contractor shall
be responsible for providing off-site parking and transportation to the site.
4. Drivewap and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and
available to Owner, Ovner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not
use these areas for parking or storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of drivewala and entrances.b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on-site.
Use of Existing Building: Red Sandstone Elementary shall not be avaihble for use by the
Contractor.
OCCUPANCY REQUI REMENTS
Full Owner Occupanry: Red Sandstone Elementary will occupy site and existing building
during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to
minimize conflicts and facilitate Orvner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with
Owner's operations.
Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner reserues the right to occupy and to place and install
equipment in completed areas of building before Substantial Completion, provided such
occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment
and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific poftion
of the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.
0'1140 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Rrchitec0
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner
occupancy.
3. Before partial Owner occupancy/ mechanical and electrical s)6tems shall be fully
operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On
occupanry, Owner will provide, operate and maintain mechanical and electrical
systems serving occupied portions of building.
4. On occupanry, Orvner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial
service for occupied portions of building.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01140
WORK RESTRICTIONS
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Edwards, Colorado
01140 - 2
I
I
I
o
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Edwards, Colorado
SECTION 01210 - ATLOWANCES
PART 1 - CENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the following:
1. Lump sum allowances.
2. Unit cost allowances.3. Contingencyallowances.
4. Testing and inspecting allowance.5. Quantityallowances.
See Division'l Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices with quantity allowances.
See Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of allowances for
testing and inspecting.
1.2 SELECnONAND PURCHASE
At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final
selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed
to avoid delaying the Work.
At Architecfs request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections.
lnclude recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.
Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form
specified for Change Orders.
Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use
in fulfillment of each allowance.
1.4 CONTINGENCYATLOWANCES
Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for G,vner's purposes and only by
Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.
Contracto/s o/erhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner
under the contingenry allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract
ALLOWANCES 01210 - I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Sum. These costs
costs.
I
itects Vail Cymnastics Facility
Mav 2004
Edwards, Colorado
include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's
related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins.
At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingenry allowance to Owner by
Change Order.
1.5 TESTINC AND INSPECTINC ALLOWANCES
Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies, actual tests and
inspections, and reporting results.
The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for
retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure.
Costs of services not required by the Contract Documents are not included in the allowance.
At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to
Owner by Change Order.
1.6 UNUSED MATERIALS
Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to
Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted.
1. lf requested by Architect, prepare unused material for storage by Owner when it
is not economically practical to return the material for credit. lf directed by
Architect, deliver unused material to Owner's storage space. Otherwise, disposal
of unused material is Contractor's responsibility.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.1 EXA/vllMT|ON
Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return
damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement-
3.2 PREPARAT]ON
Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related
installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and
related work.
ALLOWANCES
materials and
interfaced with
01210 - 2
Fritzlen Pierce Architects O
I lill:-9?:Jiii
r 3.3 SCHEDULE OFALLOWANCES
I A. Section 09310 Ceramic Tile - Floor Tile, WallTile $9.00/sf
I B. Sectionl(X3t Signs- $2,s00
I
C. Section 09860 Carpet - Carpet and pad $27.00/sq. yard
D. Fire Alarm System - $25,000
I
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Edwards, Colorado
I
END OF SECTION 01210
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ALLoWANCES 01210-3
I
Fritzlen pierce ArchitectsI YiLf;:;if
I
SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES
PART 1 - CENERAL
I 1.'t suMMARy
Vail Cym nastics Facility
May2Co,4
Edwards, Colorado
I A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
t A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work
defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base
I Bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount off construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or
installation methods described in the Contract Documents-
'1 . The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the
Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Wprk. No other adjustments are
made to the Contract Sum.
1.3 PROCEDURES
I A' :"r;*riTl,il;:'y-;T"fiHtfl#1 adjacent work as necessary to compreterv
I 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and
similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not
indicated as part of alternate.
B. Notification: lmmediately following award of the Contract, notifo each party involved,
in writing of the status of each alternate. lndicate if alternates have been accepted,
rejected, or deferred for later consideiation. Include a complete description of
negotiated modifications to alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to
achieve the work described under each alternate.
I pART2 - pRoDUCTS (Not Used)
I PARr3 - D(EcuroN
I
3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
T
ALTERNATES
I
I
I
I
I
I
01230 - |
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
I
IVail, Colorado
97G476-6342
ALTERNATES
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Edwards, Colorado
Delete Area #3 Paving and Site lmprwemenb as shown on A103 from Contnct Sum.
Delete Elevator Equipment and Installation as described in Division Fourteen from
Contract Sum. Finish Hoistway with drywall and paint finish. Provide infill flooring and
doors so hoistway can by used as a closet.
3. Substitute primed and painted finish for all exposed mebl finishes specified as powder
coated.
B. END OF SECTION 01230
1.
2.I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I01230-2
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
o
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail Colorado
SECIION O127O. UNIT PRTCES
PART 1 - CENEML
1.1 SUMMARY
A' This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prlces.
B' See Division 1 Section 'Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust quantity
allowances.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A' Unit price is a price per unit of measurement for materials or services added to or deducted
from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work
required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.
1.3 PROCEDURES
A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,
overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that
requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices
are specified in those Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractorrs measurement of work-in-place that involves
use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owne/s expense, by an
independe nt su rveyor acceptable to Contractor.
D. list of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under
each unit price.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
UNIT PRICES 01270 - 1
o
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.1 LIST OF UNIT PRICES
1. Excavation Material Export (Haul Away) - Cost per Yard2. Asphalt Paving and Base Course Cost per Square Foot
END OF SECIION 01270
o
Vai I Cymnastics Facility
May2OO4
Vail Colorado
01270 - 2UNIT PR]CES
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
B.I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
SECTION 0129O - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - CENEML
1.2
A.
Vail Gymnstics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
SUMMARY
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Contracto/s Construction Schedule.
1. Conelate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative
forms and schedules, including Submittals Schedule and Application for payment
forms with Continuation Sheets.
2' Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than
ten (10) days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for
Payment.
Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line
items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification
Section.
ldentification: lnclude the following Project identification on the khedule of Values:
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
c. ContractorJs name and address.
d. Date of submittal.
Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form wlth separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of the Work.
c. Name of subcontractor.
d. Narne of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Narne of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
g. Dollar value.
1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent,
adjusted to total 1fi) percent.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce ArchitectO
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.
A..1.
5.
6.
7.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B,
C.
D.
1.3
Vail Gymnstics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the
Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract
amounts/ where appropriate.
Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work
where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or
fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.
Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for
each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the
Work.
Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.
lnclude total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each
item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual
work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of
Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.
Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next
Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives
result in a change in the Contract Sum.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments
as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.
1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the
Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by
each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement,
Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document C7O2 and AIA Document C703
Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.
Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return
incomplete applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.2. Include amounts of Change Orden and Construction Change Directives issued before
last day of construction period covered by application.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 2
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnstics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
to be withheld,3. Include amount equal to 1O% of amount requested (retainage)
payable at Final Completion.
E. Transmittal: Submit three (3) signed and notarized original copies of each Application for
Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall
include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording
appropriate information about application.
F. Waivers of Mechanic! Lien: With each Application for Paymen! submit waivers of
mechanic's lien from every entity who is laMully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out
of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for
retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must
submit waivers.' 4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of
mechanic's lien for construction period covered by the application.
a. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from
every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application
that is lawfully enritled to a lien.
C. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submiftals that must precede or
coincide with submiftal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values.
3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
4. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
5. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
6. Copies of building permits.
7. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance of the Work.
8. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.9. Performance and payment bonds.
10. Data needed to acquire Or,vnerrs insurance.
H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Ceftificate of
Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing IOO percent
completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and
a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Architef
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cyrnnstics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
I' Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and
supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including but not
limited, to the following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and
proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.4. AIA DocumentCTQ6, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."5. AIA Document C706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."6. AIA DocumentGTOT, "Consentof Suretyto Final Payment.,'7. Evidence that claims have been settled.B. Final meter readinp for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as
of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed
responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECIION 01290
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
IPAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 4
Fritzlen Pierce Architec6
Vail, Colorado
97G476-6342
B.
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail Colorado
SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANACEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - CENEML
1..I SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including but not limited to, the following:
'1. Ceneral Project coordination procedures.
2. Project meetings.
B- See Division 1 Section "Execution Reguirements" for procedures for coordinating general
installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and
control points.
COORDINATION
Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the
specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the work.
Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each
other for proper installation, connection and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results
where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other
components, before or after its own installation.2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility for required maintenancg service and repair.3' Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
lf necessary, prePare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports and
list of attendees at meetings.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid
conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include,
but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallationconferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
PROJ ECT MANACEMENT AN D COORDINAT]ON 01310 - 1
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a.
b.
c-
d.
e.
f.
oD'
h.
i.
j.
k.
t.
m.
n.
Fritzlen Pierce Architectt
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail Colorado
1.3 PROJECT MEETTNCS
A. Ceneral: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Pro.iect site, unless otherwise
indicated.
'l . Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence
is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of
scheduled meeting dates and times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the
meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architecg within
three (3) days of the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting
consiruction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than ten (10) days
after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another
convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel
assignments.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect and their consultants;
Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers;
and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the
conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating
to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
Tentative construction schedu le.
Phasing.
Critical work sequencing.
Designation of responsible personnel.
Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
Distribution of the Contract Documents.
Submittal procedures.
Preparation of Record Documents.
Use of the premises.
Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
Parking availability.
Office, work and storage areas.
Equipment deliveries and priorities.
First aid.
Security.
Progress cleaning.
Working hours.
C. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of
meetinp with preparation of payment requests.
o.
p'
q.
r,
PROJECT MANACEMENT AND COORDI NATION 01310 - 2
2.
3.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
1
O VailGymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail Colorado
Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor.
subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved
in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at
these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress
Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include
discussion as appropriate to status of ProjeA.
meeting.
topics for
a. Contractorrs Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind
schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how
construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitmenb from
parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to
ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the
Contract Time.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the
following:
1) Interfacerequirements.
2) Sequenceofoperations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-sitefabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
9) Work hours.
10) Hazards and risks.
11) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Change Orders.
14) Documentation of information for payment requests.
Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties
who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of
progress since the previous meeting and report.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each
progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. lssue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each
meeting.
PROJECT MANACEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 3
FriElen PierceRrchitec0
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01310
PROJ ECT MANACEMENT AND COORDINATION
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May2OO4
Vail Colorado
01310-4
I s7o476-6342
r sECTroN 01320 - coNSTRUCnoN pRocRESS DocuMENTATtoN
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I PARTl-GENEML
I 1.1
''MMARY
I A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the
I prqlress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
I 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
I 2. submittals schedule.
3. Field condition reports.
r 4. Construction photographs.
I B. See Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.
I C. See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic negatives as
- Project Record Docurnents at Project closeout.
I 1.2 DEFINITIONS
I A. Critical Path: The longes;t continuous chain of activities through the network schedule thatr establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.
I B. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building or a similar significant constructionI element.
I 1.3 suBMrrrALS
I A. Submittals Schedule: Submit three (3) copies of schedule. Arrange the following
I information in a tabular format:
I 1. Scheduled date for first submittal.
t 2. Specification Section number and title.3. Submittal category (action or informational).
r 4. Name of subcontractor.
I 5. Description of the Work covered.6. Scheduled date for Architects final release or approval.
I B. Contracto_r's Construction Schedule: Submit two (2) printed copies of initial schedule, one a
reproducible print and one a blue- or black-line print, large enough to show entire schedule
I for entire construction period.
I C. Construction Photographs: Submit two (2) prints of each photographic view within seven
- ' days oftaking photographs.
I
I i,:r'e,::#:Architects O Vail Cymnastics Facility
I coNsrRucroN pRocRESS DocuMENTATToN 01320- 1
Fritzlen Pierce Architecrl
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail. Colorado
'1 . Format: 4-by-6-inch smooth-surface matte prints on single-weight commercial-grade
stock, enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are punched for standard 3-
ring binder.
2. ldentification: On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped
impression with the following:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name of Architect.
c. Name of Contractor.
d. Date photograph was taken.
e. Description of vantage point indicating location, direction (by compass point),
and elevation or story of construction.
3. Negatives: Sutrmit a complete set of photographic negatives in protective envelopes
with each submittal of prints. ldentify date photographs were taken.
D. Field Condition Reports: Submit tvvo (2) copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of
construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.
B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required
schedules and reports.
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties
involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activiW in the network with other activities and
schedule them in proper sequence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates
required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering
manufacturing, fabrication and delivery when establishing dates.
1' Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts. the Schedule of Values and
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractorrs Construction
Schedule.
CONSTRUCTION PROCRESS DOCUMENTATION
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I01320 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects O Vail Cymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Key Shop Drawing Submiftals - Following is a list of key submittals to be
included in Schedule. Additional shop drawing submittals may be required, refer
to individual specification sections.
Permanent Shoring
Structural Steel
Exterior Metal Awnings
Interior Metal Stairs
Exterior Metal Handrails
Enterior Doors and Windows
Roofing System
Elevator
Mechanical Ducting
Fire Sprinkler System
Fire Alarm System
Toilet Partitions
Reception Desk
Mechanical Ducting
CONTMCTOR'S CONSTRUCIION SCHEDULE, CENERAL
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to
date of Final Completion.
1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that
shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each
principal element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than thirty (30) dap, unless
specifically allowed by Architect.
2. Procurement Activities: lnclude procurement process activities for long lead items
and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in
schedule. Procurement rycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals,' approvals, purchasing fabrication, and delivery.
3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1
Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in
Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than ten (10) days for staftup and testing.
5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures
necesary for certification of Substantial Completion.
D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents
and as follows in schedule. and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
CONSTRUCIION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Architectl
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect on the schedule of the following:
Coordination with existing construction.
Limitations of continued occuoancies.
Uninterruptible services.
Use of prem ises restrictions.
Provisions for future construction.
Seasonal variations.
Environmental control.
3. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the
Work.
E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule,
including but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, interim milestones indicated below,
Substantial Completion, and Final Completion.
1 . Foundations complete
2. Rough framing complete
3. Building closed in and weathertight
F. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the
proposed change on the overall project schedule.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail. Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
alr'
2.2
2.3
A.
CONTMCTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCH EDULE (CANTT CHART)
Ganft-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Cantt-chart-
type. Contracto/s Construction Schedule within ten (10) days of date established for
commencement of the Work. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and
whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of Project.
Preparation: lndicate each significant construction activity separately. ldentify first workday
of each week with a continuous vertical line.
1. For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an
estimated completion percentage in ten (10) percent increments within time bar.
REPORTS
Field Condition Reports: lmmediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions
and the Contract Documents, prepare a detailed report. Submit with a request for
information. lnclude a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
CONSTRUCTION PROCRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 4
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970.476-6342
PART 3 - EXECUTION
B.
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
O Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
CONTRACIOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At semi-monthly intervals, update schedule
to reflect actual construction progress and activities. lssue schedule one week before each
regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions
have been recognized or made. lssue updated schedule concurrently with the report
ofeach such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including but
not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity
durations.
3. fu the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separare
contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with
a need-to-know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post
in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed
their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of
construction activities.
3.2 CONSTRUCT]ON PHOTOCRAPHS
A. Photographic Film: 35mm
B. Date Stamp: Unless otherwise indicated, date and time stamp each photograph as it is
being taken so stamp is integral to photograph.
C. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take thirty-six (36) color photographs monthly,
coinciding with cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Photographer
shall select vantage points to best show status of construction and progress since last
photographs were taken.
1. Field Office Prints: Retain one set of prints of periodic photographs in field office at
Project site, available at all times for reference. ldentify photographs the same as for
those submitted to Architect.
END OF SECIION 01320
CONSTRUCTION PROCRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 5
B.
1.1
It;
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
SECIION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - CENEML
O Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
reports
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples and other miscellaneous submitals.
See Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and
reports, including Contractotrs Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule and
construction photographs.
I
I
I
I
I
D.
See Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection
and Delegated-Design Submittals and for erecting mockups.
See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties Project
Documents and operation and maintenance manuals.
1.2
A.
B.
DEFINITIONS
Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive
action.
lnformational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval.
Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery other
submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coord in ation with other submittals until related submittals are received.
Submittals Schedule: Comply with requiremenb in Division 1 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled
performance of related construction activities.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
1.3
A.
SUBMITTAT PROCEDURES 01330- 1
Fritzlen Pierce ArchitecO
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submiftal review, including time for resubmittals,
as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal.
1. lnitial Review: Allow 10 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent
submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must
be delayed for coordination.
2. lf intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
3. Allow 10 days for processing each resubmittal.
4. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.
D. ldentification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submiftal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.
3. lnclude the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
Proiect name.
Date.
Name and address of Architect.
Name and address of Contractor.
Name and address of subcontractor.
Name and address of supplier.
Name of manufacturer.
Unique identifier, including revision number.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
Other necessary identification.
E. Deviations: Highlight, encircle or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract
Documents on submittals.
F. Additiorlal Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless
Arch itect observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial
submittal may serve as final submittal.
1. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will be marked with action
taken and will be returned.
G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals,
without review, received from sources other than Contractor.
'1. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submifted complies with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Transmittal Form: Use Contractor's standard form of transmittal.
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail. Colorado
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
tSUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 2
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
B.
2.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
e VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
H- Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for
performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
l. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by
Arch itect in connection with construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ACIION SUBMITTALS
Ceneral: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification
Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit five copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will return four copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project
Record Document.
Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction
and type of product or equipment.
1. lf information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data
are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.2- Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are
applicable.
3. lnclude the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturedswrittenrecommendations.
b. Manufacturer's productspecifications.
. c. Manufacturer'sinstallationinstructions,
d. Manufacture/s catalog cuts.
e. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
f. Printed performance curves.
E. Operational range diagrams.
h. Compliance with recognized trade association standards.i. Compliance with recognized testing agenry standards.
Shop Drawings: Prepare Projea-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not
base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. ldentification of products.
c. Fabrication and installation drawingp.
d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring including power, signal, and
control wiring.
Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
Templates and patterns.
Schedules.
Notation of coordination requirements.
Notation of dimensions established bv field measurement.
2- Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed
wiring.
3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 W 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches.
D. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project
Management and Coordination."
E. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or producG, including the following:
1. Comply with reguirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements'for mockups.
2. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
a. Submit two full sets of available choices where color, pattern, texture or similar
characteristics are required to be selected from manufacture/s product line.
Architect will return one submittal with options selected.
3. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared
from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner
specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show
full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not
limited tq partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or
containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used matefals; swatches
showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for
independent testing and inspection.
a. Submit two sets of Samples. Architect will retain one Sample set; remainder
will be returned.
4. Preparation: Mount, display or package Samples in manner specified to facilitale
review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect! sample where so
indicated. Attach label on unexposed side.
5. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of
these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics
between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.6. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-
control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may
be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l.
od'
h.
j.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 4
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
F' Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required
for the Work and their intended location.
C. Delegated-Design Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality
Requirements."
H. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation.o
L Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures."
J. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures."
K. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for
each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products. or equipment
fabricated to a special design.
2.2 ]NFORMATIONAL SUBMITTATS
A. Ceneral: Prepare and submit tnformational Submittals required by other Specification
Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of each submittal, unless otherwise
indicated. Architect will not return copies.
2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature
of entity responsible for preparing certification. An officer shall sign certificates and
certifications or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that
entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section
"Quality Requirements,"
B. Contractorrs Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section
"Construction Progress Documentation."
C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and
experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and
addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's lefterhead certifying that
product complies with requirements.
E. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and
Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. lnclude namds of firms and
personnel certified.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - s
Fritzlen Pierce ArchitedO
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacture/s letterhead certifying that
Installer complies with requiremenb and, where required, is authorized for this specific
Project.
C. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements. lnclude evidence of
manufacturing experience where required.
H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacture/s letterhead certifoing
that material complies with requirements.
l. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agenry, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance
with requirements.
J. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agenry, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
K. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting resuJts of field tests performed either during
installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with
requirements.
L. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed
by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensirre tesB
performed by a qualified testing agency.
M. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in
effect for Project.
N. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation
and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in
Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."
O. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including but not limited to,
performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.
lnclude list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of
loads. lnclude load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any,
used for calculations. Include page numbers.
P. Manufacture/s Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacture/s recommendations, guidelines and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone
number of manufacturer.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail,.Colorado
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 6
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
C.
H.
3.'r
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
a. Manufacturerrs Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized
service representative's tesG and i nspections.
R. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare wriften information indicating current status of
insurance or bonding coverage. lnclude name of entity covered by insurance or bond,
limits of coverage, amounts of deduaibles , if any, and term of the coverage.
S. Construction Photographs: Comply with requirements in Division .l Section "Construction
Progress Documentation."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.2
A.
B.
O Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
CONTMCTOR'S REVIEW
Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submifting to Architect.
Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project
name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of
reviewer, date of Contractol's approval, and statement certirying that submiftal has been
reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
ARCHITECIS ACTION
Ceneral: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp
and will return them without action.
Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections
or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action
stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:
Reviewed
Rejected
Submit Specific ltem
Furnish as Corrected
Revise and Resubmit
This review is only for general conformance with the design concept and the information
given in the Construction Documents. Corrections or commenb made on the shop
drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the
requirements of the plans and specifications. Review of a specific item shall not include
review of an assembly of which lhe item is a component. The Contractor is responsible for:
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0'r 330 - 7
Fritzlen Pierce Archited
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the jobsite; information that pertains solely to
the fabrication processes or to the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures
of construction; coordination of the Work with that of all other trades and performing all
Work in a safe and satisfactory manner
l. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return if or will
reiect and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each
submittal to appropriate party.
J. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be
discarded.
IND OF SECTION 01330
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
ISUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0'r 330 - B
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970476-6342
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUTREMENTS
PART 1 - CENEML
C.
1.2
A.
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2OQ4
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural reguirements for quality assurance and
quality control.
Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibiliw for
compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractorrs other quality-
assurance and -control procdures that facilitate compliance with the Contract
Document requirements.
2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services
required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by
provisions of this Section.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
DEFINITIONS
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and
during execution of the Work to guard against defecs and deficiencies and sub,stantiate that
proposed construction will comply with requirements.
Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and
after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work
and completed construction comply with requirements. furvices do not include contract
enforcement activiti es performed by Arch itect.
Mockup's: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to
verifr selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where
indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination,
testing or operation; they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish the standard by
which the Work will be judged.
B.
B.
C.
D. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tesb and inspections that are performed on-site for
installation of the Work and for completed Work.
Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections or both. Testing
laboratory shall mean the same as testing agenry.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTs 01400 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Architecf
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
1.3
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
1.4
A.
F. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor/ to perform a particular construction
operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
1. Using a term such as "carpentry''does not imply that accredited or unionized
individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter", must perform
certain construction activities. lt also does not imply that requirements specified
apply exclusively to trades people of the corresponding generic name.
C. Experienced: When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully
completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project;
being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements
of authorities having jurisdiction.
coNFLrcTt Nc REQUTREMENTS
Ceneral: lf compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish
different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with
the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but
apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall
be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with
the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within
reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are
minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties
to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
SUBMITTALS
Reports: Prepare and subm-it certified written reports that include the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Projea iltle and number.
3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. ldentification of product and Specification Section.B. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing
and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies
with the Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 2
D.
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
l,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architecs
Vail, Colorado -
970476-6342
1.5
A.
B.
F.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 20(X
Vail, Colorado
13. Recofnmendations on retesting and reinspecting.
B. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Ownerrs records, submit copies of permits, licenses,
certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee
payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for
compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
QUALITY ASSUMNCE
Ceneral: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels
required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing erecting or
assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project,
whose work has resu lted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems
similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well. as
sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those
indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRT[, an NVLAF, or an independent agency with the
experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented
according to ASTM E 548; and with additional qualifications specified in individual
Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to
authorities.
1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.
2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NISTs National Voluntary
Laboratory Accred itation Program.
Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufacture/s products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated
for this Project.
Mockup: Before installing poftions of thb Work requiring mockups, build mockup for
each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements,
using materials indicated for the completed Work:
01400 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Architee
Vail, Colorado
97U476-6342
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
B.
C.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
indicated, as directed by
1.6
A.
1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not
Architect.
2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
constructed.
3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication or
construction.
5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
judging the completed Work.
6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.
QUALTW CONTROL
Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's
responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are
engaged to perform.
2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by
work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to
Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.
Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contracto/s responsibility.
Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by
authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by
authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.
1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engate a qualified testing
agency to perform these quality-control services.
a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to
in writing by Owner.
2. Notifu testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires
testing or inspecting will be performed.
3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a
certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract
Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having
jurisdiction, when they so direct.
Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including
service connections, Report results in writing as specified in Division 1 Section "Submittal
Procedures."
QUALTry REQUTREMENTS 01400 - 4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970476-6342
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractorrs
responsibiliry provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for
construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.
E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance
of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notiff Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in
the Work during performance of its services.
2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ
tests are conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested
and inspected work complies with or deviates {rom requirements.
4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service through Contractor.
5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
F, Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections and
similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested.
Notify agenry sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel.
Provide the following:
Access to the Work.
Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by
testing agency.
7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting eguipment at
Project site.
C. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-
assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of
removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
'1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples and similar activities.
O Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
01400 - 5
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itecO
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. Ceneral: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1 . Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining
areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.
2- Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Ctrtting
and Patching.',
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractorrs responsibility, regardless of the asgignment of
responsibility for q uality-control services.
END OF SECTION 014OO
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 6
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
SECTION 0142O - REFERENCES
PART 1 - CENERAL
F.
O VailCymnasticsFacilty
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
1.1I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
DEFINITIONS
Ceneral: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
'Approved": When used to convey Architectb action on Contractor,s submittals,
applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as
stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
"Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including ,,requested,,,
"authorized," "selectedr" "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as
"directed."
"lndicated": Reguirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including
"shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
"Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.
"Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation and similar operations.
"lnstall": Operations at Project site including unloading temporarily storing unpacking
assembling erectin& placing, anchoring applying working to dimension, finishing curing
protecting, cleaning and similar operations.
"Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
"lnstaller": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee,
Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
1. Using a term such as "carpentry'' does not imply qhat accredited or unionized
individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter", must perform
certain construction activities. lt also does not imply that requirements specified
apply exclusively to trades-people of the corresponding generic name.
"Experienced": When used with an entity, "experiencedu means having successfully
completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project;
being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements
of authorities having jurisdiction.
D.
H.
t.
REFERENCES o'1420 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Architecf
Vail. Colorado
gto-qzo-oyz
K. "Project Site": Space available
site is shown on Drawings and
on which Project is to be built.
Vail Cymnastics Facilty
May2OO4
Vail, Colorado
for performing construction activities. The extent of Project
may or may not be identical with the description of the land
I
I
1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as
if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documenb to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Conflicting Requirements: lf compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements
that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or
specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may
comply exactly with the minimum quantity or guality specified, or it may exceed the
minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated
numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of
requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are
not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity,
obtain copies directly from publication source and make them available on request.
E. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list.
ADMC Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Code of Federal Regulations
Handbook for Concrete and Cement
Department of Defense Specifications and Standards
FED-STD FederalStandard (See FS)
CFR
CRD
DOD
I
I
I
IREFERENCES01420.2
T
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facilty
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
FS Federal Specification
FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS)
MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards
UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibiliw Standards
1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. lndustry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated
in Cale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade &
Professional fusociations of the U,S."
B. lndustry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list.
AA Aluminum fusociation, lnc. (The)
AMDM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers
MBC Associated Air Balance Council
AAMA AmericanArchitecturalManufacturersfusociation
AAN American Association of Nurserymen (See AN[A)
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
MTCC American Association of Textile Chemiss and Colorists (The)
ABMA AmericanBearingManufacturersfusociation
ACI American Concrete Institute/ACl International
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association
AEIC Association of Edison llluminating Companies, tnc. (The)
AFPA American Forest & Paper Association (See AF&PA)
AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association
ACA American Cas Association
REFERENCES 01420 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Archite
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
ACC
AHA
AHAM
Vail Cymnastics Facilty
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
01420 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
AI
AIA
tusociated Ceneral Contractors of America CIhe)
American Hardboard Association
fusociation of Home Appliance Manufacturers
Asphalt Institute
American Institute of Architects (The)
American Institute of Steel Construction
American lron and Steel Institute
American Institute of Timber Construction
fusociated Landscape Contractors of America
American Lumber Standard Committee
Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.
American Nursery & Landscape fusociation
(Formerly: AAN - American Association of Nurserymen)
American National Standards Institute
tusociation of Official Seed Analpts
APA - The Engineered Wood tusociation
Architectural Precast Association
American Petroleum Institute
Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute
Architectural Spray Coaters Association
American Society of Civil Engineers
American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
ASME International
(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers lnternational)
AISC
AISI
AITC
ALCA
ALSC
AMCA
ANLA
ANSI
AOSA
APA
APA
API
ARI
ASCA
ASCE
ASHRAE
ASME
REFERENCES
I 97U476-6342
I ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering
I ASTM ASTM InternationalI (American Society for Testing and Materials lnternational)
I AWcl AWCilnternationalf (Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries lnternational)
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (See WCMA)
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute
r AWPA American Wood-Preservers'Association
I AWS American Welding Sociery
- AWWA American Water Work Association
r BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers fusociation
I BIA Brick Industry tusociation (The)
I BIFMA BIFMA International
I (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's fusociation International)
- CCC Carpet Cushion Council
I CCFSS Center for Cold-Formed Steel Structures
I CDA Copper DevelopmentAssociation Inc.
r CEA Canadian Electricity Asociation
r CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, lnc.
I CGA Compressed Cas Association
r CCSB Canadian Ceneral Standards Board
r CMA Cellulose lnsulation Manufacturers fusociation
t CFCA Ceilings & Interior S;atems Construction tusociation
r CISPI Cast lron Soil Pipe Institute
I CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers lnstitute
I
t i:r'e,'J:J:Architects
I REFERENCES
O VailCymnasticsFacilty
01420 - 5
Fritzlen Pierce Archite{
Vail. Colorado
970-476-6342
CPPA Conugated Polyethylene Pipe tusociation
Vail Cymnastics Facilty
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRI
CRSI
CSA
csl
CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau
CTI Cooling Technology Institute
Carpet & Rug lnstitute (The)
Concrete Reinforcing Steel lnstitute
CSA International
(Formerly: IAS - lnternational Approval Services)
Construction Specifications Institute (The)
DHI
EIA
EIMA
EJMA
FCl
FCMA
FM
FMG
(Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
Door and Hardware lnstitute
Electronic lndustries Alliance
EIFS Industry Members Association
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
Fluid Controls Institute
Flat Glass Marketing tusociation (See CANA)
Factory Mutual System (See FMC)
FM Clobal
(Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System)
Forest Stewardship Council
Cypsum Association
Class Association of North America
(Formerly: FCMA - Flat Class Marketing Association)
Ceosynthetic Research Institute
Class Tempering Division of Class Association of
North America (See CAM)
Hydraulic lnstitute
FSC
CA
GANA
CRI
CTA
HI
REFERINCES 01420 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects O Vailcymnastics Faci\
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
HI
HMMA
HPVA
HPW
tAs
ICEA
ICRI
IEC
IEEE
IESNA
ICCC
ICMA
tLl
ISSFA
r3A
tTs
rws
KCMA
LMA
LPI
LSCA
MBMA
MFMA
May2OO4
Vail, Colorado
Hydronics lnstitute
Hollow Metal Manufacturers fusociation (See NMMM)
Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
H. P. White Laboratory Inc.
lnternational Approval Services (See CSA)
Insulated Cable Engineers fusociation, Inc.
International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.
International Electrotechnical Commission
lnstitute of tlectrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)
llluminating Engineering Society of North America
lnsulating Class Certification Council
Insulating Class Manufacturers Alliance Ohe)
lndiana Limestone lnstitute of America, Inc.
lnternational Solid Surface Fabricators Association
International lmaging lndustry Association
(Formerly: PIMA - Photographic & lmaging Manufacturers fusociation)
{ntertek Testing Services
Insect Screening Wearrers Association (Now defunct)
Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association
Lam inating Materials Association
(Formerly: ALA - American Laminators fusociation)
Lightning Protection Institute
Laminated Safety Class Association (See CANA)
Metal Build ing Manufacturers fusociation
Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association
REFERENCES o't420 - 7
Fritzlen Pierce nrchitecf
Vail. Colorado
970,476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facilty
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
MFMA
MHIA
MIA
MUSFA
MPI
MS5
NAAMM
NMMM
NACE
NAIMA
NAMI
NBCQA
NCMA
NCPI
NCTA
NEBB
NECA
NeLMA
NEMA
NETA
NFPA
NFRC
Metal Framing Manufacturers fusociation
Material Handling Industry of America
Marble Institute of America
Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association (See SSMA)
Master Painters Institute
Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and
Fittings Industry lnc.
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
North American Association of Mirror Manufacturers (See CANA)
NACE International
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers lnternational)
North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (The)
National Accreditation and Management Institute, Inc.
National Building Cranite Quarries Association, lnc.
National Concrete Masonry Association
National Clay Pipe Institute
National Cable & Telecommunications fusociation
National Environmental Balancing Bureau
National Electrical Contractors Association
Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' fusociation
National Electrical Manufacturers fusociation
InterNational Electrical Testing fusociation
National Fire Protection Association
National Fenestration Rating Council
REFERENCES 01420 - I
I Yir'e,:,T:Architects
Vail Gymnastics Facilty
May2W4
Vail, Colorado- 970-476-6342
r NCA National Class Association
t NHLA National Hardwood LumberAssociation
I NLGA National Lumber Crades Authority
I NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association
I NRCA National Roofing Contractors tusociation
I NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete tusociation
I NSA National Stone Association (See NSSCA)
I NSF
N,tlll:ffi:il1.,:n Foundation Internationar)
I NSSCA National Stone, Sand & Cravel Association
(Formerly: NSA - National Stone Association)
I NTMA National Terrazzoand Mosaic tusociation, lnc.
r NWWDA National Wood Window and Door tusociation (See WDMA)
r PCI PrecasVPrestressed Concrete Institute
I PDCA Paintingand Decorating Contractors of America
- PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute
r PCI PVC Ceomembrane Institute
I RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections
r RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute
r RIS Redwood Inspection Service
I sAE sA[ lnternational
r SDI Steel Deck lnstitute
Ir SDI Steel Door Institute
I SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association
- SGCC Safety Clazing Ceftification Council
I
I REFEREN.E'01420 - 9
F ri tzlen Pierce ArchitectlO
Vail. Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facilty
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SICMA
SJI
SMA
SMACNA
SPFA
Sealed Insulating Class Manufacturers fusociation (See ICMA)
Steel Joist Institute
Screen Manufacturers fusociation
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National fusociation
Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance
(Formerly: SPI/SPFD - The Society of the Plastics lndustry, lnc.;
Spray Polyurethane Foam Division)
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The)
Society of the Plastics Industry (The)
Spray Polyurethane Foam Division (See SPFA)
SPRI
(Single Ply Roofing lnstitute)
Specialty Steel Industry of North America
Steel Stud Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: MVSFA - Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association)
SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings
Steel Tank Institute
Steel Window Institute
Sealang Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute
Tile Council of America, Inc.
Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance
Truss Plate Institute
Turfgrass Prod ucers lnternational
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association
United States Institute for Theatre Technology, lnc.
SPIB
SPI/SPFD
SPRI
SSINA
SSMA
SSPC
sTl
swl
SWRI
TCA
TI//EIA
TPI
TPI
UL
UNI
USITT
REFERENCES 01420 - 10
I i:f'e,:,"J:Architects
t
e7u476-6342
O VailCymnasticsFacilty
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
I
WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association
I WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
I WCMA Window Covering Manufacrurers Associarion (See WCSC)
I WCSC Window Covering Safety Council
I (Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association)
I WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers fusociation
t (Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association)
I
WIC Woodwork Institute of California
r WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork producers tusociation
I WWPA Western Wood products Association
I C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
- Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list.
' BOCA BOCA International, Inc.
I CABO Council of American Building Officials (See tCC)
I IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (The)
I ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
I ICC lnternational Code Council, Inc.
(Formerly: CABO - Council of American Building Officials)
I SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress lnternational, lnc.
r D. Federal Covernment Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in
r Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the
I entities in the followins list-
cF Army Corps of EngineersIt CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission
I
I REFERENCES 01420 - 11
Fritzlen Pierce ArchitecO
Vail, Colorado
Vail Gymnastics Facilty
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
970-476-6342
DOC
EPA
FAA
Department of Commerce
Environmental Protection Agenry
Federal Aviation Administration
Food and Drug Administration
Ceneral Services Adm in istration
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (See LBNL)
Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory
National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB)
National lnstitute of Standards and Technology
Occupational Safety & Heahh Administration
Public Building Service (See CSA)
Rural Utilities Service (See USDA)
Transportation Research Board
Department of Agriculture
Postal Service
FDA
CSA
HUD
LBL
LBNL
NCHRP
NIST
OSHA
PBS
RUS
TRB
USDA
USPS
E' State Covernment Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications' or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list.
CAPUC (See CPUC)
CBHF State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs
Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation
CPUC California Public Utilities Commission
TFS Texas Forest Service
Forest Products Laboratory
REFERENCES 01420 - 12
I !['EltJ:5:o'.n** O O vaircrmnasticsrffi
- 97G476-6342 Vail, Colorado
r PART 2 - pRoDUcIS (Not Used)
I pART 3 - EXECUTIoN (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01420I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I REFERENCES 01420 - 13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O VailCymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail Colorado
SECTION 015OO - TEMPOMRY FAC]LITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - CENIML
1.1 SUMMARY
A' This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including
temporary utilities, support facilities and security and protection facilities.
B. See Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for division of responsibilities for
temporary facilities and controls.
C. See Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary roofing is
complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertighq anJall
openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures.
1.3 USE CHARCES
A' Ceneral: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or
Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary
services and facilities without cost, including but not limited to, Owne/s construction
forces, occupants of Project, Architect, testing and inspecting agencies and personnel of
authorities having jurisd iction.
B. Water Service: Contractor to provide temporary service.
C. Electric Power Service: Contractor to provide temporary service.
1.4 QUALITYASSUMNCE
A' Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and
NFPA 241.
1. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA and UL standards and regulations for
temporary electric seryice. Install service to comply with NFPA 20.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary util'rty before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
TEMPOMRY FACIL]TIES AND CONTROLS 01s00 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Architeda
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to
facilities by all parties engaged in the Work:
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
2.1
use of temporary services and
1. Keep tem porary services and facilities clean and neat.
2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
Ceneral: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable
condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use
intended.
Pavement: Comply with Division 2 pavement Sections.
Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch 9-gage, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric
fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3l8-inch- OD
line posts and 2-28-inch- OD corner and pull pos$, with 1-5l8-inch- OD top and bottom
rails. Provide concrete or galvanized steel bases for supporting posts.
Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry."
Cypsum Board: ASTMC36, minimum 112 inch thick by 48 inches wide by maximum
available lenghs; regular-type panels with tapered edges.
Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blankeg manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock
wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50,
respectively.
Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less.
Water: Potable.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
C.
H.
2.2
A.
B.
EQUIPMENT
Field Offices: Mobile units with lockable entrances, operable windows, and serviceable
finishes; heated and air conditioned; on foundations adequate for normal loading.
Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent
as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for
exposures.
TEMPOMRY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 2
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
3.1
B.
3.2
I
O VailCymnasticsFacitity
May 2O&t
Vail Colorado
1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size
required by location and class of fire exposure.
C. Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or
combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or
similar nonabsorbent material.
D. Drinking-Water Fixtures: IDrinking-water fountainsl [Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-
water, drinking-water unitsl, including paper cup supply.
'l . Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed
water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F.
E. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system; provide
vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space
thermostatic control.
1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters or salamander-type
heating units is prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed.
F. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 1 10-
to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters,
reset button, and pilot light.
C. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for
surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac,2O-A rating, and lighting circuits may
be nonmetallic sheathed cable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION, CENERAL
Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum
interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
Provide each facilfty ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized
use of completed permanent facilities.
SUPPORT FACILITI ES I NSTALLATION
Ceneral: Comply with the following:
TEMPOMRY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Architefl
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
1.
Vail Cymnastics Facility I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
May 2004
Vail Colorado
Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities and other temporary construction
and support facilities for easy access.
2. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 feet of buiHing lines. Comply with NFPA 241.
3. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before
Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be
permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Project ldentification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other signs in
sizes indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking entrance
to Project. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs.
1. Engage a'n experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project identification signs.
Comply with details indicated.
2. Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel
and visitors.
C. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle
waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangbrous
or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division 1 Section
"Execution Requirements " for progress.cleaning requirements.
1. lf required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly
labeled, for each type of waste material to be deposited.
2. Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of
waste materials Project will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide
detailed information for on-site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials.
Provide information on destination of each type of waste material and means to be
used to dispose of all waste materials.
D. Common-Use Field Office: Provide an insulated, weathertigh! heated and air-conditioned
field office for use as a common facility by all personnel engaged in construction activities;
of sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel and meetings of 10 persons at
Project site. Keep office clean and orderly.
1- Furnish and equip offices as follows:
a. Desk and four chairs, four-drawer file cabinet, a plan table, a plan rack, and
bookcase.
b. Provide a room of not less than 240 sq. ft. for Project meetings. Furnish room
with conference table, 12 folding chairs, and 4-foot- square tack board.2. Provide an electric heater with thermostat capable of maintaining a uniform indoor
temperature of 68 deg F.
3. Provide fluorescent light fixtures capable of maintaining averate illumination of 2O fc
at desk height. Provide 110- to 120-V duplex outlets spaced at not more than 12-
foot intervals, 1 per wall in each room.
I
T
I
ITEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 4
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
SECURIry AND PROTECI-ION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
Environmental Protection: Provide protection/ operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other
undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict
use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from
persons or firms near Project site.
B. Stormwater Control: Provide eafthen embankments and similar barriers in and around
excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of
stormwater from heavy rains.
Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip
line of trees to protect vegetation from construction damage. Protect tree root systems from
damage, flooding and erdsion.
Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, install enclosure fence with
lockable entrance gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose entire Project site or portion
determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a manner that will
prevent people, dogs, and other animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
1. Set portable chain-link fence posts in concrete bases.
2. Provide gates in sizes and at locations necessary to accommodate delivery vehicles
and other construction operations.
3. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized
personnel. Provide Owner with one set of kep.
Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized
entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of security.
D.
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail Colorado
E. Lifu and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and personnel. Truck cranes and
similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment'' and not
temporary facilities.
F. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where
ladders are not adequate. Cover finished, permanent stairs with protective covering of
plywood or similar material so finishes will be undamaged at time of acceptance.
C. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, as long as stairs are
cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion,
restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.
1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs or other procedures to protect
stairs and to maintain means of egress. lf, despite such protection, stairs become
damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work.
3.3
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 5
lrruren r,"rc" r.rcn,tufl
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
F. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for
erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and
warning signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and
needed, provide lighting including flashing red or amber lights.
G. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations and
similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete,
provide insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and
material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.
2. Vertical Openings: Close openings of z5 sq. ft. or less with plywood or similar
materials.
3. Horizontal Openings: Close opening in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces
with load-bearing wood-framed construction.
4. Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other
materials.
H. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to
limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.1. Construct dustproof, floor-to-ceiling partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch studs, 2
layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheets, inside and outside temporary enclosure. Cover
floor with 2 layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheets, extending sheets 18 inches up the
sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with 3/4-inch fire-
retardant plywood.
2. Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas.3. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks.
4. Protectair-handlingequipment.
5. Weatherstripopenings.
l. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities,
install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against
reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241.
'1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and
accessible from space being served, with sign mounted above.
a. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended
purpose; provide not less than one eKinguisher on each floor at or near each
usable stairwell.
2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-
protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Piohibit
smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OQ4
Vail Colorado
TEMPOMRY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01s00 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O VailCymnasticsFacility
4.
5.
May 20O4
Vail Colorado
Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of fire ignition.
Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program
for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish
procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post
warnings and information.
Provide hoses for fire protection of sufficient length to reach construction areas.
Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only
and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable
nozzles.
6.
3.4 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from
damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating cooling humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines.
Protect from damage during excavation operations.
C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later
than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary/ restore permanent construction
that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair
damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be
satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of
Contractor. Owner reseryes right to take possession of Project identification signs.2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section
"Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 015OO
TEMPOMRY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01s00 - 7
Y Technobgy SUBSTITUTION
. REQUEST
After tbe
Project:Substitution Request Number:
From:
To:
A.tE Project Number:
Contract For:
Specification Title:Description:
Page:Article./Paragraph:
Proposed Substitution:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Manufacftrer:
Trade Name:
Installer:
Address:
Model No.:
Phone:
History: I New product | 2-5 years old E j-10 ]rs old ft More than l0 years old
Difrerences between proposed substitution and specified product:
I Point-by-point comparative dala attached - REQUIRED By A/E
Reason for not providing specified item:
Similar Installation:
Project:
Address:
Archite*:
Owner:
Date Installed:
Proposed substitution afects other parts of Work:D No E Yes; exptain
Savings to Owner for accepting zubstitution:($
Proposed substitution changes Contract Timc D no D Yes [AddJ [Deductl days.
Supporting Data Attached: I Orawings I Product Data ! Samples flReports tr
Pagp of
I fests
Copynght 1996, Conslruction Sp€cification hstitute,
601 Madison Slre€t, Al€r<andria, VA 2231+1791
September 1996
CSI Form l3.lA
SUBSTITUTION
REQUEST
(Continued)
The Undersigned certifies:r Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respecls 10 specified product.. Same waranty lvill be fumished for proposed substitution as fol specified product.o Same maintenance service and source ofreplacement parts, as applicablg is available.. Proposed subslitution will have no adverse effect on other trad€s and will not affect or delay progress schedule.. Cost data as stated above is complele. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequortly become
. ;Tl"*TJ:,,Tillll1r*, **r dimensions and tuncrionar crearances. I. Payment will be made for changes to building desigrl including A,/E design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the I
substitution.r Coordination, installatig!, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects.
I
I
I
I
I
I
Submitted by:
Signed by:
Firm:
Address:
Telephone:
Attachments:
I
I
I
A/E s REVIEW AND ACTION
Substitution approved - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330.
substilution approved as noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330.
Substiffiion rejected - Use specified materials.
Substitution Request received too late - Use specilied materials.
Signed by:
I
I
Additional Commsnts:I contractor I Subcontactor I Supplier E Manufacturer tr arc tr
I
I
t
I
I
Copyright 1996, Constnction Specifrcation Institul€,
601 Madison Streer, AJexandria VA 2231+1791
Septemb€r 1996
CSI Forn 13.lA
t
t
Page of
B.
C.
B.
D.
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail. Colorado
970-476-6342
SECTION 01600 - PRODUCI REQUTREMENTS
PART 1 - CENERAL
't.2
A.
O Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selecting products for
use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties
on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.
See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract closeout.
See Divisions2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products
and installations specified to be warranted.
DEFINITIONS
Products: ltems purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project
or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: ltems identified by manufacturer's product name, including make
or model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published
product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: ltems that have not previously been incorporated into another
project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not
considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities
related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties,
appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified
product.
Sub,stitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction
from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named
and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other
designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-
service performance, physical properties, appearance/ and other characteristics for purposes
of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers.
Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual
manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
PRODUCI REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 1
Frrtzren P,"rce nrcn,te{
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required
Documents, either to extend time limit provided
more rights for Owner.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
by or incorporated into the Contract
by manufacture/s warranty or to provide
SUBMITTALS
Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. ldentifo
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section
number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Substitution Request Form: Use contractor's standard form.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.
b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed
to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and
separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed
substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those
of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include aftributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and
requirements indicated.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication
and installation proced ures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting
test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect
for ProjeA, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the
overall Contract Time.j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.k. Contractorrs certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements
in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.
l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may
subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to
produce indicated results.
3. Architect's Action: lf necessary Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution.
Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.3
A.
PRODUCI REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 2
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O Vail Gymnastics Facility
3.
4.
5.
6.
8.
L
1.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or
documentation, whichever is later.
a- Form of Acceptance: Change Order.
b. Use product specified if Architect can not make a decision on use of a
proposed substitution within time allocated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Compatibiliry of Options: lf Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on P-j".t, product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORACE, AND HANDLINC
Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacture/s wriften instructions.
1- Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items
that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft,
and other losses.
Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging s)6tem, complete with labels and instructions for
handling storing unpacking protecting and installing.
lnspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and
to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of
units.
Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a
weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent
condensation.
Comply with product manufacture/s written instructions for temperature, humidity.
venti lation, and weather-protection req u irements for storage.
Protect stored products from damage.
PRODUCT WARRANTIES
Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with,
other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacture/s disclaimers and
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submiftal: Comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Submiftal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
1.4
A.
1.6
A.
PRODUCI REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 3
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and
properly executed,
2. Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications.
document using appropriate form properly executed.
3. Refer to Divisions2 through 16 Sections for specific content
particular requ irements for subm itti ng special warranties.
I
t
I
I
I
I
tC. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Ceneral Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract
Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of
installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.2. Standard Products: lf available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options
are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used
successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict
with requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make
selection.
5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be
matched is Architect's.
6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications
establish "salient characteristics', of products.
B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following:
1. Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Producf' name a
single product and manufacturer, provide the product named.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Manufacturer" or "Source" name single manufacturers or sources, provide a product
by the manufacturer or from the source named that complies with requirements.
Fritzlen Pierce Architee
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
limitations on product warranties do not relieve
requirements of the Contract Documents.
Vail Cvmnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Contractor of obligations under
Prepare a wriften
requirements and
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IPRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 4
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970476-6342
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
O VailGymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products"
introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the
products listed that complies with requirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of
the manufacturers listed that complies with reguirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Available Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Available Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers,
provide one of the products listed or another product that complies with
requirements. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain
approval for use ofan unnamed product.
6. Avaihble Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Available Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product
by one of the manufacturen listed or another manufacturer that complies with
requirements. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain
approval for use ofan unnamed product.
7. Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Basis-of-Design Product" are included and also introduce or refer to a list of
manufacturers' names, provide either the specified product or a comparable product
by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate
sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product
named. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval
for use ofan unnamed product.
a. Subotitutions may be considered, unJess otherwise indicated.
8. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established
Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with reguirements and
matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed
prod uct matches satisfactori ly.
a. lf no product avaihble within specified category matches satisfactorily and
complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the
Contract Documents on "subrstitutions" for selection of a matching product.
9. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected
from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product
(and manufacturer) that complies with other specified requirements.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 5
Fritzlen Pierce Architecf
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
b.
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of
colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern,
or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium
items.
Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors,
patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or
texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and
premium items.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
Timing: Architect will consider requests
commencement of the Work. Requests
rejected at discretion of Architect.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following
conditions are satisfied. l{ the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return
requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities
Owner must assume. Owner's additional respdnsibilities may include compensation
to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction
by Owner, and similar considerations.
2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents.
3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
COMPAMBLE PRODUCTS
Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition
to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the
Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the
Work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
n
5.
6.
B.
9.
B.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
for substitution if received within 3O days after
received after that time may be considered or
2.2
A.
2.3
PRODUCT REQUTREMENTS 01600 - 6
3.
4.
5.
I
I
:
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970475-6342
2.
O var uymnasrcs Facurry
May2ffi4
Vail, Colorado
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in
the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance,
weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements
indicated.
Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses
and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
Samples, if requested.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01600
PRODUCT REQU]REMENTS 01600 - 7
t
I
I
qlwb,,
Y Teclwtqyr
REQUEST FOR
INTERPRETATION
Project:R.F.I. Number:
From:I ro:
I Re:Contract For:
I Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail:
I Request:
I
I
I Signedby:Date:
t ."r*-
I
I
I
I
EAnachments
Responsc From: To:Date Rec'd:Date Ret'd:
Signed by:
I Copies: I Owner I Consultants O
I Copyright lglX, Conslruction Sp€cifications Instituie, page of
I 601 Madison SEeet, Alexandri4 VA 22314-1791
I
I
July 1994
CSI Fom 13.24
I FriElen pierce Architecrs O
Vail, Colorado
r 970-476-6342
SECT|ON 01700 - EXECUTTON REQUTREMENTS
I PARrl-.ENEML
I 1.r
',MMARY
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2QO4
Vail, Colorado
t
t
I
I A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work
f including but not limited to, the following:
1 . Construction lavout.
2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. Ceneral installation of products.
4. Progress cleaning.
5. Startingandadjusting.
6. Protection of installed construction.
7. Correction of the Work.
I 1.2 QUALTTYASSUMNCE
I A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to
I practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-
t surveying services of the kind indicated.
I PART 2 - pRoDUcTS (Not Used)
I PART3-EXEcuroNr
I 3.1 EXAMTNATTON
I A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other
I construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate
I and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other
construction affecting the Work.
I 1. Before construction, verifu the location and points of connection of utility services.
I B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
I construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework,
investigate and verifr the existence and location of underground utilities and other
r construction affecting the Work.
r 1. Furnish location data for work related to Proiect that must be performed by public
I
utilities serving Project site.
r EXtcuTloN REQUTREMENTS 01700 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
3.2
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
3.3
A.
C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
1. Verifo compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes or primers.
2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment and fixture installation.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
PREPAMTION
Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move,
or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility
appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having
jurisdiction.
Existing Utility lnterruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner
or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to
provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notifu Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission.
Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly.
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are
indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field
measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
D. Space ReQuirements: Verifo space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: lmmediately on discovery of the
need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to
Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verifu layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. lf discrepancies are
discovered, notiflz Architect promptly.
Ceneral: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 2
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail, Colorado
970476-6342
1.
FriElen Pierce Architects O VailCymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of ProjeA.
Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain
required dimensions.
Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable
tolerances.
6- Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard
established by authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Site lmprovements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements/ grading
fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations.
D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures,
building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for
mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with
control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.
E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines
and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions,
name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used.
Make the log available for reference by Architea. .
3.4 FIELD ENCINEERINC
A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar
reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks
and control points during construction operations.
Benchmark: Establish and maintain a minimum of three permanent
Project site, referenced to data established by survey eontrol points.
authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.
1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on
Documents.
Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real
property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that
principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on
the survey.
1. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or
with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.benchmark on
Comply with
Project Record
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Architec
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment
and elevation, as indicated.
'1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Comply with manufacture/s written instructions and recommendations for installing
products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging
operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
F. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each
component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the
Work.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
F. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arranEe joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form
hairline joints.
G. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not
considered hazardous.
3.6 PROCRESS CLEANINC
Ceneral: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coord inate
Progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
.l . Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 br removal of combustible waste materials
and debris.
2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 dap if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS o't700 - 4
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
o Vail Cymnastics Facility
May ZO04
Vail, Colorado
C' Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cJeanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate.
D. lnstalled Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. lf specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use
cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage
exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing
waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
G. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection
from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
H. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
l. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.7 STARTINC AND ADJUSTINC
A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove' malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
3.8
A.
B.
Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for
proper operation.
Test each piece of equipment to verifr proper operation. Test and adjust controls and
safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
Comply with manufacturerrs written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 5
Fritzlen Pierce Architeco
Vail, Colorado
970-476-5342
Vail Cymnastics Faciliry
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
3.9 CORRECIION OF THE WORK
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged subatrates and
finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching
up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be
repaired without visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating
components that cannot be repaired.
E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
END OF SECTION Ol ZOO
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.1
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-.476-6342
SECTION O177O - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - CENEML
C.
1.2
A.
6.
7
8.
B.
D.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items
on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements,
Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements,
final certifications, and similar documents.
Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permib, operating certiflcates, and
similar releases.
Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals,
Final Completion construction photographs and photographic negatives, damage or
seftlement surueysf property surveys, and similar final record information.
Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by
Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver kep to Owner. Advise
Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
Complete startup testing of systems.
O VailGymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
including but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspectionprocedures.
2. Project Record Documents.
3. Operation and maintenance manuals.
4. Warranties.
5. Instruction of Ownerrs personnel.
6. Final cleaning.
See Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment
for Substantial and Final Completion.
See Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentationn for submitting Final
Completion construction photographs and negatives.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements
for products of those Sections.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Architeda
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
o
9. Submittest/adjust/balancerecords.
10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
1'', . Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
12. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
13. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate
visual defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt
of request, Architect will.either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after
inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractorrs list or additional items
identified by Architect that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections
as incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
Completion.
1.3
A.
FINAL COMPLETION
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final
Completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures."
2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to
be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The
certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise
resolved for acceptance.
3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
4. lnstruct Owne/s personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
equipment, and systems.
Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of
request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notifz Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will
notifu Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will
be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections
as incomplete is completed or corrected.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES o't770 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
1.5
A.
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Ceneral: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes.
Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to
Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
B. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black-line white prints of
Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that
shown originally. Require individual or entity that obtained record data, whether
individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-
up Record Prints.
a. Cive particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the
markup before enclosing concealed installations.
2. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
betweeiir changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
3. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate
numbers, and similar identification where applicable.
4. ldentify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWINC" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets; bind each set
. with durable paper cover sheets. lnclude identification on cover sheets.
C. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and
contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where
installation varies from that indicated in Speciflcations, addenda, and contract
modifications.
1. Cive particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
Protect Proiect
Project Record
O VailGymnasticsFacility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
1.4 L]ST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space
and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing
correction including if necessary areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits
of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for
ceihng, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itecta
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other
Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with
actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identifo each,
ready for continued use and reference.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
3.
B.
B.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
l.t)
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and
equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
Note related Change Orders and Record Drawinp, where applicable.
OPERAT]ON AND MAINTFNANCE MANUALS
Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and
maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
lnclude operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and
as follows:
1. Operation Data: Include emergency instructions and procedures, system and
equ ipment descri ptions, operating procedures, and seq uence of operations.2. Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's information, list of spare parts,
maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules for preventive and
routine maintenance, and copies of warranties and bonds.
Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind
and index data in heavy-duty, three-ring vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binden, in thickness
necessary to accommodate contents/ with pocket inside the covers to receive folded
oversized sheets. ldentifu each binder on front and spine with the printed title
"OPEMTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of
contents.
WARRANTIES
Submiftal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions
of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion
is indicated.
Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of
the Project Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders,
thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive B-112-by-11-
inch paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty.
Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the
product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address,
and telephone number of Installer.
"t.7
A.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 4
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
or printed title
Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance
manuals.
3. ldentifi each binder on the front and spine with the typed
'WARMNTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
c.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A' Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DEMONSTMTION AND TRA]NINC
Instruction: Instruct Ownerrs personnel to adjus! operate, and maintain systems,
subslatems, and equipment not part of a s)6tem.
1. Provide instructors experienced in operation and maintenance procedures.2. Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires
seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at the start of each season.3. Schedule training with Or,'vner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance
notice.
4. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of
instruction, and course content.
3.2 FINAL CLEANINC
A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to
comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and
antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean
each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacture/s written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for
certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - s
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
t.
m.
n.
o.
p'
a.
d.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction
activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material,
litter, and other foreign substances.
Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and
other foreign deposits.
Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-texturd
surface.
Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
Project site.
Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free
condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing
natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their
original condition.
f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafu, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar
spaces.
Sweep concrete floors broom-clean in unoccupied spaces.
Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;
shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.
Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.
Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
Remove labels that are not permanent.
Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and
surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or
restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and
electrical nameplates.
Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment.
Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
8.
h.
t.
k.
I
t
I
I
I
I
q.
C.
substances.
Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains,
resulting from water exposure.
Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters.
surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
including stains
Clean exposed
Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and
defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply
with requirements for new fixtures.
Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury
debris or excess materials on owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 6
I ifi'e,'J:if;Architects
a VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
I 97u476-6342 Vail, Colorado
I dangerous materials into drainage s)6tems. Remove waste materials from Project site and
dispose of lawfully.
t rND oF sECroN 01770
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I ctosEour PRocEDUREs 01770 - 7
x<
=!t
co!) !L
;ta()
s
T; c'\trc\
E+
= ..1i;c-l
!*.
=€9XqgE<
,6d
3d;
=#bo ;i'i>
a-
r-l
tr
tr
tr
u
tr
tr
n
F
-v;
e
o
ot)
at)
a
D
7
{)
z
o
.2
(u
I
q
.g
E
€
Fs
.Y9EXq)H
Yd
b5qUoo
E>
rE G'E'
HH
3x
€E
..'' g
o:
Eoor9
EE;:6X
c(Da)E
H>>=
72
trP
Z i..:
a'6
<U
a
U
!)
a
3
o
tr t-rUg7)P
T
I
$Es
g;
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I o
Fritzlen Pierce ArchitectsI I;i!.f:;:;tii
I
SECTION 01781 - PROIECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 . CENERAL
I
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May20O4
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
I A' This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record
Documents, including the followingr
I 1. Record Drawings.2. RecordSpecifications.
I
3. Record Product Data.
B. See Division 1 Section for operation and maintenance manual requirements.
I C. See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record
Documents of products in those Sections.
- 1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit 1 sets of marked-up Record prints.
t 2. Number of Copiesr Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal: Submit one set of corrected Record Transparencies and oneI rH:.ilT1:tT,-ffJil:,fiT1;"f,'*E"Tffix,:*ffili:[HJ:l
I ihffi"1f:3"::"Jy"JlJ:ff:f,,ffi,tii?1ltll";'*,ffTffi#':J1ili
b. Final Submiftal: Submit one set of marked-up Record Prints, and the
t foilowing:
1) Record Transparencies: One set
I B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda
and contract modifications.
I C. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each hoduct Data submittal.
I
PROJECTRECORDDOCUMENTS 01781- r
o
ects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Fritzlen Pierce Archit
Vail. Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
2.1
PART 2 - PRODUCIS
RECORD DRAWINCS
Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract
Drawings and Shop Drawings.
'1 . Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation
varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record
data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to
prepare marked-up Record Prints.
a. Cive particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be
difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Record data as soon .rs possible after obtaining it. Record and check the
markup before enclosing concealed installations.
2. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of
showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. lf Shop Drawings
are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings.
3. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
4. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order
numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
Record Transparencies: lmmediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial
Completion, review marked-up Record Prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a
full set of corrected transparencies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1. lncorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record
Prints. Erase, redraw, and add details apd notations where applicable.2. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution3. Owner will furnish Contractor one set of transparencies of the Contract Drawings
for use in recording information.
4. Print the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for use as Record Transparencies.
Architect will make the Contract Drawings available to Contractor's print shop.
Formatr ldentify and date each Record Drawing include the designation "PROJECT
RECORD DMWINC" in a prominent location.
1- Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into
manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include
identification on cover sheets.2- Record Transparencies: Organize into unbound sets matching Record Prints. Place
transparencies in durable tube,type drawing containers with end caps. Mark end
cap of each container with identification. lf container does not include complete
set, identify Drawings included.
B.
I
t
t
T
I
I
I
IPROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781-2
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
separate electronic files
Name each file with the
3. Record CAD Drawings: Organize CAD information into
that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings.
sheet identification. lnclude identification in each CAD file.4. ldentification: As follows:
Project name.
Date.
Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS.'
Name of Architect.
Name of Contractor.
RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where
installation varies from that indicated in specifications, addend+ and contract
modifications.
1' Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials,
and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.3. Record name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary
to provide a record of selections made.4. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, where applicable.
RECORD PRODUCT DATA
Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where
installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed produq$s and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. lnclude significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in
manufacturer's written instructions for i nstallation.
3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawingswhere applicable.
MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBM]TTALS
Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for
miscellaneous record keeping and submiital in connection with actual performance of the
Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identifu each, ready for continued use and
reference.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
t PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 3
o
Architects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail. Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
3.1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
RECORDINC AND MAINTENANCE
Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during construction period for Project
Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Prgect Record
Documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.
Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples
in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use
Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in
Sood order and in clean, dry legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss.
Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal
working hours.
END OF SECTION 01781
PROJECT RECORD DOCI.'MENTS 01781 - 4
B.
't.1
2.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
SECTION 01782. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - CENERAL
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2@4
Vail, Colorado
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation
and maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Emergency manuals.2, Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.3. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials,and
1.2
A.
finishes.
See Divisions2 through16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance
requirements for products in those Sections.
SUBMITTALS
Manual: Submit [1 copy of eu.h manual in final form at least 15 days before final
inspection. Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days after final
inspection,
1. Correct or modifu each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 3
copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architea's comments.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUAIS, CENERAL
Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section
for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not
part of a system. Each manual shall contain a title page, table of contents, and manual
contents.
Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following
information:
1. Subject matter included in manual.2. Name and address of Project.3. Name and address of Owner.4. Date of submittal.5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - |
o
itects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
6. Name and address of Architect.
7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name,
indexed to content of volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in
Project Manual.
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents
alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. lf possible, assemble instructions
for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness
necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch (115-by-280-
mm) paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and
with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.
a. ldentify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPEMTION AND
MAINTINIANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of
contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark
each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components
of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to
Specification Section number and title of Project Manual.
3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose
diagnostic software diskettes for com puterized electron ic equi pment.
4. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. lf oversize drawings are necessary fold drawings to same size as to\t pages
and use as foldouts.
b. lf drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in
labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate
locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles,
descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.
2.2
A.
B.
EMERGENCY MANUALS
Content: Organize manual into a separaLe section for type of emergency, emergency
instructions, and emergency procedures,
Type of Emergenry: Where applicable, include instructions and procedures for each
system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component for fire, flood, gas leak, water
lealq and polver hilure.
Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error
messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating
personnell for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 -2
D.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, ColoradoD. Emergenry Procedures: lnclude instructions on stopping shutdown instructions for each
type of emergency, operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits,
and required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
OPERATION MANUAs
Content: ln addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in
individual specification sections and equipment descriptions, operating standards,
operating procedures, operating logs, wiring and control diagrams, and Jicense
requirements.
B. Descriptions: Include the following:
1. Product name and model number.2, Manufacture/s name.3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.4. Equipment function.5. Operatingcharacteristics.
6. Limitingconditions.
7. Pedormance curyes.8. Engineering data and tests.9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
Operating Procedures: lnclude startup, break-in, and control procedures; stopping and
normal shutdown instructions; routine, normal, seasonal, and weekend operating
instructions; and required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe sequence of operation, and diagram controls
as installed.
Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for
identification.
PRODUCT MAIMENANCE MANUAL
Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish.
Include source information, product information, maintenance procdures, repair
materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
Source lnformation: List each product included in manual, identified by product name
and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address,
and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-
reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
Product lnformation: lnclude the following as applicable:
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 -3
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.5
A.
F.
1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer'sname.
3. Color, pattern, and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D- Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations
inspection procedures, types of cleaning agents, methods of cleaning, schedule
cleaning and maintenance, and repair instructions.
E. Repair Materials and Sources: lnclude lists of materials and local sources of materials and
related services.
F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances
and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system,
include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance
procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information,
maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.
Source lnformation: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in the
manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents.
For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and
maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in
Project Manual.
Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance
documentation including maintenance instructions, drawings and diagrams for
maintenance, nomenclature of parts and components, and recommended spare parts for
each component part or piece of equipment.
Maintenance Procedures: Include test and inspection instructions, troubleshooting guide,
disassembly instructions, and adjusting instructions[, and demonstrdion and Uaining
videotape if arrailable, that detail essential maintenance procedures.
Maintenance and Service Schedules: lnclude service and lubrication requirements, list of
required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
Spare Parts List and Source lnformation: lnclude lists of replacement and repair parts,
with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation
and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
for
for
D.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 4
D.
F.
3.1
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, ColoradoG. Maintenance Service Contracts: lnclude copies of maintenance agreements with name
and telephone number of service agent.
H' Warranties and Bonds: lnclude copies of war:ranties and bonds and lists of circumstances
and conditions that would affect validiw of warranties or bonds.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
MANUAL PREPARATION
Emergency Manual: fusemble a complete set of emergency information indicating
procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for
types of emergencies indicated.
Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance.data indicating
care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the work.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and
maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and
piece of equipment not part of a system.
Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data,
include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to
identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. lf data include more
than one item in tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the
Contract Documents. tdentify data applicable to the Work and delete references to
information not applicable.
Drawingp: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate
relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control
sequence and flow diagrams. Cooldinate these drawings with information contained in
Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and
maintenance manuals.
Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for the schedule for submitting
operation and maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 01782
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
o
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
SECTION 01820 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAININC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's
personnel, including the following:
1 . Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.2' Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.3. Systems to be addressed: mecfianical, lighting fire protection, elanator, landscape
maintenance and inigation
See Division'l Section "Photographic Documentation" for preparing and submitting
demonstration and training videotapes.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. lnstruction Program: Submit one copy of outline of instructional program, including
schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for
each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.
1.3 QUALTTYASSUMNCE
A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating
maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and o<tent to that
indicated for this Projecq and whose work has resulted in training or education with a
record of successful learning performance.
B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with
requirements in Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and
maintenance procedures and training.
C. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and
procedures related to demonstration and training.
D. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergenry, operation,
and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and
maintenance data have been reviewed and approved by Architect.
Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - I
o
itects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado
2.1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training
modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual
Specification Sections, and as follows:
1. Mechanical Systems, Ughting Systems, Fire Sprinkler and Alarm System, tandscape
lrrigation
Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module.
Include description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master.
For each module, include instruction for the following:
'l . Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: lnclude system
and equipment descriptions, operating standards, regulatory requirements,
equipment function, operating characteristics, limiting conditions, and performance
curyes.
2. Documentation: Review emergency, operations, and maintenance manuals;
Project Record Documents; identification systems; warranties and bonds; and
maintenance seryice agreements.
3. Fmergencies: Include instructions on stopping; shutdown instructions; operating
instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits; instructions on meaning
of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages; and required sequences for
electric or electronic systems.
4. Operations: lnclude startup, break-in, control, and safety procedures; stopping and
normal shutdown instructions; routine, normal, seasonal, and weekend operating
instructions; operating procdures for emergencies and equipment failure; and
required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
5. Adjustments: lnclude alignments and checking noise, vibration, economy, and
eff iciency adjustments.
5. Troubleshooting: Include diagnostic instructions and test and inspection
procedures.
7. Maintenance: lnclude inspection procedures, types of cleaning agents, methods of
cleaning procedures for preventive and routine maintenancg and instruction on
use of special tools.
B. Repairs: lnclude diagnosis, repair, and disassembly instructions; instructions for
identifying parts; and review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
B.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 -2
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
01820 - 3
I y:!.e;;:;l-i
Vail, Colorado
r PART3-EXECUTION
I
3.1 INSTRUCTION
Ir A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training
r modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for
I number of participants, instruction times, and location.
B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and
I rnur=nLin systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.T
1. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy.
t C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that
requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
I 1. Schedule training with Owner with at least swen days' advance notice.
I D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each
I participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.
I l. Comply with requiremenG in Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation."
I
ENDOF SECrroN 01820
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
DEMONSTRATION ANDTRAINING
l,
Ir
ll &
HEFI|,ORTH . PAWLAK GEOTECHNICAL
llq:t*rxth"li;rrrla! (.ierrrer-hnrcal, lm.
5iltt (j,rrrrrr R*rtl I j4
tilcn,r', r rl 5;+incs, tL-.l.ra*r 3160 |
Ph''rr{. 9?0'*{5. ?'}gF
Fa::r1.1.94t-$4i,1
,. rrr.ril lrpp" r,i3h1.li"(:t{i:h.i', rrp
SUBSOIL STUDY
FOR T'OUNT}ATTON Df,SIGN
PROPOSID GYMNASIUM ADDITION
RED SANDSTONE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
55I NORTH FRONTAGE ROAD Wf,ST
VAIL,COLOnADO
JOBNO. t04102
MARCH 24,2004
PREPAREI} FOR;
FRITZLEN PIERCE ARCHITECTS
ATTN: LYNN FRITZLEN
1650 VAJL yALLDY IlRrYE, SUITT C,l
VAIL, COLORADO 81657
ll Parker 103'841.7119 t ColoradoSprinp ?lg.63J'5562 r Silverthorne 9?0-468-19g9
I
tl
lr
lt
l:
Ir
l1
l;
h
h
h
ll
It
I
il
F
F
ilt
il
ll
lr
lf
tf
l1
l1
l1
Ir
ll
Ir
ll
ll
lf
tl
il
il
s
d
d
o
PUR}OSE AND SCOPN OF STUDY
This report presents the results ofa subsoil study for a proposed gymnasium addition to
the Red sandstone Elementary school, 551 North Frontage Road west, vail, colorado.
The project site is shown on Figure L The purpose ofthe study was to develop
recommendations for the foundalion design. The study was conducted in accordance
with our proposal for geotechnical engineering services to Fritzlen Pierce Architects
dated January 26,2m4- we previously conducted a geologic site assessment at ihe
project site and presented ou findings in a report dated January l6,2o04,Job No. 104
102.
A field exploration program consisting ofexploratory borings was conducted to obtain
infonnation on the subsurface conditions, Samples ofthe subsoils obtained during the
field exploration were tested in the laboratory to determine theirclassification and other
engineering characteristics. The results of the field exploration and laboratory testing
were analyzed to develop recommendations for foundation types, depths and allowable
pressures for the proposed building foundation. This report summarizes the data obtained
during this study and prcsents our conclusions, design recommendations and other
geotechrdcal engineering considemtions based on the proposed conshuction and the
subsurface conditions encountered.
' f..
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
The proposed gymnasium will be a 2 story steel frarne structure with the lower level
stepped into the hillside. The exercise facilities and entry wilt be oa the lower level next
to the parfting and the gymnasium will be on the second level. Ground floorc will be slab-
on-grade, Grading for the sfucture will be relatively extensive with cut depths up to
about 25 to 30 feet. Foundation loadings will be relxively treavy and carried mainly by
continuous walls. The uphill wall of the gymnasium will not have mid span support and
ahernativp methods are being evaluated to reduce unbalanced lateral eafih loading on the
wall.
Job No. lM 102 cstech
I
r
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
l
t
l
I
I
lfbuilding loadings, location or grading plans change signiticantly lronr those described
above, we should be notified to re-evaluate the recornnrendations contained in this report.
SITE CONDITIONS
The project site was in similar condition to lhat described irr our geologic assessmenl
report except that the snow depth was less and a trail had been cut for the drill access. t he
ground surface is steeply sloping down to the south at a grade up to about 50% with about
35 feet ofelevation difference across the building footprint. Vegetation consists ofgrass.
weeds and brush. The weslem part appears to have been cut, possibly by the original
construction. The eastern part ofthe site has sage brush which appears natural. The
bedrock in the project area generally has a bedding dip down to the west across the
Itillside slope. There are no natural landslide conditiorrs in the project area.
FIELD EXPLORATION
The field exploration for the project was conducted on February 27 ,2004. Two
exploratory borings were drilled at the locations shown on Figure I to evaluate the
subsurface conditions. The borings were advanced with 4 inch diameter continuous flight
augers powered by a track-mounted CME-45 drill rig. A trail was sut across the building
site from the southeast corner td access lhe upper part ofthe proposed building site. The
trail was then reclaimed after the drilling was completed. The borings were logged by a
representative of Hepworth-Pawlak Geoteclurical, lnc. Slotted PVC pipe was placed in
the uphill boring for water level monitoring.
Samples of the subsurface materials were taken with l% inch and 2 inch LD. spoon
samplers. The samplers were driven into fre subsurface materials at various depths with
blows from a 140 pound hammer falling 30 inches. This test is sirnilar to the standard
penetration test described by ASTM Method D-I586. The penetration resistance values
are an indication ofthe relative density or consistency ofthe subsoils and hardness ofthe
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IJob No. lM 102 <sE&6ctr
lI
lr
tl
t1
l1
t;
t;
ll
ll
Ir
ll
ll
ll
t;
$
$
1f
gf
l;
o
-J-
bedrock. Depths at which the samples were taken and the penetration resistance values
are shown on the Logs of Exploratory Borings, Figure 2. The samples were returned to
our laboratory for review by the project engineer and testing.
SUBSURFACE CONDTTIONS
Graphic logs of the subsurface conditions encountercd at the site are shown on Figure 2.
The subsurface conditions encountered were variable, and belowa shallow fill depth,
oonsist ofmainly siltstone-sandstone bedrock materials at Boring I (uphill side) and
medium dense silty to clayey sand and gravel with cobbles at Boring 2 (dov',nhill side).
Drilling in the bedrock with auger equipment was diflicult due to its hardness and drilling
rpfusal was encountered in lhe deposit in apparently cemented rock. The fill materials
urcre mahly granular soils but some construction debris was encoullered at Boring 2.
Laboratory testltrg perfonned on samples obtained from the borings included natural
moisture content and gradation analyses. Results ofgradation analyses performed on
small diarneter drive samples (minus I % inch fraction) of the coarse granular soils
encountered at Boring 2 are shown on Figure 4. The laboratory testing is summatized on
Table l.
No Aee water rras encountered in the borings at the time of drilling or when Boring I was
checked l0 days later. The subsoils were slightly rnoist to moist and rhe bedrock was
relatively dry.
ENGINEERING ANALY$S
The subsurface conditions encountered in the borings are variable but suitable for support
of spread footings with relatively low settlement potential. The upper part of ltp Hrock
is &actured and broken which could pose some stability conoems. We expect that "soil
nailing" ofthe rock to stabilizs the cut should be feasibls from a geotechnical viewpoint.
Job No. 104 102 cstecrr
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3)
4)
l
r
I
I
I
;
I
t
I
I
;
t
t
t
;
t
I
l
-4-
The site should be observed to finalize our evaluation ofthe potential rockfall impacts 1o
the site as recommended in our previous geologic site assessnrent report.
DNSIGN RECOMMSNDATIONS
FOUNDATIONS
Considering the subsurface conditions encountered in the exploratory borings and the
nature of the proposed construction, we recommend the building be founded with spread
footings bearing on the natural granular soils and bedrock materials.
The design and construction criteria presented below should be observed for a spread
footing foundation system.
l) Footings placed on the natural granular soils should be designed for an
allowable bearing pressure of3,000 psf. Footings that are placed entirely
on the undistwbed bedrock materials (mainly the back wall) can be
designed for an allowable bearing pressure of 5000 psf. Based on
experiencq we exp€ct settlement offootings designed and constructed as
discussed in this section will be about I inch or less but could be
differential between lhe different bearing materials.
The footings should have a minimum width of l8 inches for continuow
walls and 2 feet for isolated pads.
Exterior footings and footings beneath unheated areas should be provided
with adequate soil cover above their bearing elevation for frost protection.
Placement offoundatians at least 42 inches below exterior grade is
typically used in this area.
Continuous foundation walls should be reinforced top and bottom to span
local anomalies such as by assuming an unsupported length of at least l0
feet. Foundation walls acting as retaining structures should also be
designed to resist lateral earth pressures as discussed in the "Foundation
and Retaining Walls" section of this report.
Job No. 104 102 e&&ecrr
ll
tr
ll
Il
l;
l;
h
*
fr
n
m
n
T
;t
il
lf
tt
il
o
-5-
All existing fill, topsoil and any loose or disturbed soils and rock should be
removed and the footing bearing level extended down to relatively dense
natural granular soils or bedrock. If rvater seepage is encountered, lhe
footing areas should be dewatered before concrele placement.
A representative ofthe geotechnical engineer should observe all footing
excavations prior to concrete placement to evaluale bearing condilions.
FOI.JNDATION AND RETAINING WALLS
Foundation walls and retaining structures which are laterally supported and can be
expected to undergo only a slight amount ofdeflection should be designed fora lateral
earth pressure computed on the basis of an equivalent fluid unit weight of 50 pcf for
granular wall backfill and walls that are up tol5 feet high. A unifonn pressure
distribution in psf of 25H should be used for taller walls where Ft is the heighl of the wall
in feet, Cantilevered retaining sfi:uctues which are separate from the building and can be
expected to deflecl sufficiently to mobilize the frrll active earth pressure condition should
be designed for a lateral earth pressure computed on the basis ofan equivalent fluid unil
weight of 40 pcf for granular wall backfill. If the backfill distance behind the uphill wall
is about 4 feet add crushed rock is used as backfill, the earth pressur€ toading in psfcan
be reduced to l5H.
All foundation and retaining skuctures should be designed for appropriate hydrostatic and
surcharge pressures zuch as adjacent footings, fiaffic, conshuction materials and
equipment. The prcszures recommended above assurue drained conditions behind the
walls and a horizontal backfill surface. The buildup of water behind a wall or an upward
sloping backfill surface will increase the lateral pr€ssur€ imposed on a foundation wall or
retaining strucfiire. An underdrain should be provided to prevent hydrostatic pressure
buildup behind walls.
Backfill should be placed in uniform lifu and compacted to at least 90% of the maximum
standard Proctor density at a moisture eontent near optimum. Backfill in pavement and
5)
6)
Job No. lM l{D cstecrr
I
r
:
I
I
:
I
I
-6-
walkway areas should be compacted to at least 95% oflhe maxirnum standard Proctor
density. Care should be taken not to over cornpact the backfill or use large equipment
near the wall, since this could cause excessive lateral pressure on the wall. Some
settlement of deep foundalion wall backfill shoutd be expected, even if the material is
placed correctly, and could result in dislress to facilities constructed on the backfill"
We recommend ganular soils for backfilling foundation walls and retain.ing structures
because their use results in lower lateral earth pressut€s and the backfill will improve the
subsurface drainage. Granular wall backfill should contain less than 20% passing the No.
2(X) sieve and have a maximum size of 6 inches.
The lateral resistance of foundaiion or retaining rvall footings will be a combination of the
sliding resistance ofthe footing on the foundation materials and passive earth pressure
against the side of the footing. Resistance to sliding at the bottoms of the footings can be
calculated based on a coef{icient offriction of0.45 for granular soils and 0.50 for
bedrock. Passive pressure ofcompacted backfill against the sides ofthe footings can be
calculated using an equivalent fluid unit weight of400 pcffor granular soil backfill. The
coefficient of friction and passive pressurs values recornmended above assume ultimate
soil strength. Suitable factors ofsafety should be included in the design to limit the slrain
which will occur al the ultirnate strength, particularly in the case of passive resistance.
Granular fill placed against the sides ofthe footings to rpsist lateral loads can be assumed
to have a moist unit weight of 130 pcfwhen compacted to at least 95% of the maximum
staodard Proctor density at a moisfure content near optimum"
FLOORSLABS
The natural on-site soils and bedrock are suitable to support lightly to moderately loaded
slab.on-grade construction. To redrrce the effects of some differential movement,
nonstructural floor slabs should be separated frorn all bearing walls and columns with
expansion joints which allow uuestrained vertical movement. Floor slab control joints
should be used to reduce damage due to shrinkage cracking. The requirements forjoint
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t.
5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Job No. | Oil 102 e5tectr
I
rl
:l
ll
ll
ll
l1
l1
-'t -
spacing and slab reinforcement should be established by the designer based on experience
and the intended slab use. A minimum 4 inch layer of free-draining gravel should be
placed beneath basernent level slabs to facilitate drainage. This material should consist of
minus 2 inch aggregate with at least 50% retainetl on the No. 4 sieve and less rhan2o/o
passing the No. )00 sieve.
All fill materials for support of floor slabs should be compacted to at least 95o/o of
maximum standard Proctor density at a moisture content near optimun. Required fill can
consist ofthe on-site granular soits devoid ofvegetation, topsoil and oversized rock.
I,JNDERDRAIN SYSTEM
Although free water was not encountercd during our exploration, it has been our
experience in mountainous areas and where bedrock is shallow that local perched
groundwater can develop during times of heavy precipitation or seasonal runoff. Frozen '
ground during spring runoffcan create a perched condition. We rccommend below-grade
construction, such as retaining walls and basement areas, be protected from wetting and
hydrostatic pressure buildup by an underdrain system. The drain should extend up the
perimeter walls to within about 2 feet of ground surface.
The drains should consist ofdrainpipe placed in the bottom ofthe wall backfill
surrounded above the invert level with free-draining granular material. The drain should
be placed at each level ofexcavation and at least I foot below lowest adjacent finish
g:rade and sloped at a minimum l7o to a suitable gnvity outlet' Free-draining granular
material used in the underdrain system should contain less than 2% passing the No. 200
sieve, less than 5fflo passing the No. 4 sieve and have a manimum sizn sf 2 inches. The
drain gravel backfill should be at least 2 feet deep-
c&Ftecrr
I
h
ll
tl
tl
ll
ll
ll
il
il lob No. I 04 I 02
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
-8-
SITEGRADING
There will ire a risk ofconstruction-induced slope instability at the site due to thc
proprsed extensive excavation. We understand that the uphill cut will probably be
retained by permanent shoring rather than sloped back into the hillside. We expect tlrat
the shoring will be designed by a specialty contractor. We can review their design when
requested. Fills should typically be limited to about l0 to l2 feet deep to linrit settlement
risk. Structural fills should be compactcd to al lEast 95%o of the maximum standard
Proctor density near optimum moisture content. Prior to fill placement, the subgrade
should be carefully prepared by removing all vegetation and topsoil and compacting to at
leastglo/oof the maxirnum standard Proctor density. The filt should be benchetl into
slopes that exceed 20% grade.
Permanent unretained cut and fill slopes shoutd be graded at 2 horizontal to I veriical or
flatter and protecled against emsion by revegeiation or other means, The risk of slope
instabitity *'ill be increased ifseepage is encountered in cuts and llatter slopes may be
neoessary. lf seepage is encountered in permaneut cuts, an investigation Should be
conducted to determine if the seepage will adversely affect the cut stability.
SURFACEDRAINAGE
The following drainage precautions should be observed during construction and
maintained at all times after the building has been completed:
1) Inundation ofthe foundation excavations and underslab areas should be
avoided during conslruction.
Exterior backFrll should be adjusted to near optimum moisture and
compacted to at least 950/o of the maximum standard Proctor density in
pavemsnt and slab areas and to at least 907o of the maximum standard
Proctor density in landscape areas.
The ground surface surrounding the exterior ofthe building should be
sloped to drain away from the foundation in all directions. We
2)
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3)
Job No. 104 102 c&&ecrr
t-
il
ttll
tttIttt
It
;t
il
-9-
recommend a minimum slope of l2 inches in the first l0 feet in unpaved
areas and a minimum slope of 3 inches in the first l0 feet in paved areas.
Free-draining wall backfill should be capped with about 2 feet of the on-
site soils to reduce surface water infiltration.
4) Roof downspouts and drains should discharge well beyond the limits of all
backfill.
LIMITATIONS
This study has been conducted in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical
engineering principles and practices in this area at this time. We make no warranty eitlrer
express or implied. The conclusions and recommendations submitted in this report are
based upon the data obtained from the geologic site review, exploratory borings drilled at
the locations indicaled on Figure 1, the proposed type ofconstruction and our experience
in lhe arca. Our services do not include determining the presence prevenlion or
possibility of mold or other biological contaminants (MOBC) developing in the future. If
the client is concerned about MOBC, then a professional in this special field of practice
should be consulted. Our findings include interpolation ard extrapolation of the
subsurface conditions idenlified at the exploratory borings and variations in the
subsurface conditions may not become evident until excavation is performed. lf
conditions encountered during constnrction appear different from those described in this
reporf we should be notified so that re-evaluation of the recommendations may be made.
This report has been prepared for the exclusive use by our client for design purposes. We
are not respo$ible for technical interpretations by others of otu information. As the
project evolves, we should provide continued consultation and field services during
construction to review and monitor the implemenlation of our recommendations, and to
veriry that the recommendations have been appropriately interpreted. Sigrrificant design
changes may require additional analysis or modilications to the recommendations
presented herein We recomrnend on-site observation of excavations and foundation
Iob No lO4 102 cstecfr
I
I
I
I
_10_
bearing strata and testing ofstructural fill by a represenlative ofthe geotechnical
engineer.
Respectfully Submitted,
HEPWORTH. PAWLAK
cc: Redwine Engineers-attn: Sean Molloy
Peak Land Consultants-attn: George Mussrnan
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ffihi*
16222 ,
-#;l-;$"*
Job No. lM 102
oo
lf
rl
lr
lf
tl
tl
ll
l;
l;
ll
ll
tl
il
tr
il
il
il
APPROXIMATE SCALE
l"=40'
I
l
.\
,I
102r04 HEPWORTH_PAWLAK
GEOTECHNICAL, INC.LOCAIION OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS Figure 1
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
BORING 1
ELEV.-s268'
BORING 2
ELEV'=8234' PRoFos€D 'lst LE\EL
26/12
WC=6.7
-20O- 31
21/12
j
$C=6.6
+4-38
_296,119
{,o
I
t
o.o
50n
o)ol,t-
I
[)6
80/2
PROP0SEO 2nd LE\EL
FLOOR r E2+5'
Noter Explonotion of symbols is shown on FiEure 3'
Figure 2LOGSOF EXPLORATORY BORINGSHEPWORTH_PAWLAK
GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
:lt,
_L-l
tl
ll
lr
tl
lr
l1
l5
lr
lr
lr
lr
lr
lr
tr
I
I
LEGEND:
X MAN-PLACED F|LL; on-site cut moteriols ot Eoring 1, moinly silty cloyey sond ond grovel below
X osphdlt povement ot Boring 2, some wood ond insulotion foom trosh
rrE
LIE SAND AND GRA\EL (SC-GC); siliy, ctoyey, some cobbles, possible boulders, medium dense, moist
Hl mixed brown. Rock frogments ond gronitic rock.
W wEAfiERED srLrsroNE-sANDSToNE;
Y mixed brown.
medium hord to hord, froctured ond broken' slightly moist'
ffi 9LTSTONE-SANDSTONE BEDROCK; hord to very hcrd, some cemented rock with depth, light brown
ffi ond groy. Mjnturn Formotion.
Il-1
U Relotivety undisturbcd dri\re somple; 2-inch l.D' Colifornio llner somple'
I
I
I Drive sornple; stondord penetrotion test (SPT), 1 3/8 inch l.D. split spoon scmple' ASru D-i586'
I
. Drive somole blow count; indicotes thot 21 blors of o 140 pound hommer folling 3O inches were
21 /12 reauired to drive the Colifornio or SPT somplor 12 inches.
Fffi Indicotes srotted pVC pipe instotted in boring to depth shown- (Boring 1 only)
Lffi
T Prccticol drilling retusol.
I
NOTES:
1. Explorotory borings were drilled on Februory 27, 2OO4 with o ,l-inch diometer continuoue flight power ouger
2. Locotlons of explorotory borings *ere meosured opproximotely by pocing from feotures shorun on the
site plon provided.
3. Elewtions of explorotory borings were obtoined by interpolotion between contours on the site plon
provided. Logs ore drown to dePth.
4. The explorotory borlng locotlons snd elewtions Ehould be considered occsrote onty to the degree imPlied
by the method used.
S, the 1ines between moterlols shown on the explorotory boring logs represent the opproximole boundories
between moteriol tJpes ond tronsitlons moy be groduol.
6. No free troter wos encountered in the borings ot the tlme of drilting or whcn Boring 1 wos checked l0
doys loter. fluctuotion in noter level moy occur with tima.
7, Loborotory Testing Resultsr
lllC=WoterContcnt(%)
+4 = Pefcent retoined on the No' 4 sieve
-2OO = Percent posslng No. 2OO siev,e
104 102 HEPWORTH_PAWLAK
GEOTECHNICAL, INC.LEGEND AND NO1ES Figure 3
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t .s. slrt{orfio sEiEs curn sQurE F6a.l6
21o{-'flf,. 7lmta!t. t5 lfll,
]!f ffrD acs
60irl. isllil, + rli{. I tlil.rt?" 7/f I rlt t {8': r00
Lr.lz
F
bJu
Fz
TJ-()
ll,l
.06 .oo' ,ot3 .ort .0?a .r50 '3oo 'st'o l'tt z! r'76 e.5rz5 ltc 7!.2 1321/1
OIAME'IER OT PARTICLES IN MILUMEIERS
cuY m sat
GRA\€L 38 %
LIOTJID LIMIT %
SAND 43 % SILT AND CLAY 19 %
PLASTICITY INDEX %,
FROM: Boring 2 ot 9 ond 14 Feet CombinedSAMPLE OFr Cloyey Sond ond Srovol
GRADATION ]EST RESULTSHEPWORTH_PAWLAK
GEOTECHNICAL. INC.104 142
I
rf
ll
lr
lr
lr
l;
15'
t1
l;
ll
Ht
Htt
il
f\
-o
,i |r)
ZJ firn
U t-#iflUFg
'/-\ d,ruy(9 ,Ev-d<'rlo
=83tLrOF
o
aL:uJrG
cy
"o
ao
a_)
,.,
:IJ
t
/r ulE>r
=(o(9 l-aYF' trgEE g
:<zi.-
z:
llJ
llJ
tr
!lx295d-
Fg;s
z
d{J
z-o#e)_.t
<s
(9
a
dr
=Rg
Ei-H
tE:
F6E S599
r\
z
U
:l
LrJ
E
I
LE
6
-f
'e'':+ a)
*E.:a
z
o
aA
al
t
I
I
I
I
I va'Recreari:?gjiffi;3"ffi::tcs{enter site
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lI
I
PRELIMINARY DRAINAGE REPORT
Prepared Foc
Fritzle,n Pierce Architects
1650 East Vail Valley Drive
Vail, CO 81657
Prepared By:
Peak Civil F.ngin6sring, fuo.
10@ Lion's Ridge Inop
Vail, CO 81657
Job No. 1278
January,2004
I
I
ll
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
Preltlrinary Drainage Report
Vail Recreation Diskict - Gymnastics Center Site
Town of Vait Eagle County, Colorado
For:
Fritrlen Plerce Architects
I. Introduction
The p,roposed Gymnastics center site is located immediately east of the existing Red
San,ftiore Elementary Scbool, a portio,n of Lot 8, Vail / potato patch, Towo of Vail,
Fagle County, Colorado, Theproposed improvements include an approximately 80'by
60' building with crxb & gute,r and sidcwalk in the toot The sidewalk would connect
to the existing conffete rfinp to tbe west @ed Sandstone Elernmtary Sc.hool}.
The draiuage basin contributing to stoflnwat€r rirtroffthrouglr ttre site consists of 5.3
acrqs of moderate to steep slopes with vqgeation of mixed conifer forest to sagebrush
md grass. An existing &ahage swale flows from north to south immediately west ofthe
proposed building. This swale drains thc area behind the existing Red sandstone
Ele'mentary school. Aaother existing swate directs dminage iom behind (north of) the
proposed building to the eas! tben iouth along the east side of the prcposed building.
This swale is shourn on the *Topographic Map - A part of Lot 8A {Red Sandstone
Elernentary), Town of Vail, Eagle County, Colotadol, dated {ll\6lM,prepared by peak
Land Suveying Ino. It appears that a portion of the proposed building will encroach into
this drainage swale.
Hydrologic and hydraullc anatysis
Hydrologic and hydraulic analysis of fie proposed development's stormwat€r ruaoffwas
perfomned using the rational method as alcscrib€d in cbapter l0 of the Town of vail
Developme'lrt code. Snow melt rates were included iu the calculations. The results of the
analysis are included in the attachm€nt *Rational Method Calculation Sheet'!.
\\Scwedftoji*\t 20s.l?9S l2Ttlprrlim Dainrgc,&c
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
III. PreliminslYPscoemendations
Preliminary recommendations for the proposed site improvemenls include:
The grading plan for the proposed building should reflect positive drainage away
from the skwture on all four sides. Grading should be at least l0: t for the first
10 feet
Direct drainage from the hillside behhd (north oD the building to the east in a
concrete swale at a minimum of 1%. The concrete swale should'dayliglrt'into
the existing swale to the east of the building A rip-rap apron should be installed
at the downsfeam end of the concrcte swale to reduce runoffvelocities and
provide energ5r dissipation. A cross-sestion of the recommended grading and
consrete swale is included as an attacbmeol
Ifthe proposed building encroaches into the existiag swale to the east oftbe
building, the swale should be relocated firther to the east, at least 10' from the
building. Stabilize and revegetate any disturbed portions ofthe swale_
Concrete cwb & gutter and sidewalks in the ftont of the buildiag should be
desiped and constructed such tbat existing drainage patterns ia the existing
driveway and parking area are not changed.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
$ScrvsdProjses\I20$. 129!\127E\Pnlin Drarbage.<bc
t
a
o
a
a
a
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GeorgeK Mossmao
Peak Civil Engineering Inc.
Reviewedby:
fI tl,
Ma*8. Tarrall, PE
Peak Civil Fngineering, Inc.
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
fV. Aftachments
Attached with this r€,port are:
r Rational Method Calculatioo Sheet for 2yr, 5yr, 1$r, 25yr, 50f, and 100yr stonn
events:
Time of Concentation {Tc) calculation sheet;
Tovn of Vail Intensity - Duration - Frequency Curves;
Urban Drainage and Flood Coatrol Dishict RunotrCoefficient (C) Table;
TqwD of Vail Chapter 10 page 15 of 26, Precipitatioa and snowmelt rates;
l"= 200' scale Prelimiuary Draimge Pl4
Depth vs. Dischaqge Curve for a I' bottom width cotrcrete swale @ lo/a grade;
Cross-section ofrecosmended grading and concrete swale.
Prepared by:
0r
ffi
I -y-
\\S€rvct\PiDjcc8\l2qLD99\t2?t\Prchn Dra naea.doc
Io
I
I
JOB NAME: VRD - Gymnastics Center
I oALCULATEDBY: GKM JoBNo. 1278
r cHEcKED BY: DATE: 1nBr2ao4
sC,ALE SHEET NO' 1
J
t RATIoNAL METHOD CALCULATION SFIEET
SASIN hlAME: Glmnaslics center sih
I [.AND USE: Vacant Forest 100% Pervlous
I AREA: 53 Act6s
r HYDRoLoGtc soll TYPE: c/D
I TI!ilEOFCoilCEITITRATION: AJ Min.
I Length(fi)slope(fuffJ vd-(fi/s) Tc
(Sheet Flo't ) 3O0 0.3(n 0.4 12.7
{Shallovir Florr} 1100 0.24fi 2.5 7.3
I ic*rannel Fhw) 1100 0.368 10.6 1.7
r
in./ hr,
I RAfNFALL INTENSITY ( | ) 12 't.2
t From Torn of Vail IDF Curuos 15 1.7
lro 2.0ll:ifr' lrm 3.2
I RUNOFF COEFFICTEHT { C } C, 0.04
F oni Table RGs Q o'15
t Urban Storm Dminage Manual Cro 0.25
t vdumel, June2001 % 0.37
c5o 0.4
Qm '0'50
r
(cfs/ acre)
r. sNorv rrELT FACTOR,(SU) ?yr 0.040
I FiomTd|,n of Vail fue syr 0.048r 13-1G9(k) 10vr 0.060
25yr 0.067sqr 0.072
I 100Yr 0.080
ck
I FLow FRoM RATToNAL MErHop Lol a, olrl,
I Q = {Crl?} * (SM'A) Q5 '1.6{r*ffi
I a6o oJc
Qro &90
I
$ssrv€f \Pmieds\120G1 299\1 24ADrahagF\Gym.Rdbrd Melhod
I
VRD-Gym
Prepared by Peak Civil Engineering, Inc.
101-Year Type tl 24-hr Rainfall=2.40'
Page 4
1986-2001
Subcatchment G1: Gl
Runoff = 1.70 cfs @ 12.19 hrs, Volume= 0'156 af
Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Time Span= 5.00-20.00 hrs' dt= 0'05 hrs
Type ll 24-hr Rainfall=2.40"
Area {ac) CN Description
5,300 7A Woods, Good, HSG C
Tc Length Slope Veloci$ Capacity Description
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
121 300 0.3000
7 .3 't,100 0.2500
Sheet Flow' Sheet
Range n=0.130 P2=1.00'
Shallow Concentrated Flow' Shallow
Woodland Kv= 5.0 fps
0.4
2.5
1.7 1.100 0.3700 10.6 58.46 Ghannel Flow, Overland Channel
Area= 5.5 sf Perim= 12.2' r= 0.45' n=-Q'0!Q
21.7 2,500 Toial
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
l,
l_
lt
ll
lt
ll
l1
ll
ll
I -'tl
ll
ll
ll
;l
1l
1l
I'
ll
i tsn'r i-c,)g P.0!,/ct i-l4i
-
iir-i'r-3.i.-ri1-\./ - f\i iF- 4Tifri.{ *//v/EJVJJJ '{ -UUn'!':.,t lvt\
FREQUENCY CUf;VIS
n
( TINIE,
0" 40
MINUTE5}.
vAil .caLofrAto "
Yf-Il l- a \t l'/F-\-a
-a ^
o
DRAINAGE CRITERIA MANUAL {V. 1)
o I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
RUNOFF
TA,BLE RO.5
Runoff Coefficients, C
Percentage
lmDerviousness Tvpe C and D NRCS Hvdroloqic Soil Groups
2-vl 5-yr 10-yr 25-yr 50-yr 10o-yr
0%0.M 0.15 o.25 0.37 0.44 0.50
1Yo 0.08 0.18 0.28 0.39 046 0.52
10%0.11 0_21 0.30 0.41 o.47 0.53
1ie/o 0.14 v -2.,o.32 0.43 0.49 0.54
20o/o 0.17 0.26 0.34 4.44 0.50 0.55
25%0.20 0.28 0.36 0.46 0.51 0.56
30%o.22 0.30 0.38 0.47 o.52 4.57
35%0.25 0.33 0.40 0.48 0.53 0.57
40%0.28 0.35 0.42 0.50 0.54 0.58
45o/s 0.31 0.37 o.u 0.51 0.55 0.59
fio/o 0.34 0.40 0.46 0.53 0.57 0.60
550/,0.37 0.43 o.48 0.55 0.58 4.62
60%0.41 0.46 0.51 0.57 0.60 0.63
65%0"4s 0.49 0.54 0.59 4.62 0.65
-7Wo 0.49 0.53 0-57 4.62 0.65 0.68
751o 0.54 0.58.0.62'0.66 0.68 0.71
80o/o 0.60 u.b5 0.66 0.70 o.72 0.74
85o/o 0.66 0.68 0,71 0,75 0.77 0.79
90%0.73 r 0.75 o.77 0.80 0,82 0.83
g5o/o 0.80 0.82 0.84 .0.87 0.88 0,89
100o/o 0.89 0.90 0.92 .0.94 0.95 0.96
Tvoe B NRCS Hvdroloqic Soils Group
0o/o 0.02 0.08 0.15 0.25 0.30 0,35
5To 0.04 0.10 0.19 0.28 0.33 0.38
10o/o 0.06 0.14 o.22 0.31 0.36 0.40
15%0.08 at7 0.2s 0.33 0.38 0.42
20%4.12 0.29 0.27 0.35 0.40 o.44
25e/o 0.15 4.22 0.30 0.37 0.41 0.46
30%0.18 0.25 0.32 0.39 0.4i1 0.47
35o/o 0.20 0.27 0.34 0.41 o.44 0.48
A9a/o t.23 0.30 0.36 0.42 0.46 0.50
+o-0,26 0.32 0.38 0.44 4.48 0.51
50%0.29 0.35 0.40 0.46 0.49 0.52
0.33 0.38 0.43 0.43 n a.{0.54
6olo 0.37 0,41 0.46 0.51 0,54 0.56
65%0.41 0.45 0.49 0.54 9.57 0.59
7Oo/o 0.45 0.49 0.53 0.58 0.80 0.62
7SYa 0.51 0-54 0,58 0.62 0.64 0.66
90o/a 0,57 0.59 0.63 0.66 u.b6 0.70
440/-nAt 0.66 0.69 0.72 4.73 0.75
90%0.71 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.81
0.79 0.81'0.83 0.85 0.87 0.88
lCAo/o c.8s 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.95 0.96
36/2ilS1
Urban Dreinags end Flccd Contc] DistrJct
Ro-11
I
t
Page l5 of26
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
2
5
6
25
50
100
1.0
1.4
1.6
1,9
2.2
2.4
melhod shall be utilized for drainage calculations. The appropriate design manual shall beProcedures for Determinin g pe* Filws in'ioloi"oo.
a' Precipitation and snowmert rates to be used are itemized berow:
Frequency (years) precipitation (inches) Snoar Melt (cfs/acre\
0.040
0.048
0.000
0.067
0,072
0.080
b' unless an extensive ffilg:flort is prepared !v-a registered professionat engineeiwifir
3;3fl?fi?j;.. on soittypes, vegeiarion, ind rristoridn"G ii,eiouliing oesisn ;rird;#'
Catculation Of Runoff Curve Numbers
lmpervious surface CN = gg
Lawn areas CN=60
Wood or forest land CN = Z0
A weightd cN shall be calculated for the,jmmediate. area proposed for devetopment. openspace areas will be tumped in separare tributary ba;ina;;i;-c-ri orio;;ridili; 1ii;'independent ofthe dev6lopea aria.
SAMPLE:
Total drainage shed = S.0 acres
lmmediate developed areas = 0.5 acres
Open space area = 4,,b acres
lmpervious surface = 70% of developed area
Appfy CN = T0 to 4.5 acres and calculate runoff
Weighted CN for devetoped area:
- Weighted CN = .7x0.Sx9g+.3x0.5x60 = 86.6 = g7
.5
r c. Galcufation of runoffdepth.
httpl/66, I I 3. I 95.234/docbar.hrrn
3n4/2003
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
o.8o.2
fis.o
o
o}
r!
(,
vt
b:lo.o
5.O
Depth vs. Discharge
Plotted Curves for Trapezoidal Channel
Projec! Descdption
Project File
Wo*sheet
c:\h aestad\f mw\swale. fm2
Flow Element Trapezoidal ChannelMethod Manning's Formula
Solve For Discharpe
Constant Data
ManningsCoefficient 0.013
Rlghl Side Slope 2.000000H; V
Bottom Wdth 1.00 ft
Channel Slope
Left Side Slope
0.010000ft/fi
2.000O00 H : V
l'Bt*l
5e LoVs
Conc,n,lr-
5r.ro,l a
Discharge vs Depfi25.4
20.o
o.o
o.o o.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
Depth (ft)
Haestad M6thods, tnc. 37 B.ookcids Road wzterhJry. cr 06708 (AO3) 7F6_166S
1.O
FlowMaste v5,15
Peg€ I of 1
01D9tO4
11:36:45 AM
Maximum
0.10 fl
&,n t9 e,€s
t-
-
D iII
I
I
o.1 o.tt
t
I
l,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
PRI]FI]SED
SUILDIN6 CENCRETE SVALE
1' BT]TTBM VIDTH
RECt]HMENDED 2r1 SIDESLDPES '/
1' DEPTH 9/
,$/
\,/
GRADING
10, Q 10:1
( 2rl GRADING-''_T[ MATCH
EXISTING
HN(
PEAK LAID COI{g'LTA}TTA h|c,
tEil( c}l. arsEEm,q$Rgrw+u FAIsr+,6c.St@lF{trocercol va- colst
PROJECTNAME:
VRD - GYMNASTICS CENTER
DATE: 01B0rc4SCAIE: NO SCAIfi
PROJECTNo: 1278
TITLE:
RECOMMENDED
GRADINGAND
CONCRSTE SWALE
FIGURENo.: 1
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
sxgt I tlos
slrll,iovrr FLcs
trAri gL f'lorr
300' 3€!Fv. 90'
l.!oc' a [riv, !70'
r.rso t li-€v- {05'
! ' o.f,o
S - 0.25
PRELIiJINANY DNAINAC€ PLANi-lL ( --J i--:;--;4I */l | \. ! t .rr, rNr {-{e!cEr fd
!f I t__f L_ ** ,",n+*
Ll-------l------r-.---r'o LE
vt9 - cYi&tastqs clrrlli 5lT:!oq{ cF vAti
tr8u coulrlt. coic*aoo
trf Si:rat: $r,:nd
€rf,|Lt tL r€t s.r!t: t_- I::C
!,itsr rrr. s.-srB* ,
I Ylr'il,::#:
Architects
- 970-476-6342
I sEcTIoN 02OOO_ SITE DMINAGE CENEML
I PART1 -CENEML
I 1.1
',MMARY
I Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I A. This Section includes concrete curbs, culverts, splash block, culverts and drainage
I improvements as specified on the drainage plans and report prepared by Peak Land. The
drainage report is a part of this specification at the end of this section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. Products: Submit cutsheets for all prefabricated products, including splashblock, curbs,
culverts and drainage diversion devices.
I- PART2 - PRODUCTS
I 2.1
1. Refer to Drainage Plan and Repoft for sizes and locations.
I
I
PARr3-EXECUTION
A. Install in accordance with civil engineers specifications as stated on the dninage plan and
I report, and manufacturer's recommended installation.
B. Request inspection of the work by the Civil Engineer at 70% completion and receive wriften
I approval before finalizing the improvements
- END oF sEcloN o2ooo
I
t
I
t\
I
I srE D*^TNA.E .ENEML 02000- 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects O
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Vail, Colorado
970476,6342
SECTION 02260 - EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION
PART 1 - CENEML
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes permanent excavation support, protection systems and synthetic
back fill. System shall be an approved soil nailing or soil anchoring system. Contractor shall
be responsible for reviewing and conforming with the recommendations of the soils report
prepared for the site by HPCeotech March 24, 2004 and is part of this section.
Approved subcontractors for this work are:
Coggins and Sons - 303-791-9911 Littleton CO
Yentor - 9/0-945-5333 Clenwood Springs CO
B and Y Drilling Inc. 97G 625-2608 Rifle CO
PERFORMANCE REQUI REMENTS
B. Design, furnish, install, monitor, and maintain excavation support and protection system
capable of supporting excavation sidewalls and of resisting soil and hydrostatic pressure
and superimposed and construction loads.
1 . Provide professional engineering services needed to assume engineering
responsibility, including preparation of Shop Drawings and a comprehensive
engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings for Information: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified
professional engineer for excavation support and protection systems.
1. lnclude Shop Drawings signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A' Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified professional
engineer or land surveyor; establish exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmark.
Clearly identif, benchmarks and record existing elevations.
1. During installation of excavation support and protection s)6tems, regulady resurvey
benchmarks, maintaining an accurate log of surveyed elevations and positions for
comparison with original elevations and positions. Promptly notify Architect if
changes in elevations or positions occur or if crack, sags/ or other damage is
evident in adiacent construction.
EXCAVATION STJPPORT AND PROTECTION 02260 - |
o
Architects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Ceneral: Provide materials that are either new or in serviceable condition.
B. Ceofoam Synthetic Backfill as manufactured by R-Control Building Systems Excelsior, MN
r-control.com
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 PREPAMTION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused
by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards that could
develop during excavation support and protection system operations.
B. lnstall excavation support and protection systems to ensure minimum interference with
roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
C. Monitor excavation support and protection systems daily during elcavation progress and
for .as long as excavation remains open. Promptly correct bulges, breakage, or other
evidence of movement to ensure that excavation support and protection systems remain
stable.
D. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by installing excavation support and
protection systems.
E. Install "Ceofoam' in strict accordance with manufacturer's specifications.
3.2 REMOVAL AND REPAIRS
A. Leave excavation support and protection systems permanently in place.B. Provide "Ceo{oam" backfill between shoring and concrete retaining walls
END OF SECTION 02260
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-47G.6342
EXCAVATION SI.]PPORT AND PROTECTION
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
02260 -2
I Fritzlen pierce ArchitectsI Y:!f;:i;1xi
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
I sECTroN 02620 -suBDMTNACE
I PARrl-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes subdrainage systems for foundations as described in the soils report. prepared by HP Geotech dated March 24, ZO0/., a copy of which is included in this
I section
1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For drainage conduit, and geotextile fabrics indicated.
I PARr2-pRoDUCrs
I 1.3 Drainage conduit, geotextile fabrics, couplings, cleanouts and discharge devices.
I PARr3-EXECUnoN
2.1 EARTHWORK
I A. Excavating trenching and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
I 2.2 FOUNDATION DRATNACE TNSTALLATTON
I A. Install Drain in compliance with Soils report recommendations.
r 2.3 FTELD QUALTTY CONTROL
' A. Testing: After installing drainage fill to top of pipe, test drain piping with water to ensure
I free flow before backfilling. Remove obstructions, replace damaged components, and
t repeat test until results are satisfactory.
I 2.4 CLEANTNC
I A. Clear interior of installed piping and structures of dirt and other superfluous material as
work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is
completed. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted pipe at end of each day or when work
stops,t
I END oF sECroN 02620
I
I
SUBDRAINAGE 02620- |
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Fritzlen pierce nrchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
sEcTroN 02520
DRAINAGE COMPOSITES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
Drainage Composits
A. Section Includes: Prefabricated Drainage Composite.1. Types of Prefabricated Drainage Composites include:a) Prefabricated drainage composite for below grade, vertical wall
applications.b) Prefabricated drainage composite for below grade, horizontal applications.B. Related Sections:1. Earthwork: Refer to Division 22. Landscaping: Refer to Division 23. Cast-in-place concrete: Refer to Division 34. Structural pre-cast concrete: Refer to Division 35. Masonry: Refer to Division 4
1.2 REFERENCES(TNDUSTRYSTANDARDS)
A. General: Refer to Division 1 References Section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacture/s product data ceftmcates of compliance for drainage
composites specified. Submit specimen copy of warranty specified herein.B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles, and product components,
including accessories for drainage composites.
Samples: Submit verification samples for prefabricated drainage composites.
Quality Assurance/Control Submittals1. The specified properties of drainage panels must be supported by test results ftom
an independent laboratory, documenting the specified flow rate in the plane of the
core and creep perforrnance of the polymer core. The testing conditions shall
comply with ASTM D-4716 as follows:a) Hydraulic Gradient 1.0 for vertical installations and 0.05 for horizontal
b) i[:11'$'"#;rrre (pressure imposed perpendicutar to the plane of the
core): Equal to 3600 psf.c) Creep: Model long term compression of the prefabricated drainage
composite system and determine if the drain product flow channels
become restricted with time. Long term creep/drainage performance shall
be determined by measuring flow after 300 continuous hours under the
above referenced normal pressure. The test method shall utilize a loading
system that models the soil/drainage product interaction.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
02620-1
o
Architects
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Coloradod) Flow Direction: Flow shall be measured on only one side of the core.
\A/here the core geometry differs in principal directions, flow shall be
measured in both directions, simulating water flowing vertically down a wall
and horizontally across the face of the wall to accuralely determine
maximum flow rate in critical principal direction.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:'|. lnstaller Qualifications: Installer experienced to perform work of this section, who
has specialized in the installation of work similar to that required for this project,
who can comply with manufacturer's warranty requirements, and who is an
authorized applicator as determined by drainage manufacturer.2. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufaclurer with a minimum of 10 years experience
in prefabricated drainage composites, capable of providing technical support in the
application of the drainage system.B. Pre-lnstallation Meetings: Conduct pre-installation meeting to verify project requirements,
substrate conditions, manufacture/s installation instructions and manufacfurer's warranty
requirements.C. Pre-lnstallation Testing: In accordance with manufacture/s recommendations and wananty
requiremenls, conduct pre-installation testing of substrates to receive drainage composites.
,I.5 DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original,
unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. Schedule deliveries to
avoid construclion delays but minimize jobsite storage.
1,6 PROJECTCONDITIONS/SITECONDITIONS
A. \Men CCW MiraDRAlN is installed in conjunction with a waterproofing product, the GCW
MiraDRAlN must be compatible with the waterproofing product and installed by methods
acceptable to the waterproofing product manufacturer.B. The outfall for any drainage pipe used with the drainage panels shall be coordinated with
the site drainage.
1.7 WARMNry
A. Upon completion and acceptance of the work required by this section, the manufacturer will
issue a warranty agreeing to promptly i'eplace defective materials for a period of 5 years.B. The formation or presence of mold or fungi in a building is dependent upon a broad range
of factors including, but not limited to, the presence of spores and nutrient sources,
moisture, temperatures, climatic conditions, relative humidity, and heating/ventilating
systems and their maintenance and operating capabilities. These factors are beyond the
control of Carlisle and Carlisle shall not be responsible for any claims, repairs, resloration,
or damages relating to the presence of any irritants, contaminants, vapors, fumes, molds,
fungi, bacteria, spores, mycotoxins, or the like in any building or in the air, land, or water
serving the building.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Prefabricated Drainage Composite: CCW MiraDRAlN, a 3{imensional dimpled core and
geoiextile fabric, by Garlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Incorporated, 900 Hensley Lane,
Wylie, Texas 75098, Phone: l80O) 527-7092Faxi (972) 442-0076.
Drainage Composits 02620-2
B.
I
l,
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
t
I
!
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce nrchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
o
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado1. ccw MiraDRAlN 2000 for shallow{epth foundation walls and residential
applications.2. GCW MiraDRAlN 5000 for double sided drainage applications in landscaping and
landfill applications.3. CCW MiraDMlN 6000/6200 for use over waterproofing membranes and lagging,
underslab and retaining wall applications.4. GCW MiraDMlN 6000XU6200X1 for extended performance in all vertical
applications.5. CCW MhaDMlN 8000 for hydrocarbon resistive applications.6. CCW MiraDRAlN 9000 for horizontal plaza and roof deck applications.4. CCW MiraDMlN 9800 fur planters and green roof applicatbns.6. CCW MiraDMlN 9900 for vehicular traffc and other high compressive strength
applications.7. CCW QuickDRAlN functions as an edge drain/pipe collector to channel
groundwater away fuom the structure.8. ccw MiraDMlN GR9200 functions as a retention/drainage composite for green
roofs.L GCW MhaDMlN HC is high-flow drainage composite for french or trench drains.
Prefabricated Drainage Composite:
02620-3Drainage Composib
o
itects
t
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cym nastics Facility
May 2004. Vail, Colorado
Geocomposite Sheet Drain Physical Properties CharL
Fabfic
CCW MiraDRAlN Propertv Test ltethod
Svste/|?
CCW MlraDRAlN Prooertv Test Mellrod QuickDRAlN
- - - - - - - - - - - -Typical Values - - - - - - - -
Pertormance Index * N/A 17.100
I
I
I
l
CCW UlraDRAlN Propertv Test tlethod
ApoaFnt Ooeninq Size ASTM D 47bl US std. Sieve (mm) 70 (0.21)
Flow Rate ASTM D 4l9l qorytfr! (fmiwln2) 140 (5390)
Grab Tensile Strenoth ASTM D 4632 tbs. (k$ 10O (0.45)
System
Performance Index ' N/A 12.75C
All flow rates were tested at 3600 psf.lln plane flow rate @ gradient of 1.0 2lnslalled flow rate with soil overburden @ vertical gradient
concrete ovetburden @ vertical gradient of 1.0 llnstalled flow rate wilh soil oveburden @ horizontal
Drainage Composits
I
I
I
I
f"lHl'$"i:ffi"fff,jffix'j'l I
o252o-4
I
- - - - - - --- - - -Typical Valu$ ---- - -
Fritzlen pierce nrchiteJI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May2OO4
Vail, Colorado
rate with concrele overburden @ horizonlal gradient ot O.O5 ' Drainage Perfomance Index is a funciion of ASTIT D 4833, D 4632 and
D 1621 S Contacl Ca isle Coalings & Waterproofing for perfomance values in these applications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify substrate conditions (which have been previously
installed under other secUons) are acceptable for product installation in accordance with
manufacture/s instruclions. Do not proceed with drainage installation until substrate
conditions are acceptable for compliance with manufacture/s wananty requirements.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Adjacent Surfiaces Protection: Protect adjacent work areas and finish surfaces ftom
damage during installation operations.B. Concrete Surface Preparation: Prepare concrete surfaces to receive drainage composite.
Surfaces shall be smooth, free of depressions, voids, protrusions, clean and ftee of other
surface contaminants that may impair the performance of drainage and manufacture/s
warranty requirements.1. Cast-in-Place Concretes: Decks shall be monolithic, smooth, free of voids, spalled
areas, laitenance, honeycombs, and sharp protrusions. Refer to Division 3
Concrete Section for concrete strength, density, finish, curing methods and other
concrete requirements.2. Precast Concrete Decks: Decks shall be mechanically secured to minimize
differential movement and each joint between precast units shall have an installed
backer rod. Grout precasi units as recommended by manufacturer.3. Shotcrete: Surface shall be monolithic and smooth with no undulations,
inegularities or exposed wire mesh.C. Substrate Cleaning: Clean substrate that is to receive drainage. Remove loose debris and
other harmful contraminants that will affect performance of drainage composite.
3.3 DRAINAGE COURSE INSTATLATIONA. Vertical Surfaces: CCW MiraDRAlN 2000, 5000, 6000/6200, 6000/6200XL, MiraDRAlN
HC; or Planters: CCW MiraDRAlN 9800, GR92001. Completed Walls: Position the panel with the flat side against the wall and filter
fabric toward the soiUdrainage side. CCW DMIN GRIP contact adhesive or a
washer headed concrete nail may be used b attach the panel against the concrete
wall. Over CCW Waterproofing Membrane: Place ttre CC1/\l MiraDRAlN ovet the
waterproofi ng membrane.2. Shoring Systems or Vertical Soil Excavations: Position the panel with the f;abric
facing the shoring or soil. Nails of suficient length should be used to pin the panel
direc0y against the shoring or soil. The fabric should lay flat against the shoring or
soil to minimize voids. Concrete or shotcrete may be placed directly against the
backside of the CCW MiraDMlN.3. Buttress Drainage and Landslide Repair: CCW MiraDMlN should be rolled out
fabric side down onto the properly prepared subgrade. A "chimnef drain type drain
pattern should be formed.a) Spacing between CCW MiraDMlN chimney drains will be dictated by the
engineer. Chimney drains should be connected to the continuous
horizontal collector panel by overlapping a minimum of 12" (30 cm) into the
collector panel.b) CCW MiraDRAlN panels may be secured to the subgrade by ballasting
with soil or nailing through the CCW MiraDRAlN panel into the underlying
hillside. Fabric flaps must be folded over onto the core and secured with
duct tape or soil ballast.4. Edge Diain or Trench Drain:
Drainage Composits 02620-5
o
Architects
I
I
t
I
I
a)
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
CCW MiraDMlN should be laid out in 50 to 500 foot lengths adjacent to
the previously cuVexcavated trench.b) Panel end laps may be connected by overlapping the panels and applying
locking clips or buttoning of the dimples. Flexible conugated polyethylene
or rigid PVC pipe, which has been wrapped with filter fabric, should be
placed in the bottom of the bench. The CCW MiraDMlN panel should be
lowered into the trench beside the pipe and temporarily secured to the
trench wall by nailing or propping. The Fabric side of the panel must fiace
the direction from which the water is flowing. Fabric overlaps on the top of
the CCW MiraDRAlN panels should be draped over the back of the core.
Backfilling should be completed immediately.
Connecting Adjacent Panels: Connect adjacent panels at the longitudinal edge by
pulling the filter fabric back to expose the fiange. The panel edge should be butted
to the edge of the adjacent panel dimple to dimple or the edge of the next panel
may be placed over two dimples and interlocked. Panel ends are to be attached in
the same manner. Connecuons should be completed in shingle fashion so that
moisture will flow with the overlap and not against it. Overlap fabric in the direction
of water flow. Cover all terminal edges with the filter fabric flap by tucking in behind
the core.
Horizontal Surfiaces: CCW MiraDMlN
applications), GR9200
9000, 9800, 9900 or 8ffi0 (hydrocarbon-resistive
1.Plaza Decks, Parking Decks, and other Split Slab Construction:a) Attach the CCW MiraDMlN panels by either placing temporary ballast on
top of the CCW MiraDMlN or adhering the panels to the waterproofing
membrane with CGW DRAIN GRIP contact adhesive or SecurTape t$rc
sided tape.b) Connect adjacent panels at the longitudinal edge by pulling the filbr frabric
back to expose the flange. The panel edge should be butted to the edge of
the adjacent panel dimple to dimple or the edge of the nerd panel may be
placed over two dimples and interlocked. Panel ends are to be attached in
the same manner. Connections should be completed in shingle fashion so
that moisture will flow with the overlap and not against it. Overlap fabric in
the direction of water flow. Cover all terminal edges with the filter fabric flap
by tucking the fabric behind the core.c) CCW MiraDRAlN should be channeled into an internal drain or perimeter
drain system.d) Conc-rete, sand, grout, or pavers may be placed directly on the CCW
MiraDRAlN woven fabric side. Caution should be laken not to place point
loads on the CCW MiraDRAlN that might puncture the filter fabric on the
CCW MiraDMlN. \Men concrete is poured against CCW MiraDMlN, use
proper chuting techniques and avoid high drop heights.
Floor Slabs and Concrete Lined Channels:a) The subgrade shall be graded to a 2% minimum slope and clear of rubble,
rock, large soil clods, etc. The CGW MiraDMlN should be placed woven
fabric side down, directly on the subgrade. Installation should proceed from
the higher elevation of the slope and work downward. Connection of panel
ends shall be achieved with four-row dimple overlapping and taping of
lerminal edges.3. Planters:a) CCW MiraDRAlN should be placed fabric side to the inside (soil side) of
the planter. The planter walls should be covered with CCW MhaDMlN.
Allow a 3" (75 mm) fabric overlap at the bottom of vertical panels in oder
to cover the intersection of wall and bottom sections. Any exposed panel
edges must be covered with supplemental pieces of iabric to prevent soil
intrusion into the flow channels.
5.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
Drainage Composits 02620-6
Fritzlen Pierce ArchitectsOI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vai I Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado3.4 DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS
A. Drainage:a) Foundation/Retaining Wall: Install CCW QuickDRAlN prefabricated drainage
collection system in a vertical foundation wall to a horizontal footing configuration.
Adhere CCW QuickDRAlN to the substrate using CCW DRAIN GRIP contact
adhesive or SecurTape tape. Place the hinged porlion of the CCW QuickDRAlN
against the verticaUhorizontal transition and press into place. Connect adjacent
panels by pulling filter fabric back to expose the flange. Overlap the flange of the
core of edge drain on to the flange of the preceding drain core. Cover the joint with
the filter fabric. lnstall CCW MiraDRAlN in shingle fashion by overlapping the
flange of the CCW QuickDMlN in the direction of water flow and cover with filter
fabric. Cover all terminal edges of the core with the fabric flap by tucking it behind
the core.
Discharge Connection lnstallation: Leaving the filter fabric in place, slide the CCW
QuickDRAlN Connector outlet over the horizontal portion of the CCW QuickDMlN
and wrap with filter fabric.b) Where drainpipe is indicated, place the drainpipe next to the core. Wrap the
drainpipe or rock-pipe drain combination with an auxiliary piece of flter fabric.B. Weep holes: Cut a hole in the core corresponding to the size and location of the weep hole.
Avoid cufting a hole in the fabric by cutting the backside of the core between the dimples. A
four dimple square area cut between the dimples (2 % squarc inch) should be sufficient for
most applications.C. Plaza Drains: Create openings in the CCW MiraDRAlN core to correspond with all
discharge holes in the drain at the structural deck level. Fabric must be placed over these
holes to prevent intrusion of soil, grout, sand, or concrete into the drainage core.D. Terminal Connections and Probusions: dover all terminal edges with the integral fabric flap
by tucking it around the edge of the core and securing it. At protrusions, cut the core
around the protrusion, cut an "X' in the fabiic, and tape the fabric around the protrusion.
Dirt and concrete must nol infiltrate the core.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Cleaning: Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Repair or
replace damaged installed products. Clean installed products in accordance with
manufacture/s instructions prior to owner's acceptance. Remove construction debris from
project site and legally dispose of debris.B. Protection: Protection installed products firiished surfaces ftom damage during
construction.
End of Section
Carlisle, CCW MiraDRAlN, CCW QuickDRAlN, MiraDRl are trademarks of Cadisle Corporation. @ 1996,
2002 Carlisle Corporation.
Drainage Composits 02620-7
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
o
ArchitectsFritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
97U476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May'2004
Vail, Colorado
sEcTtoN 0262r
DRAINAGE COMPOS]TES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
Section Includes: Prefabricated Drainage Composite.1. Types of Prefabricated Drainage Composites include:a) Prefabricated drainage composite for below grade, vertical wall
applications.b) Prefabricated drainage composite for below grade, horizontal applications.
Related Seclions:1. Earthwork: Refer to Division 22. Landscaping: Refer to Division 23. Cast-in-place concrete: Refer to Division 34. Structural pre-cast concrete: Refer to Division 35. Masonry: Refer to Division 4
1.2
1.3
REFERENCES ONDUSTRY STANDARDS)
General: Refer to Division 1 References Section.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: Submit manufacturefs product data certificates of compliance for drainage
composites specified. Submit specimen copy of warranty specified herein.
Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles, and product components,
including a@essories for drainage composites.
Samples: Submit verification samples for prefabricated drainage composites.
Quality Assurance/Control SubmittalsL The specified properties of drainage panels must be supported by test results from
an independent laboratory, documenting the specified flow rate in the plane of the
core and creep performance of the polymer core. The testing conditions shall
comply with ASTM D4716 as follows:a) Hydraulic Gradient 1.0 for vertical installations and 0.05 for hqizontal
installations.b) Normal Pressure (pressure imposed perpendicular to the plane of the
core): Equal to 3600 psf.c) Creep: Model long term compression of the prefabricated drainage
composite system and determine if the drain product flow channels
become restricted with time. Long term creep/drainage performance shall
be determined by measuring flow after 300 continuous hours under the
above referenced normal pressure. The test method shall utilize a loading
system that models the soil/drainage product interaclion.
0262'l
-1
A.
B.
c.
D.
Drainage Composits
o
itects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Coloradod) Flow Direction: Flow shall be measured on only one side of the core.
Where the core geometry differs in principal directions, flow shall be
measured in both directions, simulating \ /ater flowing vertically down a wall
and horizontally across the face of the wall to accurately determine
maximum flow rate in critical principal direction.
1-4 QUALITY ASSUMNCE
A. Qualifications:1. lnstaller Qualifications: Installer experienced to perform work of this section, who
has specialized in the installation of work similar to that required for this project,
who can comply with manufiacturer's wananty requirements, and who is an
authorized applicator as determined by drainage manufacturer.2. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer with a minimum of 10 years experience
in prefabricated drainage composites, capable of providing technical support in the
application of the drainage system.B. Prelnstallation Meetings: Conduct pre.installation meeting to verify project requirements,
substrate conditions, manufacture/s installation instructions and manufacturefs warranty
requirements.C. Pre-lnstallation Testing: In accordance with manufacturefs recommendations and warranty
requirements, conduct pre-installation testing of substrates to rec€ive drainage composites.
1.5 DELIVERY, STOMGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: Deliver materials in manufacture/s original,
unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. Schedule deliveries to
avoid construction delays but minimize jobsite storage.
1.6 PROJECTCONDITIONS/SITECONDITIONS
A. \Men CCW MiraDRAlN is installed in conjunction with a waterproofing product, the CCW
MiraDRAlN must be compatible with the waterproofing product and installed by methods
acceptable to the waterprooflng product manufacturer.B. The outfall for any drainage pipe used with the drainage panels shall be coordinated with
the site drainage.
1.7 WARRANry
A. Upon completion and acceptance of the work required by this section, the manufac{urer will
issue a warranty agreeing to promptly replace defective materials for a period of 5 years.B. The formation or presence of mold or fungi in a building is dependent upon a broad range
of factors including, but not limited to, the presence of spores and nutrient sources,
moisture, temperatures, climatic conditions, relative humidity, and heating/ventilating
systems and their maintenance and operating capabilities. These factors are beyond the
control of Carlisle and Carlisle shall not be responsible for any claims, repairs, restoration,
or damages relating to the presence of any initants, contaminants, vapors, fumes, molds,
fungi, bac{eria, spores, mycotoxins, or the like in any building or in the air, land, or water
serving the building.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.'I MATERIALS
A. Prefabricated Drainage Composite: CCW MiraDRAlN, a 3dimensional dimpled core and
geotextile fabric, by Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing lncorporated, 900 Hensley Lane,
Vltylie, Texas 75098, Phone: (800). 527-7092 Fax: (972) 442-0076.
02621
-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
IDrainage Composits
B.
I
t:
T
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
o
itectsFritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
1.
2.
3.
4-
5.
6.
4.
o.
7.
Dninage Composits
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
CCW MiraDRAlN 2000 for shallow-depth foundation walls and residential
applications.
CCW MiraDRAlN 5000 for double sided drainage applications in landscaping and
landfill applications.
GCW MiraDRAlN 6000/6200 ior use over waterproofing membranes and lagging,
underslab and retaining wall applications.
CCW MinDRAIN 6000XU6200XL for extended performance in all vertical
applications.
CCW MiraDRAlN 8000 br hydrocarbon resistive applications.
CCW MinDMlN 9000 br horizontral plaza and roof deck applications.
CGW MiraDRAlN 9800 tor planters and green roof applications.
CCW MhaDRAIN 9900 for vehicular traffic and other high compressive strength
applications.
CCW QuickDRAlN functions as an edge drain/pipe collector to channel
groundwater away fiom the structure.8. CCW MiraDRAlN GR9200 functions as a retenlion/drainage composite for green
roob.9. CCW MhaDRAIN HC is high-flow drainage composite for ftench or trench drains.
Prefabricated Drainage Gomposite:
02621
-3
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Geocomposile Sheet Drain Physical Propefties Chart
Perfiormance lndex ' N/A
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail. Colorado
I
t
17.'t 00
I
CCIV MiraDRAl Properw Test Uethod
Grab Tensile Sfenoth ASTM D 4632 tbs. {kN)1(x) (0.45)
t
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
Grab,Elongation ASTM D 46
Puncure Resistance ASTMDqS33 bs.ffi
Svstern
Perfomance Index ' lrl/A 12.750
All flor .ates $ere tested at 3600 Dsf.rln plane f,ow rate @ gradient of 1.0 2lnstalled flow rate with soil ol€lbu|den @ venical gradient
concrete overburden @ vertical gradient ot 1.0 llnstatled flow rate with soil overburden @ horizontal
Drainage Composits
of 1.0 ztlnstalled flow rate with
gradienl ot 0.05 llnstalled flow
02621
-4
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
o
ArchitectsFritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
rale with concrete overburden @ horizontal gradient of 0.05 ' Drainage Perfomance Index is a fundion of ASTM D 4833, D 4632 and
D 1621 S Contact Ca isle Coatings & Waterproofing for pertomance values in these applications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Site Verffication of Conditions: Verify substrate conditions (which have been previously
installed under other sections) are acceptable for product installation in accordance with
manufacturels instructions. Do not proceed with drainage instiallation until substrate
conditions are acceptable for compliance with manufacture/s wananty requirements.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Adjacent Surfaces Protection: Protect adjacent work areas and finish surfaces from
damage during installalion operations.B. Concrete Surface Preparation: Prepare concrete surfaces to receive drainage composite.
Surfaces shall be smooth, free of depressions, voids, protrusions, clean and free of other
surfqcb contaminants that may impair the performance of drainage and manufacfureds
warranty requirements.1. Cast-in-Place Concretes; Decks shall be monolithic, smooth, ftee of voids, spalled
areas, laitenance, honeycombs, and sharp protrusions.. Refer to Division 3
Concrete Section for concrete strength, density, finish, curing methods and other
concrete requirements.2. Precast Concrete Decks: Decks shall be mechanically secured to minimize
differential movement and each joint between precast units shall have an installed
backer rod. Grout precast units as recommended by manufacturer.3. Shotcrete: Suriace shall be monolithic and smooth with no undulations,
inegularities or exposed wire mesh.C. Substrate Cleaning: Clean substrate that is to receive drainage. Remove loose debris and
other harmful contaminants that will affect performance of drainage composite.
3.3 DRAINAGE COURSE INSTALLATIONA. Vertical Surfaces: CCW MiraDRAlN 2000, 5000, 6000/6200, 6000/6200XL, MiraDRAlN
HC; or Planters: CCW MiraDRAlN 9800, GR92001. Completed Walls: Posilion the panel with the flat side against the wall and filter
fabric toward the soil/drainage side. CCW DRAIN GRIP contact adhesive or a
washer headed concrete nail may be used to attach the panel against the concrete
wall. Over CCW Waterproofing Membrane: Place the CCW MiraDRAlN over ihe
waterproofi ng membrane.2. Shoring Systems or Vertical Soil Excavations: Position the panel with the fabric
facing the shoring or soil. Nails of sufiicient length should be used to pin the panel
directly against the shoring or soil. The fubric should lay flat against the shoring or
soil to minimize voids. Concrete or shotcrete may be placed directly against the
backside of the CCW MiraDRAlN.3- Buttress Drainage and Landslide Repair: CCW MiraDRAlN should be rolled out
fabric side down onto the properly prepared subgrade. A "chimneyr drain type drain
pattem should be formed.a) Spacing between CCW MiraDRAlN chimney drains will be dictated by the
engineer. Chimney drains should be connected to the continuous
horizontal collector panel by overlapping a minimum of 12" (30 cm) into the
collector panel.b) CCW MiraDMlN panels may be secured to the subgrade by ballasting
with soil or nailing through the CCW MiraDRAlN panel into the underlying
hillside. Fabric flaps must be folded over onto the core and secured with
duct tape or soil ballast.4. Edge Drain or Trench Drain:
02621
-5
Drainage Composits
o
itects
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
a)
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
5.
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
CCW MiraDRAlN should be laid out in 50 to 500 foot lengths adjacent to
the previously cuUexcavated trench.b) Panel end laps may be connected by overlapping the panels and applying
locking clips or buttoning of the dimples. Flexible corrugated polyethylene
or rigid PVC pipe, which has been wrapped with filter fabric, should be
placed in the boftom of the trench. The CCW MiraDRAlN panel should be
lowered into the trench beside the pipe and temporarily secured to the
trench wall by nailing or propping. The Fabric side of the panel must face
the direction from which ste water is flowing. Fabric overlaps on the top of
the CCW MiraDMlN panels should be draped over the back of the core.
Backftlling should be completed immediately,
Connecting Adjacent Panels: Connect adjacent panels at the longitudinal edge by
pulling the filter fabric back to expose the flange. The panel edge should be butted
to the edge of the adjacent panel dimple to dimple or the edge of the next panel
may be placed over two dimples and interlocked. Panel ends are to be attached in
the same manner. Connections should be completed in shingle fashion so that
moisture will flow with the overlap and not against it. Overlap fabric in the direction
of water flow. Cover all terminal edges with the filter fabric flap by tucking in behind
the core.
Horizontal Surfaces: CCW MiraDRAlN 9000, 9800, 9900 or 8000 (hydrocarbon-resistive
applications), GR92001. Plaza Decks, Parking Decks, and other Split Slab Construction:a) Attach the CCW MiraDRAlN panels by either placing temporary ballast on
top of the CCW MiraDRAlN or adhering ihe panels to the waterproofing
membrane with CCW DRAIN GRIP contact adhesive or SecurTape two-
sided tape.b) Connect adjacent panels at the longitudinal edge by pulling the filter fabric
.back to expose the flange. The panel edge should be butted to the edge of
the adjacent panel dimple to dimple or the edge of the next panel may be
placed over two dimples and interlocked. Panel ends are to be attached in
lhe same manner. Connections should be completed in shingle fashion so
that moisture will flow with the overlap and not against it. Overlap fabric in
the direction of water flow. Cover all terminal edges with the filter fabric flap
by tucking the fabric behind the core.c) CCW MiraDMlN should be channeled into an internal drain or perimeter
drain system.d) Concrete, sand, grout, or pavers may be placed directly on the CCW
MiraDRAlN woven fabric side. Caution should be taken not to place point
loads on the CCW MiraDRAlN that might puncture the filter fabric on the
CCW MiraDRAlN. When concrete is poured against GGW MiraDRAlN, use
proper chuting techniques and avoid high drop heights.2. Floor Slabs and Goncrete Lined Channels:a) The subgrade shall be graded to a 27o minimum slope and clear of rubble,
rock, large soil clods, etc. The CCW MiraDRAlN should be placed woven
fabric side down, directly on the subgrade. lnstallation should proceed fiom
the higher elevation of the slope and work domward. Connection of panel
ends shall be achieved with four-row dimple overlapping and traping of
terminal edges.3. Planters:a) GCW MiraDMlN should be placed fabric side to the inside (soil side) of
the planter. The planter walls should be covered with CCW MiraDRAlN.
Allow a 3" (75 mm) fabric overlap at the boftom of vertical panels in order
to cover the intersection of wall and boftom sections. Any exposed panel
edges must be covered with supplemental pieces of fabric to prevent soil
intrusion into the flow channels.
02621
-6
B.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IDrainage Composits
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itedsOt
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail. Colorado3.4 DISCHARGECONNECTIONS
A. Drainage:a) Foundation/Retaining Wall: lnstall GCW QuickDRAlN prefabricated drainage
collection system in a vertical foundation wall to a horizontal footing configuration.
Adhere CCW QuickDRAlN to the substrate using CCW DRAIN GRIP contact
adhesive or SecurTape tape. Place the hinged portion of the CCW QuickDRAlN
against the verticayhorizontal transition and press into place. Connect adjacent
panels by pulling filter fabric back to expose the flange. Overlap the flange of the
core of edge drain on to the flange of the preceding drain core. Cover the joint with
the filter fabric. lnstall CCW MiraDMlN in shingle fashion by overlapping the
flange of the CCW QuickDRAlN in the direction of water flow and cover with filter
fabric. Cover all terminal edges of the core with the fabric flap by tucking it behind
the core.
Discharge Connection lnstallation: Leaving the filter fabric in place, slide the CCW
QuickDMlN Connector outlet over the horizontal portion of the CCW QuickDRAlN
and wrap wlth filter ftabric.b) Where drainpipe is indicabd, place the drainpipe next to the core. Wrap the
drainpipe or rock-pipe drain combination with an auxiliary piece of filter fabric.B. Weep holes: Cut a hole in the core corresponding to the size and location of the weep hole.
Avoid cutting a hole in the fabric by cutting the backside of the core between the dimples. A
four dimple square area cut between the dimples (2 Tz square inch) should be sufficient br
most applications.C. Plaza Drains: Create openings in the CCW MiraDRAlN core to correspond with all
discharge holes in the drain at the structural deck level. Fabric must be placed over these
holes to prevent intrusion of soil, grout, sand, or concrete into the drainage core.D. Terminal Connections and Protrusions: Cover all terminal edges with the integral fabric flap
by tucking it around the edge of the core and securing it. At protrusions, cut the core
around the protrusion, cut an 'X' in the fabric, and tape the fabric around the protrusion.
Dirt and concrete must not infiltrate the core.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Cleaning: Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas- Repair or
replace damaged installed products. Clean installed products in accordance with
manufacture/s instructions prior to owneis acceptance. Remove construction debris from
project site and legally dispose of debris.B. Protection: Protection installed products 'finished surfaces ftom damage during
construction.
End of Section
Carlisle, CCW MiraDMlN, CCW QuickDRAlN, MiraDRl are trademarks of Carlisle Corporation. @ 1996,
2002 Carlisle Corpora$on.
Drainage Composits 02621
-7
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O23OO - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - CENEML
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures.
2. Review and incorporation of all recommendations put forth in the Ceo-technical
Report by HP Ceotech dated 4l24lo4
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches
to support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backftll placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
B. Base Course: Course placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving.
C. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying
pipe.
D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.
E. Drainage Course: Course supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward
capillary flow of pore water.
F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and
dimensions indicated.
1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond
indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional
excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions
changes in the Work.
2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond
indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized
excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architea, shall be without
additional compensation
G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
EARTHWORK 02300 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Arch ite{
Vail, Colorado
97Q-476-6342
H. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical
and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or
below the ground surface.
l. Subbase Course: Course placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix asphah
pavement, or course placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a
cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.
J. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a
fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
K. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground
services within buildingp.
PROJICT CONDITIONS
Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary
utility services according to requirements indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
E.
SOIL MATERIALS
Ceneral: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not
available from excavations.
Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 Soil Classification Groups CW, CP, CM, SW SP, and SM,
or a combination oJ these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any
dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.
Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Croups CC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT
according to ASTMD2487 A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, 4-6, and A-7 according to
MSHTO M 145/ or a combination of these groups.
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of
optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,
crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 294O; with at least 90 percent passing
a 1-112-inch sieve and not more than 1 2 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 294O; with at least 95 percent passing a1-112-
inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
2."1
EARTHWORK 02300 - 2
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
3.1
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.2
A.
3.3
A.
PREPARATION
Protect structures, utilities/ sidewalla, pavements and other facilities from damage caused
by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by
earthwork operations.
Preparation of subgrade for earthwork operations including removal of vegetation, topsoil,
debris, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface is specified in Division 2
Section "Site Clearing.'
Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls, which are specified in Division 2
Section "Site Clearing," during earthwork operations.
EXCAVATION
Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of
surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may
include rock, soil materials and obstructions. No changes in the Contract sum or the
Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions.
'1. lf excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials
and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch.
lf applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and
removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for
inspections.
B.
I
t
I
I
O VailcymnasticsFacility
. May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
F' Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 294O; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-112-
inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
C. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed grarrel,
crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D294O; except with 100 percent
passing a 1-inch sieve and not more than I percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
H. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed crushed stone, or crushed or
uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57i with 100 percent passing
a1-1|2-inch sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve.
l. Foundation Drains - Refer to Geotechnical Report for Specifications and Installation
PART 3 - EXECUTION
TARTHWORK 02300 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Archite{
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation.
Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim
bottoms to reguired lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.
EXCAVATION FOR UTILIry TRENCHES
Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths and elevations.
Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe
or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than
top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit.
Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and
support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells,
joints and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting
stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade,
1. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding
bearing material, 4 inches deeper elsewhere, to allow for bedding course.
SUBCRADE INSPECTION
Proof-roll subgrade below the building slabs and pavemenb with heavy pneumatic-tired
eguipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or
saturated subgrades.
Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frosf rain, accumulated water or
construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation.
U NAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom
elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top
efevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi, may be used
when approved by Architea.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by
Architect.
STOMCE OF SOIL MATERIALS
Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing.
Place, grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
3.4
A.
B.
3.5
3.6
A.
3.7
A.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
B.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
EARTHWORK 02300 - 4
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fri?len Pierce Architecs
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
Do not store within drip line
3.8
A.
B.
F.
3.9
A.
B.
3.10
A.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations.
of remaining trees.
UTILIryTRENCH BACKFILL
Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow or ice.
Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. shape
bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for
joints, finings and bodies of conduits.
Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 iriches of bottom of footings with
satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is specified
in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete.,'
Provide 4-inch- thick, concrete-base slab support for piping or conduit less.than 30 inches
belor,v surface of roadwap. After installing and testing completely encase piping or conduit
in a minimum of 4 inches of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase.
Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than 1 inch in
any dimension, to a height of 'l2 inches over the utility pipe or conduit.
1. carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on
both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or
displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.
sotL FtLt
Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so
fill material will bond with existing material.
P|aceandcompactfi||materialin|ayerstorequiredelevationsasfo||ows:
1. Under building slabn, use engineered fill.2. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill.
SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before
compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or
contain frost or ice.
EARTHWORK 02300 - 5
Frrrzren P,erce nrcn,tectf
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.
3.11
A.
3."t4
A.
B.
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Remove and replace, or scarifo and air dry otherwise satisfactory soil material that
exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to
specified dry unit weight.
COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than I inches in loose depth for
material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose
depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations,
and uniformly along the full lengh of each structure.
1. Place drainage course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal
thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches
thick.
2. Compact each layer of drainage course to required cross sections and thicknesses to
not less than 95 percent of ma,rimum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.
PROTECTION
Protecting Craded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezin& and erosion.
Keep free of trash and debris.
Vail Cym nastics Facility I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
C. Compact soil materials to not les than the following percentages of maximum dry unit
weight according to ASTM D 1 557 :
1. Under structures, building slabs, steps and pavements, scarifo and recompact top 12
inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.
2. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 85
percent.
3.12 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES
A. Place subbase and base course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
3.13 DMINACE COURSE
A. Place drainage course on subgrades free of mud, fros! snow, or ice.
B. On prepared subgrade, place and compact drainage course under cast-in-place concrete
slabs-on-grade as follows:
EARTHWORK 02300 - 6
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970476-6342
O VailGymnasticsFacility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially
completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to
subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.
C. Where seftling occurs before Project correction period elapses/ remove finished surfacing
backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct su#acing.
1. Restore appearance, quality and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent
work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
3.15 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash and debris, and legally dispose of it off Ownerrs property.
END OF SECI]ON O23OO
EARTHWORK 02300 - 7
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
stcTtoN 02720
UNBOIJND BASE COURSE
PART T GENEMT
1.01 DESCRIPTION
100
9s-100_ 100- 90-100
- s0-90- 30-s0
Clas 4 Class 5
100
30-70
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Class 6
-
100
30-6s
A" Work included: Preparing surface of sub grade after utility contractors have completed
installation of all utilities and furnishing and placing one or more courses of aggregate in
conformance with lines, grades, and typical sections shown on drawings.
B. Related Work:
1. Earthwork: Section 02300
1.02 SUBMITTATS
A" Test Repofts: lf pquested, furnish proposed source of materials and copies of tests from
certified and acceptable testing laboratory:
1. Sieve analysis - ASTM C1 36
2. Wear Abrasion - ASTM Cl 31
3. Liquid Limit - MSHTO T89,, T90
4. Moisture Density Curves - AASHTO T99
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI AGGREGATE
A. Aggregate shall conform to following gradation:
Sieve Percentage by Weight Passing square Mesh Sieves
Size
Class 2
4n
3',
z',
1-112',
1u
3/4',
No.4
t
I Unbound Base Course o2720-1
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
No. g
No.200
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado- 25-ss3-'t2 3-1s 3-123-1s
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Liquid limit not greater than 35 for Class 2; 3O lor Class 4, 5, or 6.
Plasticity Index not exceeding 6.
B. Requirements for this Project:-
Furnish Class 6 aggregate for this Project.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.O1 PREPAMTION
A. Staking: Contractor will provide at his expense all additional staking necessary to ensure
work conforms to drawings.
B. Sub grade Preparation: Shape and compact to crown, line, grades, and typical cross
section shown on drawings before placing base material. Compactto 95% MSHTO T99.
3.02 MTX|NG
The Contractor shall mix the aggregate by methods that insure a thorough and homogeneous
mixture.
3.03 PTACEMENT
lf required compacted depth of aggregate base course exceeds 6", construct in two or more layers
of approximately equal thickness. Maximum compacted thickness of any one layer shall not
exceed6". Whenvibratoryorotherapprovedtypesofspecial compactingequipmentareused/
compacted depth of single layer may be increased to 8" upon approval of Engineer.
3.04 SHAPING AND COMPACTION
Compact each layer to 95% MSHTO Tl BO. Maintain surface of each layer during compaction
so that uniform texture is produced and aggregates are firmly keyed. Apply water uniformly
during compaction so moisture content is within 2% of optimum.
Unbound Base Course
END OF SECTION
o2720-2
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architec;ts
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
sEcTtoN 02740
FTEXIBLE PAVEMENT
PART 1 CENEML
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: Furnishing laying and compacting hot-mixed asphaltic concrete
pavement in conformance with lines, grades, and typical cross-sections shown on the
drawings.
B. Related Work:
1. Unbound Base Course: Section 02220
1.O2 QUALITY ASSUMNCE
A. Source: Engineer shall have access to batching plant at all times work is in progress.
B. Record of Work: Contractor shall keep record of time and date of placement,
temperature, and weather conditions. Retain until completion and furnish copy to
Engineer.
C. Owner will arrange and pay for all field tests to determine compliance of base course and
pavement materials and compaction with the specification and the approved design mix
formula.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: lf requested, provide samples of proposed materials.
B. Test Reports: lf requested, furnish copies of tests from certified and acceptable testing
laboratory:
1. Aggregate-AASHTOT96
2. Tar - MSHTO M52 Crade RTC B-5, M118.
3. Liquid tuphalt - MSHTO M81, M82; ASTM D20264. Emulsified tuphalt - AASHTO M140
5. Compaction - AASHTO T230
6. Stability and Flow - MSHTO T245
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Provide Engineer proposed mix design based upon aggregates to beC. Job Mix Formula:
Flexible Pavement o274Q-'l
FriDlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
used.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
Submit design mix to Engineer for approval along with Marshall series performed
by an independent laboratory.
Stability per ASTM D1 559: 1500 lb minimum
Flow per ASTM D1559: .08 to .16 inch
Air Voids percentage per ASTM Dl 559: 3 to 5 percent
Use an anti-stripping additive from the approved list of additives in Chapter 400
of the Colorado Department of Highwap Field Materials Manual
Minimum Asphalt content: 6%
1.04 DELIVERY, STOMCE, AND HANDLINC
A. Transport mixtures from mixing plant in truck having tight, clean, non-sticking
compartments. When transporting provide covers to protect from weather and prevent
loss of heat when temperature is below 50 degrees F. During temperatures below 50
degrees F on long distance deliveries, provide insulation around entire truck bed surfaces.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Do not place asphaltic concrete on wet surfaces, or when
temperature is below 40 degrees F, unless agreed to by Engineer.
B. Protection: After final rolling do not permit vehicular traffic on asphaltic concrete
pavement until cooled and hardened. Provide barricades, flagmen, and warning devices
as required to protect pavement. Maintain pedestrian and vehicular traffic as required.
Cover openings ofstructures in paving until permanent coverings are placed.
C. Confirm in writing, aggregate base course constructed by others has been compacted to
requirements of these specifications. Use any means necessary to proof roll or test to
confirm aggregate base is satisfactory to receive asphaltic concrete. Notify in writing to
Owner any deficient areas so they may be brought into conformance with specifications
prior to placement of asphaltic concrete.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCRECATE
Clean, hard, durable particles of crushed stone, crushed gravel, natural gravel, or crushed slag
with not more than 45% of wear, AASHTO T95.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IFlexible Pavement o2740-2
I
I , Friulen pierce Architects
I X):!f;;::::;
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Sieve Percentage by Weight Pasing Square Mesh Sieves
Crading Crading Crading Grading
GCCXF
1-1/2', 100
1" 90-100 100 - 100
314', 63-85 90-100 100
1/2', 46-78 70-89 90-1003/8" - 60-88 74-89#4 22-54 44-72 50-78
#8 13-47 30-62 32-64 4s-Bs
#30 4-26 12-38 12-38#200 1-7 3-7 3-7 7-"t3
I Sizes #B and larger, tolerances + 8%; #3O + 6%; #2OO + 3%; where'100% passing, no
- tolerance.
I I Use Crading CX for this proiect.
2.O2 ASPHALTIC CEMENT
I MSHTO M226, Penetration Crade 85-100. Use AC-10 for all paving.
r 2.03 PRIME coAT
I One of the following grade and type as recommended by supplier:
A. Slow curinp ASTM D2026
I B. Medium curing MSHTO MB2
I 2.o4 rACK coAr
I One of the following, grade and type as recommended by supplier:
I A. Emulsified asphalt, MSHTO M14o
I B. Cationic emulsified asphal! MSHTO M20S
I ,: 2.0s Mtx DEStcN
I A. Determine design mix based upon aggregates to be used.
I Flexible Pavement o274O-3
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Vail, Colorado
1 . Submit design mix to Engineer for approval along with Marshall series performed
by an independent laboratory.
2. Stability per ASTM D1 559: 1500 lb minimum
3. Flow per ASTM D1 559: .08 to .16 in.
4. Air Voids percentage per ASTM Dl 559: 3 to 5 percent
5. Use an anti-stripping additive from the approved list of additives in Chapter 400
of the Colorado Department of Highways Field Materials Manual.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
2.06
6. Minimum Asphalt content: 5.8%
B. Furnish agtregate gradation.
C. Accepted design mix shall meet compaction requirements of these specifications.
MIXINC
Ceneral: Comply with ASTM D995 for material storage/ control, mixing, and plant
equipment and operation.
Aggregates: Keep each component of various-sized combined aggregates in separate
stockpiles. Maintain so separate aggregate sizes will not be intermixed and to prevent
segregation. Heat-dry aggregates to reduce moisture content to not more rhan 2%.
Deliver dry aggregate to mixer at recommended temperature to suit penetration, grade,
and viscosity characteristics of asphaltic cement, ambient temperaturef and workability of
mixture.
tuphaltic Cement: Heat bitumen to viscosity at which it can be uniformly distributed
throughout mixture. Select temperature range of 275 degrees F to 350 degrees F to suit
temperature - viscosity characteristics of asphalt Do not exceed 350 degrees F.
D. Mixing: Accurately weigh or measure dry aggregates and weigh or meter asphaltic
cement to comply with job-mix formula requirements. Mix aggregate and asphaltic
cement to achieve 90-95% coated particles for base mixtures and 85-90% coated
particles for surface mixtures when tested in accordance with ASTM D2489.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPAMTION OF SURFACES
Flexible Pavement o2740-4
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
A.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
Base Course: Blade, shape, and smooth aggregate base course to uniform section.
Remove loose materials. Clean the surface to be paved by mechanical sweepers,
blowers, or hand brooms, until surface is free from dust.
lf time lapse from final shaping to placement is longer than 24 hours, reshape, wet and
compact surface, or apply prime coat. When prime coat is used, apply at rate of 0.3
gallons per sguare yard as soon as practicable after surface has been prepared and is
sufficiently dry. Calibrate distributor and furnish calibration to Engineer. Adjust spray
nozzles and spray bar to provide uniform distribution of prime coat. Cease immediately
upon clogging or interference of any nozzle and correct before distribution is resumed.
Protect adjacent surfaces from prime coat material. Remove prime coat from adjacent
surfaces. Return to same condition prior to work beginning. Maintain prime coat and/or
base course surface until covered by asphaltic concrete. Where prime coat has been
applied for 48 hours, and has not dried sufficiently, materials may be blotted with
aEtregate in manner agreed to by Engineer. Clean any damaged area of all loose
material, and repair base course to satisfaction of Engineer. Reapply prime coat.
Existing Surfaces: Clean of all foreign materials. Fill holes and low places with levelling
courses and compact prior to surface placement. Tack coat existing surfacing at 0.1
gallon per square yard. Apply only to areas on which surfacing is to be placed
immediately. Do not extend more than 2000' ahead of paving equipment. Prevent
traffic from travelling on tack coat.
3.02 FRAME ADJUSTMENTS
Set frames of structures to final grade. Place compacted asphaltic concrete to top of frame. lf
permanent covers are not in place, provide temporary cove6 over openings until compaction is
complete. Where frames and covers are paved over, ma* so crews can find on emergency basis
until cut out and adjusted to final surfacing.
3.03 PLACEMENT
Place at temperatures of not less than 280 degrees F, or more than 350 degrees F. lf
temperature is below 5O degrees F and fallinp asphaltic concrete mix shall not be less
than 300 degrees F, while on trucks just prior to laydown. Mechanical, self-powered
pavers shall be capable of spreading mix within specified tolerances, true to line, grade,
and crown as indicated on drawings. Road grader equipped with automatic blade
control may be used for levelling courses. Pavers shall be eguipped with hoppers and
distribution screws which place mix evenly in front of adjustable screeds. Screed shall be
adjustable for height and crown, equipped with controlled heating device for use as
required. Screed shall strike off mix without tearing, shaving or gouging surface, to depth
and cross-section specified, without aid of manual adjustment during operation. Paver
shalf be capable of placing courses in thicknesses{rom 112" to 4" and from widths of 8'to
15'. Extensions and cut-off shall permit changes in widths by incremenB of 6".
Flexible Pavement o2740-s
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
B. Strike finish surface smooth; true to cross section; uniform in density and texture; free
from hollows, transverse corrugations, and other irregularities. Paint contact surfaces
between gutters/ manhole ringp, catch basins, and other similar structures with thin,
uniform coating of tack coat. Final surface shall be 1/4" above all structures and gutters
sloping away from paving flush with gutters sloping towards paving.
C. Hand Placement: Where certain areas because of irregularity, inaccessibility, or
unavoidable obstacles, do not lend themselves to machine placemen! Engineer may
agree to hand placemenl Spread and compact to same finish and compaction tolerances
of these specifications.
D. Joints: Make joints between old and new pavement, or between successive day's work,
to insure thorough bond between old and new surfaces. Clean surfaces free of sand, di4
dust or other materials. and apply tack coat. Construction joints must have same texture,
density, and smoothness tolerances as other surfacing.
1 . Construct transverse joints to existing material by cutting material back to expose
full depth edge. Paint thin uniform tack coat on joint and place new asphaltic
concrete.
2. Prepare longitudinal joints by overlapping screed 1 " on existing surface. Deposit
sufficient material to complete joint. Push excess by hand rake 1/2" on new mat
leaving vertical uncompacted face approximately 1 " high. Compact against joint
by rolling equipment. No depression allowed exceeding 'l18' lor width of 6",
after final compaction.
E. Finish Tolerance: Place levelling courses within f2" of design grade. Finished surfaces
will be tested with 1O'straight edge, parallel to center line at location of wheel paths for
each lane. Straight edge will be advanced 5' and space under straight edge shall not
exceed 1/4". Correct areas deficient in smoothness by completely removing surface
material and replacing. Overlay corrections may be made only if approved by Owner.
F. Thickness Tolerance: Compacted thickness shall be no less than thatshown on drawings.
Any surfacing which does not meet minimum thickness shall be removed and replaced.
3.04 COMPACTION
A. Ceneral: Provide one pneumatic-tired and one steel-wheel roller to obtain required
density, surface texture, and rideability. Begin rolling operations immediately following
placement of asphaltic concrete. Do not permit heavy equipment, rollers, etc. to stand
on finished surface where deformation may occur. End each pass of roller in different
place.
B. Rollers
Flexible Pavement o2740-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Vail, Colorado
1 . Steel-wheel rollers self-propelled, developing contact pressure under compression
wheels of 2 50 to 350 psi per inch of width of roller wheel. Rollers equipped with
adjustable scraperc and means for keeping wheel wet to prevent mix from
sricking.
2. Pneumatic-tired rollers self-propelled, developing contact pressure under each
tire of 85 to 110 psi. Wheels so spaced that one pass will accomplish one
complete coverage equal to rolling width of machine. Wheels oscillate but not
wobble. Remove and replace immediately any tires picking up fines.
C. Compaction Procedures
1 . Compact longitudinal joints and edges first, starting at outside edge and gradually
progress towards center of pavement. Begin superelevated curves rolling on low
side on previously transversely compacted material. Successive passes should
overlap by one half width of roller. Mat temperature must not be below 15O
degrees F.
2. lmmediatelyfollowrollingof longitudinaljointandedgeswith breakdown rolling.
Place drive wheel nearest paver and pull roller towards paver. Return roller to
existing surface and make gradual shift to overlap previous pass by half roller
width. Operate pneumatic-tired rollers as close to paver as necessary to obtain
density required. Make enough passes for reasonably smooth surface.
3. Final rolling by a combination of steel and pneumatic rollers to obtain density,
su rface texture, and surface tolerances required.
D. Compact to minimum of 95% Marshall Design method data submitted, or from field
samples taken by Engineer, and prepared in accordance with ASTM D1 550. Re-compact
asphaltic concrete not conforming to density standards to these specifications. Remove
and replace any sections not meeting specifications. Cut out compaction test plugs as
directed by Engineer. Contractor shall cut test plugs, fill, and repair test holes at his
exPense.
3.05 PATCHINC
Cut out and fill with fresh, hot asphaltic concrete. Remove deficient areas for full depth of
surface and base course. Cut
sides perpendicular and parallel, and perpendicular to direction of traffic to extent of failure.
Apply tack coat to exposed surfaces before placing new pavement. Compact and finish to
specification.
3.06 CLEAN UP
After completing operations, clean surfaces, pick up excess paving materials, and clean work area.
Flexible Pavement
END OF SECTION
o2740-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
SECIION O2B1O - IRRICATION SYSTEMS
PART 1 - CENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes design and installation of a fully functioning irrigation system suitable
for planting as shown on A102. Include piping, valves, sprinklers, specialties, controls and
wiring for automatic-control irrigation system.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include pressure ratings, rated capacities, and settings of selected models for
the following:
1. Ceneral-dutyvalves.
2. Specialty valves.
3. Control-valveboxes.
4. Sprinklers.
5. lrrigationspecialties.
6. Controllers.
B. Shop Drawings: Show irrigation q6tem pipin& including plan layoug and locations, types,
sizes, capacities, and flow characteristics of irrigation system piping components. Include
water meters, backflow preventers, valves, piping, sprinklers and devices, accessories,
controls, and wiring. Show areas of sprinkler spray and overspray. Show wire size and
number of conductors for each control cable.
C. Field quality-control test reports.
D. Operation and maintenance data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Warranty - Provide one year warranty for all parts and service.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating trenching and backfilling.
END OF SECTION O2B1O
IRRICATION SYSTEMS 02810 - 1
I
Fritzlen pierce ArchitectsI Y:Ltr;?;iii
I
Section 2834
MODULAR CONCRETE RETAININC WALL
I PARr 1: .ENEMT
I 1.01 Description
T
A. Work shall consist of furnishing and construction of a KEYSTONE Retaining Wall System or equal
I in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades,
I design, and dimensions shown on the plans.
I B. Work includes preparing foundation soil, furnishing and installing leveling pad, unit drainage fill
t and backfill to the lines and grades shown on the construction drawings.
I C. Work includes furnishing and installing geogrid soil reinforcement of the typt-', size, location, and
f lengths designated on the construction drawings.
I 1.02 Related Sections
I
A. Section 02100 - Site Preparation
I B. Section O22OO - Earthwork
t
1.03 Reference Documents
I A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
I 1. ASTM C-1372 Specification for Segmental Retaining Wall Units
I 2. ASTM D-422 Panicle Size Analysis
3. ASTM D-698 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil -Standard Effort
I 4. ASTM D-4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils
t 5. ASTM D-4595 Tensile Properties of Ceotextiles - Wide Width Strip
6. ASTM D-5262 Unconfined Tension Creep Behavior of Ceosynthetics
I 7. ASTM D-3034 PolyvinylChloride pipe (pVC)
t B. ASTM D-1248 Corrugated Plastic Pipe
I
B. Geosynthetic Research Institute (GRl)
1. CRI-CG4 Determination of Long Tern Design Strengh of Geogrids
t
2. CRI-GCS Determination of Ceogrid (soil) Pullout
' C. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA)
I I ''|.
"C"^
SRWU-I Test Method for Determining Connection Strength of SRW
2. NCMA SRWU-2 Test Method for Determining Shear Strength of SRWI
I
Modular Concrete Retaining Wall
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
02834 - |
t
itects
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2(D4
Vail, Colorado
1 .04 Subm ittals/Certification
A. Contractor shall submit a Manufacturer's certification, prior to start of work, that the retaining wall
system components meet the requirements of this specification and the structure design.
B. Contractor shall submit construction drawings and design calculations for the retaining wall sptem
prepared and stamped by a Profesional Engineer registered in the state of the project. The
engineering designs, techniques, and material evaluations shall be in accordance with the
KEYSTONE Design Manual, NCMA Design Cuidelines For Segmental Retaining Walls, or the
AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Section 5.8 (whichever is applicable to
designer).
C. Contractor shall submit a test report documenting strength of specific modular concrete unit and
geogrid reinforcement connection. The maximum design tensile load of the geogrid shall be equal to
the laboratory tested ultimate stren$h of geogrid I facing unit connection at a maximum normal
force limited by the "Hinge Height" of the structure divided by a safety factor of 1.5. The connection
strength evaluation shall be performed in accordance with NCMA test method SRWU-I .
1.05 Quality fusurance
A. Contractor shall submit certification, prior to start of work, that the retaining wall system (modular
concrete units and specific geogrid):
1) has been successfully utilized on a minimum of five (5) similar projects, i.e., height, soil fill types,
erection tolerances, etc.; and
2) has been successfully installed on a minimum of 1 million ('1,000,000) square feet of retaining
walls.
B. Contractor shall submit a list of five (5) previously constructed projects of similar size and
magnitude by the wall installer where the specific retaining wall system has been constructed
successfully. Contact names and telephone numbers shall be listed for each project.
C. Contractor shall provide evidence that the design engineer has a minimum of five years of
documentable experience in the design for reinforced soil structures. The design engineer shall
provide proof of current professional liability insurance with an aggregate coverage limit of not less
than $2,000,000.
D. Owner shall provide soil testing and quality assurance inspection during earthwork and wall
construction operations. Owner's guality assurance program does not relieve the contractor of
responsibility for wall performance.
1.06 Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Contractor shall check all materials upon delivery to assure that the proper type, grade, color, and
certification has been received.
I
I
I
I
t
IModular Concrete Retainins Wall 02834 -2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
FritzlenPierceArchitects O o
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20(X
Vail, Colorado
B. Contractor shall protect all materials from damage due to jobsite conditions and in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations. Damaged materials shall not be incorporated into the work.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
Product Description: Lepcy Stone as manufactured by Keystone RetainingWall Systems
Style: Rockface
Color: to be Selected from Manufucture/s full range
2.01 Definitions
A. Modular Unit - a concrete retaining wall element machine made from portland cement, water,
and aggregates.
B. Structural Ceogrid - a structural element formed by a regular network of integrally connected
tensile elements with apertures of sufficient size to allow interlocking with surrounding soil, rock, or
earth and function primarily as reinforcement.
C. Unit Drainage Fill - drainage aggregate which is placed within and immediately behind the
modular concrete units.
D. Reinforced Backfill - compacted soil which is placed within the reinforced soil volume as outlined
on the plans.
2.02 Modular Concrete Retaining Wall Units
A. Modular concrete units shall conform to the following architectural requirements:
face color - concrete gray - standard manufacturers'color may be specified by the Owner.
face finish - sculptured rock face in angular tri-planer configuration. Other face finishes will not be
allowed without written approval of Owner.
bond configuration - running with bonds nominally located at midpoint vertically adjacent units, in
both straight and curved alignments.
exposed surfaces of units shall be free of chips, crack or other imperfections when viewed from a
distance of 10 feet under diffused lighting.
B. Modular concrete materials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C1372 - Standard
Specifications for Segmental Retaining Wall Units.
C. Modular concrete units shall conform to the following structural and geometric requirements
measured in accordance with appropriate references:
compressive strengh : 3000 psi minimum;
absorption : 8 % maximu m (6% in northern states) for standard weight aggregates;
Modular Concrete Retainine Wall 02834 - 3
FriElen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Vail, Colorado
dimensional tolerances - -r 1/8" from nominal unit dimensions not including rough split face,
-+11'16'unit height - top and bottom planes;
unit size - 8" (H) x 18" (W) x 18" (D) minimum;
unit weight - 100 lbs/unit minimum for standard weight aggregates;
inter-unit shear strength - 1500 plf minimum at 2 psi normal pressure;
geogrid/unit peak connection strengh -100O plf minimum at 2 psi normal force.
D. Modular concrete units shall conform to the following constructability requirements:
verticaf setback : 118"-+ per course (near vertical) or 1"+ per course per the design;
alignment and grid positioning mechanism - fiberglass pins, two per unit minimum;
maximum horizontal gap beMeen erected units shall be - 1/2 inch.
2.03 Shear Connectors
A. Shear connectors shall be 112 inch diameter thermoset isopthalic polyester resin-pultruded
fiberglass reinforcement rods or equivalent to provide connection between vertically and horizontally
adjacent units. Strength of shear connectors between vertical adjacent units shall be applicable over
a design temperature of 10 degrees F to + 100 degrees F.
B. Shear connectors shall be capable of holding the geogrid in the proper design position during grid
pre-tensioning and backfilling.
2.04 Base Leveling Pad Material
A. Material shall consist of a compacted crushed stone base or non-reinforced concrete as shown on
the construction drawings.
2.05 Unit Drainage Fill
A. Unit drainage fill shall consist of clean 1" minus crushed stone
fof lowing gradation tested in accordance with ASTM D-422:
Sieve Size Percent Passing
1 inch 10O
3/4 inch 75-100
No.40-10
No.500-5
B. One cubic foot, minimum, of drainage fill shall be used for each square foot of wall face. Drainage
fill shall be placed within cores of, between, and behind units to meet this requirement.
or crushed gravel meeting the
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IModular Concrete Rekining Wall 02834 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
IIt
II
t
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects O
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.06 Reinforced Backfill
A. Reinforced backfill shall be free of debris and meet the following gradation tested in accordance
with ASTM D-422:
Sieve Size Percenl Passing
2 inch 100-75
3/4 inch 1OO-75
No.40 0-60
No. 200 0-35
Plasticity Index (Pl) <15 and Liquid Limit <40 perASTM D-4318.
B. The maximum aggregate size shall be limited to 3/4 inch unless field tests have been performed to
evaluate potential strength reductions to the geogrid design due to damage during construction.
C. Material can be site excavated soils where the above requirements can be met. Unsuitable soils
for backfill (high plastic clays or organic soils) shall not be used in the backfill or in the reinforced soil
D. Contractor shall submit reinforced fill sample and laboratory test results to the Architect/Engineer
for approval prior to the use of any proposed reinforced fill material.
2.07 Ceogrid Soil Reinforcement
A. Geosynthetic reinforcement shall consist of geogrids manufactured specifically for soil
reinforcement applications and shall be manufactured from high tenacity polyester yarn or high
density polyethylene. Polyester geogrid shall be knitted from high tenacity polyester filament yarn
with a molecular weight exceeding 25,000 Meg/m and a carboxyl end group values less than 30.
Polyester geogrid shall be coated with an impregnated PVC coating that resists peeling cracking, and
stripping.
B. Ta, Long Term Allowable Tensile Design Load, of the geogrid material shall be determined as
follows:
Ta - Tult/ (RFcr*RFd*RFid*FS)
Ta shalf be evaluated based on a75 year design life.
1. Tult, Short Term Ultimate Tensile Strengh
Tult is based on the minimum averate roll values (MARV)
2. RFcr, Reduction Factor for Long Term Tension Creep
RFcr shall be determined from 10,000 hour creep testing performed in accordance with ASTM
D5262. Reduction value : 1.50 minimum.
3. RFd, Reduction Factor for Durability
RFd shall be determined from polymer specific durability testing covering the range of expected soil
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Modular Concrete Retainine Wall 02834 - 5
o
ects
I
I
I
I
T
Fritzlen Pierce Archit Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
environments. RFd : 1 .10 minimum.
4. RFid, Reduction Factorfor Installation Damage
RFid shall be determined from product specific construction damage testing performed in
accordance with CRI-CC4. Test results shall be provided for each product to be used with project
specific or more severe soil type. RFid : 1.10 minimum.
5. FS, Overall Design Factor of Safety
FS shall be 1.5 unless otherwise noted for the maximum allowable working stress calculation.
C. The maximum design tensile load of the geogrid shall not exceed the laboratory tested ultimate
strengh of the geogrid/facing unit connection as limited by the "Hinge Height" divided by a factor of
safery of 1.5. The connection stren$h testing and computation procedures shall be in accordance
with NCMA SRWU-I Test Method for Determining Connection Strength of SRW.
D. Soil Interaction Coefficient, Ci
Ci values shall be determined per CRI:CC5 at a maximum 0.75 inch displacement.
E. Manufacturing Quality Control
The geogrid manufacturer shall have a manufacturing quality control program that includes QC
testing by an independent laboratory.
The QC testing shall include:
Tensile Strength Testing
Melt Flow Index (HDPE)
Molecular Weight (Polyester)
2.08 Drainage Pipe
A. lf required, the drainage pipe shall be perforated or slotted PVC pipe manufactured in accordance
with ASTM D-3034 or corrugated HDPE pipe manufactured in accordance with ASTM D-1248.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Excavation
A. Contractor shall excavate to the lines and grades shown on the construction drawings. Owner's
representative shall inspect the excavation and approve prior to placement of leveling material or fill
soils. Proof roll foundation area as directed to determine if remedial work is reguired.
B. Over-excavation and replacement of unsuitable foundation soils and replacement with approved
compacted fill will be compensated as agreed upon with the Owner.
3.02 Base Leveling Pad
A. Leveling pad material shall be placed to the lines and grades shown on the construction drawings,
to a minimum thickness of 6 inches and extend laterally a minimum of 6" in front and behind the
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
IModular Concrete Retainine Wall 02834 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Coforado May Zoo4970-476-6342 Vail, Colorado
modular wall unit.
B. Soil leveling pad materials shall be compacted to a minimum of 95 % Standard Proctor density per
ASTM D-698
C. Leveling pad shall be prepared to insure full contact to the base surface ofthe concrete units.
3.03 Modular Unit Installation
A. First course of units shall be placed on the leveling pad at the appropriate line and grade.
Alignment and level shall be checked in all directions and insure that all units are in full contact with
the base and properly seated.
B. Place the front of units side-by-side. Do not leave gaps between adjacent units. Layout of corners
and curves shall be in accordance with manufacture/s recommendations.
C. lnstall shear/connecti ng devices per manufactu rer's recommendations.
D. Place and compact drainage fill within and behind wall units. Place and compact backfill soil
behind drainage fill. Follow wall erection and drainage fill closely with structure backfill.
E. Maximum stacked vertical height of wall units, prior to unit drainage fill and backfill placement
and compaction, shall not exceed two courses.
3.04 Structu ral Ceogrid Installation
A' Ceogrid shall be oriented with the highest strengh axis perpendicular to the wall alignment.
B. Ceogrid reinforcement shall be placed at the strengths, lengths, and elevations shown on the
construction design drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
C. The geogrid shall be laid horizontally on compactecl backfill and attacH to the modular wall
units. Place the next course of modular concrete units over the geogrid. The geogrid shall be pulled
taut, and anchored prior to backfill placement on the geogrid.
D. Ceogrid reinforcements shall be continuous throughout their embedment len$hs and placed
side-by-side to provide 100% coverage at each level. Spliced connections between shorter pieces of
geogrid or gaps between adjacent pieces of geogrid are not permitted.
3.05 Reinforced Backfill Placement
A. Reinforced backfill shall be placed, spread, and compacted in such a manner that minimizes the
development of slack in the geogrid and installation damage.
B. Reinforced backfill shall be placed and compacted in lifu not to exceed 6 inches where hand
compaction is used, or I - 1O inches where heavy compaction equipment is used. Lift thickness shall
be decreased to achieve the required density as required.
Modular Concrete Retaining Wall 02834 -7
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
974-476-5342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
C. Reinforced backfill shall be compacted to 95% of the maximum density as determined by ASTM
D698. The moisture content of the backfill material prior to and during compaction shall be
uniformly distributed throughout each layer and shall be dry of optim um, + O%, - 3%.
D. Only lightweight hand-operated equipment shall be allowed within 3 feet from the tail of the
modular concrete unit.
E. Tracked construction equipment shall not be operated directly upon the geogrid reinforcemenl A
minimum fill thickness of 6 inches is required prior to operation of tracked vehicles over the geogrid.
Tracked vehicle turning should be kept to a minimum to prevent track from displacing the fill and
damaging the geogrid.
F. Rubber tired equipment may pass over geogrid reinforcement at slow speeds, less than 10 MPH.
Sudden braking and sharp turning shall be avoided.
C. At the end of each day's operation, the Contractor shall slope the last lift of reinforced backfill
away from the wall units to direct runoff away from wall face. The Contractor shall not allow surface
runoff from adjacent areas to enter the wall construction site.
3.06 Cap Installation
A. Cap units shall be glued to underlying units with an all-weather adhesive recommended by the
manufacturer.
3.02 As-built Construction Tolerances
A. Vertical alignment : t 1.5" over any 10' distance,
B. Wall Batter: within 2 degrees of design batter.
C. Horizontal alignment: t 1 .5" over any 1O' distance.
Corners, bends, curves -r 1 ft to theoretical location.
D. Maximum horizontal gap between erected units shall be t/Z inch.
3.08 Field Quality Control
A. The Owner shall engage inspection and testing services, including independent laboratories, to
provide quality assurance and testing services during construction. This does not relieve the
Contractor from securing the necessary construction control testing during construction.
B. Testing and inspections services shall only be performed by qualified and experienced technicians
and engineers.
C. As a minimum, quality assurance testint should include foundation soil inspection, soil and
backfill testing verification of design parameters, and observation of construction for general
o
Architects
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
IModular Concrete Retainine Wall 02834 - 8
lo
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
I Vail, Colorado
I s7O-476-6342
compliance with design drawings and specifications.
t
PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May2004
Vail, Colorado
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
Modular Concrete Retaining Wall 02834 -9
I
Fritzlen pierce ArchirecbI #:!tr;:;1:;
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
I
I
I sECroN 02930 - EXTERT.R pLANrs
I PARrl -cENEML
t 1.1 suMMARy
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Trees.
2. Shrubs.
3. Cround cover.
4. Plants.
t 1.2 DEF|N|T|ONS
r A. Finish Crade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.Ir B. Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or
- sand with stabilized organic soil amendmenG to produce topsoil or planting soil.
r C. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topoil, or surface soil modified to
become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments.
! D. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation/ or top
surface of a fill or backfill, before placing planting soil.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
I
B. Product certificates.
C. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for exterior plants.
I D. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for
maintenance of exterior plants during a calendar year.
I
1.4 QUALtry ASSUMNCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer who maintains an experienced full-r time supervisor on Pro.iect site when exterior planting is in progress.
I
I
EXTERIOR PLANTS
I
02930 - 1
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
2.1
I
ArchitectsFritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
't.6
't.7
A.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
t-)
B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Proiect site.
DELIVERY, STOMCE, AND HANDLINC
Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery. Protect bark, branches, and root systems
from sun scald, drying, sweating whipping and other handling and tying damage. Do not
bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in strch a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide
protective covering of exterior plants during delivery. Do not'drop exterior plants during
delivery.
Deliver exterior plants after preparations for planting have been completed and install
immediately. lf planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery set exterior plants
trees in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist.
WARRANry
Special Warranty: Warrant the following exterior plants, for the warranty period indicated,
against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from
lack of adeguate maintenance, neglect, or abuse by Owner, or incidents that are beyond
Contractor's control.
.l . Warranty Period for Trees and Shrubs: One year from date of Substantial
Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Cround Cover and Plants: One Year from date of Subrstantial
Completion.
MAINTENANCE
Trees and Shrubs: Maintain during warranty period by pruning, cultivating, watering
weeding, fertilizing restoring planting saucers, tightening and repairing stakes and guy
supports, and resetting to proper grades or vertical position, as required to establish healthy,
viable plantings. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease.
Cround Cover and Plants: Maintain during warranty period by watering weeding
fertilizing, and other operations as required to establish healthy, viable plantings.
B.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
EXTERIOR PLANTS
Tree and Shrub Material: Furnish nursery-grown trees and shrubs complying with
ANSI 260.1, with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide
well-shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae,
and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement.
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930 - 2
I
t
t
t
t
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail. Colorado
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Ground Cover: Provide ground cover of species indicated, established and well rooted in
pots or similar containers, and complying with ANSI 260.1.
C. Annuals: Provide healthy, disease-free plans of species and variety shown or listed.
Provide only plants that are acclimated to outdoor conditions before delivery and that are
in bud but not yet in bloom.
D. Perennials: Provide healthy, field-grown plants from a commercial nufs€rl, of species and
variety shown or listed.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXTERIOR PLANTINC
A. Protect exterior plants from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other
contractors and trades, and others. Maintain protection during installation and
maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged exterior planting.
B. Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and
debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02930
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930 - 3
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
1.4
A.
B.
Vail Gym nastics Facility
May20O4
Vail, Colorado
l
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
SECTION O33OO - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - CENEML
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
.1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete
materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following:
1. Footings.
2. Foundation walls.
3. Slabs-on-grade.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1,3
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Division 2 Section nEarthwork" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade.2. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Pavement''for concrete pavement and walk.
3. Division 2 Section "Decorative Cement Concrete Pavementu for decorative concrete
pavement and walk.
4. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Architectural Concrete" for general building
applications of specially finished formed concrete.
5. Division 3 Section "Concrete Floor Topping" for emery- and iron-aggregate concrete
floor toppings.
DEFINITIONS
Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the
following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-
furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when
characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances
wanant adj ustments.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - I
o
itects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
1.5
A.
F.
B.
1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.
C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending and
placement. Include bar sizes, len$hs, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent
bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop
spacing. and supports for concrete reinforcement.
QUALITY ASSUMNCE
Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as
AC|-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an AC|-certified
Concrete Flatwork Technician,
Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete
products and that complies with ASTM C94lC 94M requirements for production facilities
and equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Faci lities."
Testing Agenry Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as
documented according to ASTM E 548.
1. Personnel conducting field tesB shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Crade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program.
2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be AC|-certified Concrete Strengih Testing
Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Crade l. Testing Agenry
laboratory supervisor shall be an AC|-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing
Technician - Crade ll.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand
from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain agtregate from one source, and obtain
admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer.
ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the
Contract Documents:
1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5.2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
Concrete Testing Service: Engage a gualified independent testing agency to perform
material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures.
DELIVERY, STOMCE, AND HANDLINC
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail. Colorado
D.
1.6
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architec6
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and
and damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 fORM-FACINC MATERIALS
A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true,
and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of
joints.
1. Plpvood, metal, or other approved panel materials.2' Exterior-grade plywood panels, suikible for concrete forms, comprying with
DOC PS 1, and as follows:
a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better.b. Mediumdensity overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge
sealed.
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending
B.
c. Structural 1, B-B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or befter; mill oiled and edge sealed.
Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumbbr, metal, or another approved material.
Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
C. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, pVC, or rubber strip, 3la by 3la inch (19 by 19 mm),
minimum.
D. Rustication Stripa: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal.
E. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with,
stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces':and will not impair subsequent treatmenb of
concrete surfaces.
1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.
F. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic
form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrets on forms and to pievent
spalling of concrete on removal.
1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch (25 mm) to the
plane of exposed concrete surface.2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in
diameter in concrete surface.
3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive
dampproofing or waterproofing.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3
I
ects
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Archit
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 61 5/A 61 5M, Crade 60 (Crade 420), deformed.
B. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTMA 185, plain, fabricated from as-drawn
steel wire into flat sheets.
2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating; compatible with epory
coating on reinforcement and complying with ASTM A7751A775M.
B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting and
fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar
supports from steel wire, plastig or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of
Standard Practice," of greater compressive stren$h than concrete and as folJows:
1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar suppoG contact forms,
use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar
supports.
2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand,
and source, throughout Project:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type l/ll.
B. Normal-Weight AgBretates: ASTM C 33, not less Class 35 coarse aggregate or htter,
graded. Provide agtregates from a single source.
'1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 'l inch (25 mm) nominal.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
C. Water: ASTM C94/C 94M and potable.
2.5 ADMIXTURES
A. Air-EntrainingAdmixture: ASTM C 260.
2.6 FIBER REINFORCEMENT
2.7 WATERSTOPS
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
grade to suit requirements, and as follows:
1. Types lV and V, load bearing for bonding hardened
hardened concrete.
REPAIR MATER]ALS
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
or freshly mixed concrete to
2.8 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class B. Include manufacturer's recommended
adhesive or pressurb-sensitive tape.
B. Bituminous Vapor Retarder: 1 10-mil- (2.8-mm-) thick, semiflexible, 7-ply sheet membrane
consisting of reinforced core and carrier sheet with fortified asphalt layers, protective
weathercoating and removable plastic release liner. Furnish manufacturer's accessories
including bonding asphalt, pointing mastics, and self-adhering joint tape.
1. Water-Vapor Permeance: 0.00 grains/h x sq. ft. x inches Hg (0.00 ng/pa x s x sq. m);
ASTM E 154.
2. Tensile Strengh: 1a0 lbf/in. (2a.5 kN/m); ASTM E 1s4.
3. Puncture Resistance: 90 lbf (a00N); ASTM E 154.
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.9
2.10
A.
B.
2.1'l
A.
B.
c.
D.
2.12
FI-OOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS
CURINC MATERIATS
Absorptive Cover: MSHTO M'182, Class2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf,
weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 drq. .) when dry.
Water: Potable.
RELATED MATERIALS
Expansion- and lsolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751 , asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber
or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.
Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent polids, epory resin with a
Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240.
Bonding Agent: ASTMC1059, Typell, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene
butadiene.
Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid
curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of
CAST.IN.PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5
o
ects
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Archit
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
2.13 CONCRETE MIXTURES, CENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and stren$h of concrete, proportioned on the basis
of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.
1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed
mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures.
B. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.06 percent by weight
of cement.
C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
2.14 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDINC ELEMENTS
A. Refer to concrete mix table on 50.01 for information on concrete mixture proportions.
2.15 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.16 CONCRETE MIXINC
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C94M, and furnish batch ticket information.
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing
and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90
deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK
Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support
vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied,
until structure can support such loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape,
elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or
follows:
alignmenl
gradual, as
CAST-IN.PLACE CONCRET.E 03300 - 6
D.
E.
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail. Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H.
l.
1. Class C, ll2inch (13 mm) for rough-formed finished surfaces.
Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces.
Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces.
Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical.
1. Install ke;,r,,rrap, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.
F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required
elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support
screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.
t.
Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of
formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to fornis and securely
braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at
inconspicuous locations.
Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keywa1,s, reglets, blocking screeds, and bulkheads
reguired in the work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.
Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt,
and other debris just before placing concrete.
Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leak
and maintain proper alignment.
Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written
instructions, before placing reinforcement
TMBEDDED ITEMS
Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work
that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates,
diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with
tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and
Bridges."
REMOVINC AND REUSINC FORMS3.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.2
A.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 7
o
Architects
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.4
A.
B.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
Ceneral: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.
1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder
before placing concrete.
Clean reinforcement of loose rust and rnill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that
would reduce bond to concrete.
Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and
support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack
weld crossing reinforcing bars.
set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
3.5
A. Ceneral: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that
does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less
than 5o deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to
not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing and protection operations are
maintained.
1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that
supPorts weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent
of its 28-day design compressive strength.
2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without
loosening or disturbing shores.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or
otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply
new form-release agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tithten to close joints.
Align and secure joinb to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete
surfaces unless approved by Architect.
VAPOR RETARDERS
Install plastic vapor retarders beneath all interior slabs on grade.
Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to
ASTM E 1543 and manufacturer's written instructions.
1 . Lap joints 6 inches (1 50 mm) and seal with manufacture/s recommended tape.
Bituminous Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 8
D.
T
I
l:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
IOINTS
General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at
locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
1. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-112 inches (38 mm) into
concrete.
2' Space vertical joints in walls at 10 feet on center. Locate joints beside piers integral
with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible.3. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or
partially hardened concrete surfaces.4. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against
hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Crade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning
concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least
one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows:
1. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof
abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3.2-mmJ wide joints into
concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and
before concrete develops random contraction crack.
lsolation Joints in Slabs-on-Crade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab
junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams,
and other locations, as indicated.
1. Extend joinrfiller strips full width and depth of join! terminating flush with finished
concrete s urface, unless otherwise ind icated.
2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strip,s not less than 1/Z inch (1 3 mm) or more than 1
inch (25 mm) below finished concrete surface where joint sealanb, specified in
Division 7 Section'loint Sealants," are indicated.3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one lengh
is required, lace or clip sections together.
E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to
minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing.
Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace
overlaps with wire.
F. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair
coating according to ASTM D3963lD 3963M. Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten
epoxy-coated steel reinforcement.
3.6 .
A.
B.
CAST-IN.PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 9
o
Architects
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.7
A.
B.
C.
D.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Before placing concrete, verifo that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded
items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.
Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless
approved by Architea.
Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to
limitations of ACI 30'1.
Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no
new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or
planes of weakness. lf a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints
as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed foimwork design
pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to
ACr301.
3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators
vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6
inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of
concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of
vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of
reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to
segregate.
Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within
limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked
around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured
surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further
disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work
from physical damage or reduced stren$h that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or
low temperatures.
1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (a.4
degC) for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature
within the temperature range required by ACI 301.
I
I
t
ICAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - l0
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place
concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.3. Do not use calcium chloride, sah, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
C. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows:
1. Maintain concrete temperature below 9o deg F (32 deg c) at time of placement.
Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided
water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid
nitrogen to cool concrete is Contracto/s option.
2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete.
Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
B.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.8
3.9
A.
B.
FINISHINC FORMED SURFACES
Rough-Formed Finish: fu-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie
holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed
specified I i m its o n formed-surface irregularities.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.
Related Unformed surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed
surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching
adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly
across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
FINISHINC FLOORS AND SLABS
Ceneral: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding restraightening and
finishing operations for concrete suifaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
Float Finish: Consolidate surface with powerdriven floats or by hand floating if area is
small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low
spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth,
granular texture.
1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish.
Trowel Finish: After applying float {inish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by
hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is
free of trowel mark and uniform in texture and appearance. crind smooth any surface
defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverinp.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - I I
a
ects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Archit
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.10
A.
3.11
A.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2fi)4
Vail, Colorado
1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view, or to be covered with resilient
flooring carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or
another thin-film-fi nish coati ng system.
2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155
(ASTM E .l 155M), for a randomly trafficked floor surface:
a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with
minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs-
on-grade.
3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an
unleveled, freestanding 1O-foot- (3.05-m-) long straightedge resting on 2 high spots
and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 3/16 inch (4.8 mm)
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated,
after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend
with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or
required to complete the Work.
Curba: Provide monolithic flnish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still
green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and
term inations slightly rounded.
Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and
foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at
correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing
machines and equipment.
CONCRETE PROTECTINC AND CURINC
Ceneral: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 30'l for hot-
weather protection during curing.
Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported
slabs, and other similar surfaces. lf forms remain during curing period, moist cure after
loosening forms. lf removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the
remainder of the curing period.
Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed
surfaces, including floors and slab,s, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.
B.
D. Steel Pan Stain: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated
items. Cast-in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel-
fi nish concrete surfaces.
I
I
T
I
T
I
B.
CAST-IN.PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - t2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.'t2
A.
3.13
A,
B.
B.
D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven dap with
the following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray,
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete
surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
JOINT FILLINC
Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacture/s written instructions.
1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month(s). Do not fill joints until
construction traffic has permanently ceased.
Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact
faces of joint clean and dry.
lnstall semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joinb and at least 2 inches (50 mm) deep in
formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.
CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
Defective concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect.
Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
Parching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to
two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve, using only enough
water for handling and placing.
Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defeca include color and texture irregularities, cracks,
spalls, air bubbles, honeycomba, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surfacg
and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
1. lmmediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more
than 112 inch (13 mm) in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch
(25 mm) in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean,
dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and
compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids
with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bondint agent.2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and
standard portland cement so that, when dry patching mortar will match surrounding
color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verifu mixture and color match
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 200,4
Vail, Colorado
CAST.IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 13
O
ects
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Archit
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cym nastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
mortar in place and strike off slightlybefore proceeding with patching. Compact
higher than surrounding surface.
3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and
structural performance as determined by Architect.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish
and veriflz surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test
surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts,
honeycombs, rock pockets, crazingand cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm) wide
or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections
regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions.
2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing
operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish
repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete.
4. Repair defective areas, except random crack and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less
in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective
areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch
(19-mm) clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching
concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and
mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, com pact, and
finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent
concrete.
5. Repair random crack and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with
patching mortar. Croove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean
off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply
bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact
patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area
continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epory adhesive
and patching moftar.
F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's
approval.
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I3.14
A.
B.
FTELD QUALTTY CONTROL
Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to
perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
lnspections:
1. Steel reinforcement placement.
2. Headed bolts and studs.
I
I
I
ICAST-IN.PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 14
I
I
l)
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May200.4
Vail. Colorado
3. Verification of use of required design mixture.
4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing.
5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature.
C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements:
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each
concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m),
plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof.
2. Slump: ASTM C'1431C143M; one test at point of placement for each composite
sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
Peform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for
each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each
concrete rnixture.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1O64lC 1O64M; one test hourly when air
temperature is 40 degF @.4 degC) and below and when 80 degF (27 degC) and
above, and one test for each composite sample,
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M;
a. Cast and field cure fqur standard rylinder specimens for each composite
sample.
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M:
a. Test one field-cured specimens at7 days and two specimens at 28 dap.
b. Hold remaining specimen and test at 56 days if the 28 day average strengh is
below the specified requirements.
c. A compressive.strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a
set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age
indicated.
7. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any two
consecutive compressive-stren$h tests equals or exceeds specified compressive
stren$h and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive
strengh by more than 500 pi (3.4 MPa).
8. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and
Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall
contain ProjeA identification name and number, date of concrete placemenf name
of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design
compressive stren$h at 28 dap, concrete mixture proportions and materials,
compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tesb.
9. Nondestructive Testing: lmpact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device
may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or
rejection of concrete.
10. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of
concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive
stren$hs, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing
and inspectint agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by
)
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I CAST.IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 15
o
Architects
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
FriElen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
cored cylinden complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed
by Architect.
11. Additional testing and inspecting at Contracto/s expense, will be performed to
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
12- Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate dos not
comply with the Contract Documents.
D. Measure floor and slab flatnes and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M)
within 48 hours of finishing.
END OF SECTION O33OO
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - t6
I Fritzten pierceArchitects O
I Vail, Colorado
r 970-476-6342
I sECTroN 03s32 - CoNCRETE FLooRTopprNc
I PARrl -cENEnnL
1.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes aggregateconcretefloortopping.
t 1.2 SUBMlrrArs
A. Product Data: For each concrete floor topping indicated.
I B. Product certificates.
r 1.3 PROJECT CONDIT|ONS
r A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for
I substrate temperature and moisture content, ambient temperature and humidity,
t ventilation, and other conditions affecting topping performance.
r 1. Place topping only when ambient temperature and temperature of base slabs are
I between 50 and 86 deg F
I 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I 2.1 coNcRETE FLooRTopprNc
I 1. Concrete Topping shall be in compliance with specifications provided by Redwine
Engineering for the project.
I z.z MrxrNcI
A. Topping: Mix topping materials and water in appropriate drum-type batch machine
I mixer or truck mixer according to manufacture/s written instructions.I
I PART3.EXECUTION
I 3..I PREPAMTION
I A. Install joint-filler strips where topping abuts vertical surfaces.
- 3.2 TOPPING APPIICATION
- A Install topping according to manufacture/s written instructions. Start application in
presence of manufacture/s technical representative.
o
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May20O4
Vail, Colorado
I
CONCRETEFLOORToPPTNG 03532 - I
o
Architects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
B. Monolithic Topping: Place topping while concrete base slab is still plastic.
C. Deferred Topping: Within 72 hours of placing base slabs, mix and scrub bonding slurry
into dampened concrete. Place topping while slurry is still tacky.
D. Screed surface with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. Begin initial
floating using bull floats to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane free of
humps or hollows.
E. Finishing: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats as soon as topping can support
equipment and operator. Float and restraighten surface. Apply hard trowel finish,
leaving surface smooth and uniform.
F. Begin curing immediately after finishing topping. Apply curing compound uniformly in
two coats in continuous operations by power spray or roller according to
manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within
three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage
during curing period.
G. Install epory joint filler full depth of contraction joints according to manufacturer's
written instructions. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after
hardening.
H. Repair and patch defective topping areas, including areas that have not bonded to
concrete substrate.
END OF SECTION 03532
CONCRETE FLOORTOPPING 03532 - 2
t Fritzlen pierce ArchirectsI Y:!f:l:;!;
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O5I2O - STRUCTIJRAL STEEL
I
PART I - GENERAL
I I.I RELATEDDOCTJMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions andI Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I t.2 SUMMARY
- A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Structural steel.
2. Architecturally exposed structural steel.ll 3. crout.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division I Section "Quality Requirernents" for independent testing agency procedures and
administrative requirements.
2. Division 5 Section "Steel Deck" for field installation ofshear connectors.
I 3. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel fabrications and other metal items
I not defined as stuctural steel.4. Division 9 painting Sections for surface preparation and priming requirements.
r 5. Division 13 Section 'Metal Building Systems" for sfructural steel.
I
I.3 DEFINITIONS
t A. Structural Steel: Elements of sfuctural-steel frame, as classified by AISC's "Code of Standard Practice
for Steel Buildings and Bridges," that support desigr loads.
I B. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: Sfuctural steel designated as architecturally exposed structuralr steel in the Contrait Documents.
I r.4 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. Construction: Type 2, simple trarning.rI
I.5 ST]BMITTALSI
I A. hoduct Data: For each tlpe of product indicated.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of stuctural-steel components.
. l. Include details ofcuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data.: 2. Include embedment &awings.
I
I
STRUCTURALSTEEL 05120- I
o
itects
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show
size, length, and type ofeach weld.
Indicate type, size, and length of bohs, distinguishing between shop and field bolb. Identif
pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections.
Provide sefting drawings for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed by
olhers.
Welding certificates.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS Dl.l, "strucnral Welding Code-Steel."
Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:
l. AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."2. AISC's "Specification for Sfiuctural Steel Buildings-Load and Resistance Factor Design
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings."3. AISC's "Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Stuctural Sections."4. AISC's ' Specification for Load and Resistance Factor Desigr of Single-Angle Members."5. RCSC's "Specification for Sfiuctural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 BolS."
DELMRY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members ofr ground
and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged
materials fiom erosion and deterioration.
| . Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty
before use.2. Do not store materials on sfiucture in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to
members or supporting stuctures. Repair or replace damaged materials or sfiuctures as directed.
COORI'TNATION
Furnish anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work.
hovide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instuctions, and directions for installation.
PART2 - PRODUCTS
STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERI.ALS
W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M.
Channels, Angles: ASTM A 36lA 36M.
Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, stuctural tubing.
3.
4.
5.
1.6
A.
B.
1.7
t.8
2.1
A.
B.
c.
D.
STRUCTIJRAL STEEL 05120 -2
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970476-6342
E. Welding Electrodes:
D.
2.3
2.4
2.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
li
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Comply with AWS requirements.
BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS
High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTMA325 (ASTMA325M), Typel, heavy hex steel
stuctural bolts; ASTMA 563 (ASTMA 563M) heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTMF436
(ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon-steel washers.
I . Finish: PIain.
Shear Connectors: ASTMA 108, Grades l0l5 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished carbon
steel; AWS Dl.l, Type B.
Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6).
l. Configuration: Hooked.2. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex carbon steel.3. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36lA 36M cmbon steel.4. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon sreel.5. Finish: Plain.
Threaded Rods: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, hoperty Class 4.6).
l. Nuts: ASTMA563 (ASTMA563M)hexcarbonsteel.
2. Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.3. Finish: Plain.
Clevises and Tunrbuckles: ASTM A 108. Grade 1035, cold-finished carbon steel.
PRIMER
Primer selected must be compatible with finish coasts of paint. Coordinate selection of metal primer with
finish pain requirements specified in Division 9.
GROUT
Cement Grout: Portland cemenl ASTM C 150, Tlpe I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404, Size
No.2. Mix at ratio of I part cement to 2-lD parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for
placement and hydration.
FABRICATION
Stuctural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to
AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC'S "Specification for
Stmctural Steel Buildings-l,oad and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Sructural Steel
Buildings.'
l. Camber structural-steel members where indicated.2. Identif high-strength sructural steel according to ASTM A 6/ A 6M and maintain markings rmtil
structural steel has been erected.3. Mark and match-mark materials for field assemblv.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 3
o
Architects
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
welding of units, before starting shop-priming4. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including
operations.
B. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: Comply with fabrication requirements, including tolerance
limits, of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for structural steel
identified as architecturally exposed structural steel.
l. Fabricate with exposed surfaces smooth, square, and free of surface blemishes including pitting,
rust, scale, rolled trade names, and roughness.2. Remove blemishes by filling or grinding or by welding and grinding, before cleaning, treating, and
shop priming.
C. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cufting by machine to greatest extent possible.
l Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D I . I .
D. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces.
E. Finishing: Accuately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads.
F. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use
automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS Dl.l and manufacturet's
wriften instructions.
G. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for passage of other work
through steel franing members.
1. Cur, drill, or prmch holes perpendicular to steel srrfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or
enlarge holes by burning.2. Base-Plale Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or prmch holes perpendicular to steel
surfaces.
3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work.
SHOP CONNECTIONS
High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "specification for Structural
Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for O?e ofbolt and type ofjoint specified.
l. Joint Type: Snug tightened.
Weld Connections: Comply with AWS Dl.l for welding procedure specifications, tolerances,
appearance, and quality ofwelds and for methods used in correcting welding work.
l. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth.2. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without
exceeding tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for
mill material.3. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed
structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent weld show-throush on
exposed steel surfaces.
a. Grind butt welds flush.b. Grind or fill exposed fillet welds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds.
2.6
I
I
B.
I
I
I
ISTRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 4
B.
B,
D.
2.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2-7
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
SHOP PRIMING
Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:
l. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a
depth of 2 inches (50 mm).2. Surfaces to be field welded.
3. Surfaces to be high-strength bofted with slip-critical connections.4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials.
Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or
flux deposits. Prepre surfaces according to the following specifications and $andards:
1. SSPC-SP I and SP 32. SSPC-SP 6 for members to receive epoxy primer or to be left exposed to view.
Priming: Immediately after surface prepffation, apply priner according to manufacturer's written
instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry fikn thickness of not less than 2.5 mils
(0.063 mm). Use priming methods that result in firll coverage of joints, comers, edges, and exposed
surfaces.
Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
Apply two coats of shop paint to inaccessible swfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of
second coat to distinguish it Aom first.
souRcE QUALTTY CONTROL
Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections
and prepare test reports.
l. Provide testing agency with access to places where stuctural-steel work is being fabricated or
produced to perform tests and inspections.
Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract
Documents.
Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for
Sfuctural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shopwelded connections will be tested and
inspected according to AWS Dl . I and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
l. Liquid Penehant Inspection: ASTM E 165.2. Maggetic Particle lnspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks
or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted.3. Ulhasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.4. Radiographiclnspection: ASTME94.
In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected according to
requirements in AWS D l. 1 for stud welding and as follows:
l. Bend tests will be performed if visual inspections reveal eith€r a less-than- continuous 360-degree
flash or welding repairs to any shear connector.
l.,,
STRUCTI.JRAL STEEL 05120 - 5
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors ifweld frachre occurs on shear connectors
already tested, according to requirements in AWS D 1. I .
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
EXAMINATION
Veriff elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates,
and other emtredments, with steel erector present, for compliance with requirements.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep squctural steel secure,
plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads.
Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place,
unless otherwise indicated.
l. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck consfiuction until cast-in-place
concrete has attained its design cornpressive strength.
ERECTION
Set struclural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's "Code qf
Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings-
[Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings."
Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and
roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing
plates.
l. Set base and bearing plates for stnrctural menbers on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required.2. Weld plate washers to top of base plate.3. Snug+ighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed, Do not
remove wedges or shims but, if prohuding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate before
packing with grout.
4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and base or bearing plates so no voids
remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure.
Maintain erection tolerances of sfruchual steel and architecturally exposed structural steel within AISC's
"Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or stucture before permanently
fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact
with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and
alignment.
l Level and plumb individual memben of structure.2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperdture
when structufe is completed and in service.
o
itectsFritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.1
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
3.2
-'.J
B.
D.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 6
I Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Coloradot
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
3.4
E. Splice members only where indicated.
F. Remove erection bolts on welded, arctritecturally exposed structural steel; fill holes with plug welds; and
grind smooth at exposed surfaces.
G. Do not use thermal cuning during erection unless approved by Arcbitect. Finish thermally cut sections
within smoothness limits in AWS Dl.l.
H. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by buming or using drift pins. Ream holes that rnust be enlarged
to admit bolts.
I. Shear Connectors: hepme steel surfaces as recommended by manufachrer of shear conneciors. Use
automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS Dl.l and rnanufacturer's
written instructions.
FIELD CONNECTIONS
High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-srength bolts according to RCSC's "specification for Structural
Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type ofjoint specified.
l. JointType: Snug tightened-
Weld Connections: Comply with AWS Dl.l for welding procedure specifications, tolerances,
appeamnce, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work.
l. Comply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and
"Specification for Shrctural Steel Buildings--Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for
Structural Steel Buildings" for bearing adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and
removal ofpaint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.2. Remove backing bars or runofftabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth.3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without
exceeding tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for
mill material.
4. Veri! that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architectumlly exposed
structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent weld show-throush on
. exposed steel surfaces.
a. Grind butt welds flushb. Grind or fill exposed fillet rvelds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect
field welds and high-strength bolted connections.
Bolted Connections: Shopbolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for
Sfructural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D I . l
l. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS Dl.l and the
following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
c.
3.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
STRUCTI,JRAL STEEL 05120 - 7
o
itects
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2AA4
Vail. Coloradoa. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTME 165.b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on fmished weld.
Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetntion will not be accepted.c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E | 64.d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
D. In addition to visual inspection, lest and inspect field-welded shear connectors according to requirements
in AWS Dl.l for stud welding and as follows:
l. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than- continuous 360-degree flash or' welding repairs to any shear comrector.2. Conduct tests on additional shear cornectors if weld facturg occurs on shear connectors already
tested, according to requirements in AWS D I . I .
E. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not cornply with the Cont'act
Documents.
3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTTCTION
A. Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections,
rust sPots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists and accessories, bearing plates, and abutting
structural steel.
L Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand+ool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool clerining.2. Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer irsed on adjacent surfaces.
B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Division 9 painting Sections.
END OF SECTION O5I2O
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
ISTRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 8
I Fritzlen pierce Architects O
I N):! ^e;::#;'
I
sEcTroN05210-STEELJOTSTS
PART I -GENERAL
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May2O04
Vail, Colorado
I.I RELATEDDOCIJMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contact, including General and Supplementary Conditions and4 Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I r.2 ST.JMMARY
r A. This Section includes the following:
, l. K-series steeljoists.2. Long-spansteeljoists.
I 3. Joist accessories.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I l Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for installing bearing plates in concrete.I
I r.3 DEFrNrrroNs
I A. SJI "Specifications": Steel loist Institute's 'Standard Specifications, Load Tables and Weight Tables for
I Steel Joists and Joist Girders."
t B. Special Joists: Steel joists or joist girders requiring nodification by manufacturer to support nonrmiforrn,
unequal, or special loading conditions that invalidate load tables in SJI's "Specifications."
r 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Shop Drawings: Show layou! dbsignation, number, type, location, and spacings of joists. Include
joining and anchorage details, bracin& bridging; joist accessories; splice and connection locations and
details; and attachments to oth€r consfuction.
I l. Comprehensive engineering analysis of special joists signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for its preparation.
,I r.5 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer certified by SJI to manufacture joists complying withI applicable standard specifications and load tables ofSJI 'Specifications."
I L Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services for desiping
I special joists to comply with performance requirements.
I
I
srEELIoIsrs 05210 - I
o
itects
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Type l, heavy hex steel
nuts; and ASTMF436
1.6
B. SJI Specifications: Comply with standard specifications in SJI's "specifications" that are applicable to
rypes ofjoists indicated.
C. Welding: Qualifr procedures and personnel according to AWS Dl.l/Dl.lM, "sEuctural Welding Code -
Steel."
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver, store, and handle joists as recommended in SJI's "Specifications."
Protectjoists from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.
1.7 SEQUENCING
Deliver steel bearing plates to be built into cast-in-place concrete construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel: Comply with SJI's "Specifications" for web and steel-angle chord members.
B. SteelBearingPlates: ASTMA36/A36M.
C. Carbon-Steel Bolts and Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property
Class 4.6), carbon-steel, hex-head bolts and threaded fasteners; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened
steel washers.
l. Finish: Plain, uncoated.
High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M),
struchnal bolts; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon-steel
(ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon-steel washers.
l. Finish: Plain.
Welding Elecnodes: Comply with AWS standards.
PRIMERS
Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, or manufacturer's standard shop primer complying with performance
requirenents in SSPC-Paint 15.
K.SERIES STEEL JOISTS
Manufacture steel joists of type indicated according to "standard Specifications for Open Web Steel
Joists, K-Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel-angle top. and bottom-chord rnembers, underslwg
ends, and parallel top chord.
A.
B,
D.I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2
2.3
ISTEEL JOISTS 05210 -2
c.
D,
E,
F.
B.
c.
2.4
2.5
2.6
I
ll
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
ll
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.)I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
B.
c.
D.
E.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Coloradol. Joist Type: K-series steeljoists.
B. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for shop welding appearance, quality of welds, and
methods used in correcting welding work.
Provide holes in chord members for connecting and securing other construction to joists.
Top-Chord Extensions: Extend top chords of joists with SJI's Tlpe S top-chord extensions where
indicated, complying with SJI's "Specifications."
Camber joists according to SJI's "Specifications."
Equip bearing ends of joists with manufacturer's standard beveled ends or sloped shoes if joist slope
exceeds l/4 inch per 12 inches (l:48).
LONG-SPAN STEEL JOISTS
Manufacture steel joists accordi4g to "stardard Specifications for Longspan Steel Joists, LH-Series and
Deep l,ongspan Steel Joists, DLH-Series" in SJts "Specifications," with steel-angle top- and bottom-
chord members; ofjoist type and end and top-chord arrmgenents as indicated.
Comply with AWS requirements and procedrues for shop welding, appearance, quality of welds, and
methods used in correcting welding work.
Provide holes in chord members for connecting and securing other construction tojoists.
Camber long-span steel joists according to SJI's "Specifications."
Equip bearing ends ofjoists with manufacturer's standard beveled ends or sloped shoes ifjoist slope
exceeds l/4 incb per 12 inches (1:48).
JOIST ACCESSORMS
Bridging: hovide bridging anchors and number ofrows of horizontal and diagonal bridging of material,
size, and type required by SJI's "Specifications" for type ofjoist, chord size, spacing, and span. Furnish
additional erection bridging ifrequired for stability.
Fabricate steel bearing plates with integral anchorages of sizes and thicknesses indicated. Shop prime
paint.
Supply miscellaneous accessories, including splice plates and bolts required by joist manufactr.ner to
complete joist installation.
CLEANING AND SHOP PAINTING
Clean and remove loose scale, heavy rust, md other foreign materials from fabricated joists and
accessories.
Apply I coat of shop primer to joists and joist accessories to be primed to provide a continuous, dry paint
film not less than I rnil (0.025 mm) thick.
STEEL JOISTS 05210 - 3
t
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
A.
B.
3.2
I
I
I
O
itectsFritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
3.t
C. Shop priming ofjoists and joist accessories is specified in Division 9 painting Sections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine supporting substates, ernbedded bearing plates, and abutting stuctural framing for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
l. Proceed with installation onlv after unsatisfactorv conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
Do not install joists until supporting construction is in place and secured.
Install joists and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to supporting constuction
according to SJI's "Specifications," joist manufacfurer's *ritten reconunendations, and requirements in
this Section.
1. Before installation, splice joists delivered to Project site in more than one piece.2. Space, adjust, and alignjoists accurately in location before permanently fastening.3. Install temporary bracing and erection brideing connections, and anchors to ensure that joists are
stabilized during construction.4. Delay rigidly connecting bottom-chord extensions to columns or supports until dead loads have
been applied.
Field weld joists to supporting steel bearing plates. Coordinate welding sequence and procedure with
placement ofjoists. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality
of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work-
Boltjoists to supporting steel framework using carbon-steel bolts.
Install and connect bridging concurrently with joist erection, before construction loads me applied.
Anchor ends of bridging lines at top and bottom chords if terminating at lvalls or beams.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect
field welds and bolted connections and to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test and
inspection reports.
Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D I .l/Dl.lM.
In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS Dl.l/Dl.lM and the
following procedures, as applicable:
l. RadiographicTesting: ASTME94.2. Magnetic Particle lnspection: ASTM E 709.3. Ultrasonic Testing: ASTM E 164.4. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E t65.
3.3
D.
E.
B,
c.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
ISTEEL JOISTS 05210 - 4
I
l\
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
I
I
D. Bolted connections will be visually inspected.
E' High-strength, field-bolted connections will be tested and verified according to procedures in RCSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490 Bolts."
F. Correct deficiencies in Wo'rk that test and inspection reports have indicated are not in compliance with
specifi ed requirements.
G. Additional testing will be performed to detemrine compliance of corrected Work with specified
requiremenls.
3.4 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items rvith galvanized repair paint according to
ASTM A 780 and manufactuer's written instructions.
B' Touchup Painting: After installation, promply clean, pr€pare, and prime or reprime field connections,
rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists, bearing plates, and accessories.
l. Clean and prepme surfaces by hand-tool cleaning SSPC-SP 2, or power-tool cleaning SSPC-
sP 3.
2' Apply a compatible primer ofsame type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installeq
that ensure that joists and accessories are without damage or deterioration at time of Subsantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION O52IO
I
I
I
I STEEL JOISTS 05210 - 5
t Fritzlen Pierce ArchitecrsI #:!f;::#;,
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O53IO. STEEL DECK
I
PART I -GENERAL
I I.I RELATEDDOCI.JMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conhact, including General and Supplementary Conditions anda Division I Specification Sections, apply to rhis Section.
I 1.2 SUMMARY
.r A. This Section includes the following:
t l. Roofdeck.
2. Composite floor deck.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-place Concrete" for concrete fill.
|l 2. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for shop and field-welded shear connectors.
- 3. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for framing deck openings with miscellaneous steel
I 4. *ffi" 9 painting Sections for repair painting of primed deck.
I
I 1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Shop Drawings: Show layout and types ofdeck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans, cut
deck openings, special jointing accessories, and attachments to other construction.
I r.4 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
I A. Welding: Quali$ procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheetr Steel.'
I B. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck according to AISI'sI 'North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members."
I C. FMG Listing: Provide steel roof deck evaluated by FMG and listed in its 'Approval Guide, Building
J Materials" for Class I fire rating and Class l-90 windstorm ratings.
I 1.5 DELIvERv; sroRAcE, AND HANDLTNcI
A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.;
f B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof
covering and ventilate to avoid condensation.
I
I STEELDECK o53lo_ I
I
I
Architects
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
2.1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ROOFDECK
Steel Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without top-flange stiffening groov€s, to comply wift "SDI
Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck " in SDI Publication No. 30, and with the following:
l. Galvanized Steel She€t ASTMA 653/A653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade33 (230), G60
(2180) zinc coating.2. Deck Profile: Type WR, wide rib.3. hofile Depth: l-l/2 inches (38 mm).4. Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: As indicated.5. Span Condition: Triple span or more.6. Side Laps: Overlapped or interlocking seam at Confactot's option.
COMPOSITE FLOOR DECK
Cornposite Steel Floor Deck: Fabricate panels, with integrally embossed or raised pattem ribs and
interlocking side laps, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Composite Steel Floor
Deck,' in SDI Publication No. 30, with the minimum section properties indicated, and with the following:
1. Galvanized Steel Sheef ASTMA653/A653M, Stuctural Steel (SS), Grade33 (230), c60
(Zl E0) zinc coating.
hofile Depth: 2 inches (51 mrn).
Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: As indicated.
Span Condition: Triple span or more.
ACCESSORIES
General: Provide manufacturefs standard accessory materials for deck that comply with requirements
indicated.
Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, low-velocity, power-actuated or pneumatically driven carbon-
steel fasteners; or self-drilling, self-threading screws.
Side-Lap Fastenerc: Corrosion-resistan! hexagonal washer head; self*illing, carbon-steel scre$'s,
No. l0 (4.8-mm) minimum diameter.
Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed-cell, synthetic rubber.
Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: St€el sheet, minimurn leld stnength of 33,000 psi (230
MPa), not less than 0.0359-inch (0.91-mm) design uncoated thicknesq of same material and finish as
deck; ofprofile indicated or required for application.
Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (230 MPa), of same
material and finish as declc, md of thickness and profile reconmended by SDI Publication No. 30 for
overhang and slab depth.
Column Closures, End Closwes, Z-Closr:res, and Cover Plates: Steel she€t, of sane material, finislU and
thickness as deck, unless otherwise indicated.
Piercing Hanger Tabs: Piercing steel sheet hanger attachment devices for use with floor deck.
2.2
2.
3.
4.
2.3
B.
D.
E.
F.
STEELDECK os3t0 -2
B.
3.1
3.3
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t;
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
I. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780.
PART3 -DGCUTION
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
G.
EXAMINATION
Examine supporting fame and field cbnditions for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting perfonnance.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI
Publication No. 30, manufacturer's written instructiong and requirements in this Section.
Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels, ifrequired to meet deflection limitations.
Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members.
Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and
bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract sideJap
interlocks.
Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection.
Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or
adjacent to deck.
hovide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for snength, continuity of
declq and support ofother work.
Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and
quality of welds, and methods used for conecting welding work.
Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck. Locate mechanical fastenerc and
install according to deck manufacture/s written instructions.
ROOF-DECK INSTALLATION
Fasten roof{eck panels to steel suprporting members by arc spot @uddle) welds of the surface dianeter
indicated or axc seam welds with an equal perimeter that is not less than l-l/2 inches (38 mm) long and
as follows:
l. Weld Diameter: 5/8 inch (16 mm), nominal.2. Weld Spacing: Weld edge and interior ribs of deck units with a minimum of two welds per deck
rmit at each support. Space welds 12 inches (305 mm) apart in the field ofroofand 6 inches (150
mm) apart in roof comers and perimeter.
Side-Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between
supports, at intervals not exceeding I inches (450 mm), and as follows:
Vail Cyrnnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
t STEELDECK 05310 - 3
o
itects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail. Colorado
3.4
l. Mechanically fasten with self-drilling, No. l0 (4.8-mm-) diameter or larger, carbon-steel screws.2. Mechanically clinch or button punch.
3. Fasten with a minirnum of l-l/2-inch- (38-mm-) long welds.
C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of l-l/2 inches (38
mm), with end joints as follows:
l. End Joints: Lapped 2 inches (51 mm) minimum or butted at Contractor's option.
D. Miscellaneous Roof-Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, end closures, and
reinforcing channels according to deck rnanufacturer's written instructions. Weld or mechanically fasten
to substrate to provide a complete deck installation.
l. Weld cover plates at changes in direction ofroof-deck panels, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Flexible Closure Strips: lnstall flexible closure strips over partilions, walls, and where indicated. tnstall
with adhesive according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure complete closwe.
F.
FLOOR-DECK INSTALLATION
Fasten floor-deck panels to steel supporting members by mc spot (puddle) welds of the swface diameter
indicated and as follows:
l. Weld Diameter: 5/8 inch (16 mm), nominal.2. Weld Spacing: Weld edge ribs ofpanels at each support. Space additional welds an averdge of 12
inches (305 mm) apart.
Side-Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between
supports, at intervals not exceeding 12 inches (910 mm), and as follows:
l. Mechanically fasten with self-drilling, No. l0 (4.8-mm-) diameter or larger, carbon-steel screws.2. Mechanically clinch or button punch.
3. Fasten with a minimum of 1-ll2-inch- (38-mm-) long welds.
End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minirnurn end bearing of l-l/2 inches (38
mm), with end joints as follows:
l. End Joints: Butted.
Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Weld steel sheet pour stops and girder fillers to supporting structure
according to SDI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated.
Floor-Deck Closures: Weld steel sheet column closures, cell closures, and Z-closures to deck, according
to SDI recommendations, to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends of ribs and sides ofdeck.
Install piercing hanger tabs at 14 inches (355 nn) apart in both directions, within 9 inches (228 mm) of
walls at ends, and not more than 12 inches (305 mm) from walls at sides, unless otherwise indicated.
REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of dtick wiih
galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B.
D.
3.5
STEEL DECK 05310 - 4
I
Fritzlen pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
I Vail, Colorado May 2004
I 970476-6342 Vail, ColoradoB. Provide final protection md maintain conditions to ensure that steel deck is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Complaion.
I
END OF SECTION O53IOI
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
STEELDECK 05310 - 5
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects o
r Vail, Colorado
I 97U476-6342
I SECTION 05,,!00 - COLD-FoRMEDMETALFRAMING
I
PART I -GENERALI
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May2@4
Vail, Colorado
I.I RELATEDDOCIJMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conbac! including General and Supplementary Conditions andr Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
II 1.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
' l Exterior nonJoad-bearing wall framing.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
!l. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabricationsn for masonry shelf angles and connections.
|1 2. Dvision 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for interior nonJoad-bearing, metal-stud framing
I and ceiling-suspension assemblies.3. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Shaft-Wall Assemblies" for interior non-load-bearing, metal-
stud-framed, shaft-wall assemblies.
I I.3 SI.'BMITTALS
I A. Product Dlata: For each type of cold-formed metal taming product and accessory indicated.
I t.4 euALTTvASSTJRANCEI
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
I jrnisdiction, qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated.
- B. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency indicating steel sbeet
r complies with requirements, including base-metal thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total
I elongation, chemical requirements, and metallic-coating thicloress.
C. Welding: Qualifi procedures and personnel according to AWS Dl.l/Dl.lM, "structural Welding Code-
I Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Struchu-al Welding Code-Sheet Steel."I D. AISI Specifications and Standards: Comply with AISI's 'North American Specification for the Design of
- Cold-Fonned Steel Structural Mernbers" and its "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - GeneralI Provisions."I
E. Comply with AISI's "Standard fon Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Prescriptive Method for One md Two
I Familv Dwellinps."
I
1, ., 1.5 DELTVERY,STORAGE,ANDHANDLING
I
I COLD-FORMEDMETALFRAMTNG 05400- I
I
o
itects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Faciliry
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
and other damage during delivery,
2.1
A. Protect cold-formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation,
storage, and handling.
B. Store cold-formed metal framing protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid
condensation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
Steel Sheet ASTM A 1003/,4' 1003M, Structual Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating
weilht as follows:
l. Grade:
a. For 16 gage and heavier units, fabricate metal framing components of stuctural quality
steel sheet with a minimum yield point of 50,000 psi, ASTM A570/A, Grade 50.b. For 18 gage and lighter units including bridging, end enclosures and accessories, fabricate
steel metal framing components of commercial quality steel sheet with a minimum yield
point of 33,000 psi, ASTM 4570/A,Grade33.2. Coating: c60 (2180).
Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, struchral steel, zinc coated, of grade
and coating as follows:
Grade:33.
Coating: G60 (2180).
EXTERJOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING
Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with
stiffened flanges, and as follows:
l. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated.2. Flange Width: l-5l8 inches (41 mm).
Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel fack, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with
unstiffened flanges, and as follows:
l. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Matching steel studs.2. Flange Width: l-ll4 inches (32 mm).
Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturet's standard clips, capable of acconmodating upward and
downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud
web.
Single Deflection Track: Manufacturer's single, deepleg U-shaped steel track; unpunche4 with
unstiffened flangeg of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement, with flanges
designed to support horizontal and lateral loads and transfer them to the primary structurq and as follows:
l. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indiciated.2. Flange Width: 2 inches.
l.
2.
2.2
A,
D.
COLD-FORMED METAT FRAMING 05400 - 2
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2O04
Vail, Colorado
2.3
E- Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud fiom upward and
downward vertical displacement and lateral drift ofprimary stucture.
FRAMING ACCESSORIES
Fabricate steel-framing accessories tom steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/4 1003M, Struchral Grade, Type H,
metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members.
Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as
follows:
L Supplementary framing.2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking.
ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS
Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 361A36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to
ASTMA 1231A123M.
Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated fabricated from
corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to l0 times design
Ioad, as determined by testing per ASTM E I 190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, conosion-resistant-coated, selfdrilling, self-tapping steel drill
scre\rys.
l. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing manufacturer's standmd elsewhere.
Welding Electodes: Comply with AWS standards.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780.
Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foary l/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from mauufacturer's
standard widths to match width of bottom fack or rim track members.
FABRICATION
Fabricate cold-formed metal framing and accessoribs plumb, square, and true to line, and with
connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications and standards,
manufacfurer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.
I . Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates.2. Cut framing rnembers by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.3. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening clinch fastening or
riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of fiaming members is not permitted.
a. Cornply with AWS Dl.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality
of welds, and nethods used in corecting welding work.
2.4
D.
2.5
2.6
A.
B.
COLD.FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 3
o
Architecs
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw
penetratingjoined members by not less than three exposed screw threads.
4. Fasten other materials to cold-formed metal framing by welding, bolting or screw fastening,
according to Shop Drawings.
B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses.
Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion.
C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable
tolerance variation of l/8 inch in l0 feet (l:960) and as follows:
l. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus l/8 inch (3 mm) from
plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimurn fastening requirements of sheathing or
other finishing materials.2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold-formed metal framing assernbly to a maximum out-of-square
tolerance of l/8 inch (3 mm).
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
l. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Install sealer gaskets to isolate the rmderside of wall bottom track or rim tack and the top of foundation
wall or slab at stud orjoist locations.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled.
Install cold-formed metal framing according to AISI's "standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing -
General Provisions" and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are
indicated.
Install shop- or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structwe.
l. Screq bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical jrmctwes to produce flush, even, true-
toJine joints with maximum variation in plane and tu€ position between fabricated panels not
exceeding Ii l6 inch (1.6 mm).
Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections
securely fastened.
l. Cut frarning members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
J -Z-
J.J
A.
B.
c.
D.
05400 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
97U476-6342
2- Fasten cold-fonned metal framing members by welding screw
riveting. Wire tying of framing mernbers is not pennitted.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
fastening clinch fastening, or
a. Comply with AWS Dl.3 requirements and procedures for welding appearance and quality
of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and complying with
requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration.
Install tarning members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension
members-
Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to
those for which struchre was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire
integrated supporting stucture has been completed and permanent cormections to framing are secured.
Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold-formed metal Faming. Independently
frame both sides ofjoints.
Install insulation, specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation," in built-up exterior framing
members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on
completion of framing work.
Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations tlnt exceed size of manufacturer's standard prmched
openings.
Erection Tolerances: Install cold-forme.d metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum
allowable tolerance variation of l/8 inch in l0 feet (l:960) and as follows:
1. Space individual framing members no mole than plus or minus l/8 inch (3 run) from plan
location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or
other fi nishing materials.
EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARINC WAIL INSTALLATION
Install continuous tracks sized to iuatch studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting
structure as indicated.
Fasten both flanges of studs to bottom nac! unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows:
l. Stud Spacing: As indicated.
Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped
surfaces and similar requirements.
Isolate nonload-bearing steel framing from building stuctwe to prevent tansfer of vertical loads while
providing lateral support.
l. Install single-leg deflection tracks and anchor to building shuctme.2. Connect vertical deflection clips to studs and anchor to building stuctrne.3. Connect drift clips to cold fonned metal framing and anchor to building struchre.
lnstall horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 4E
inches (1220 mm) apad. Fasten at each stud intersection.
F.
J.
3.4
B.
D.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 5
I
itects
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail. Colorado
970-476-6342
l.
Completion.
END OF SECTIONOs4OO
Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row of horizontal bridging within 12 inches
(305 mm) of single deflection track. Install a combination of flat, rauq steel sheet straps ofwidtb
and thickness indicated and stud or sfud-track solid blocking of width and thiclcress matching
studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges.
Select type of bridging required from three subparagraphs below or revise to suit Project. Add
locations if more than one type of bridging is required. Add minimum size of flat steel strap, zuch
as l-ll2 by 0.0329 inch (38 by 0.84 mm), ifdefault size is required.
Bridging: Cold-rolled steel charurel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of puched studs.
Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud-
track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and
secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges.
Brideing: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions.
F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles,
continuous angles, anchon, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a complete and stable walFframing
svstem.
REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-
formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written
instructions.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a maru:er acceptable to manufactrer and Installer,
that ensure that cold-fomred metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
J.
4.
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
t
I
I
I
I
5.
3.5 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ICOLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 6
I itjf'e,:,T:Architects I Vuit Cymnastics Facility
- 970-476-6342
I - SECTION O55OO - METAL FABRICATIoNS
I PARrl -.ENERAL
I '1.1 suMMARy
I A. This Section includes the following:
r 1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports.
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
r 2. Miscellaneous steel trim.
I 3. MetalAwnings
4. Metal Framing Studs.
I B. See Division 5 Section "Metal Stairs,,for metal-framed stairs.
C. See Division 5 Section "Pipe and Tube Railinp'for metal pipe and tube railings.
I D. Refer to Structural Specifications prepared by Redwine Engineering for Snow Load
Requirements for Roof Awning.l_'''-9'I E. Refer to Structural Specifications prepared by Redwine Engineering for metal stud design
loads and sizing.
I F, Refer to Paint and Coating Schedule at the end of this specification for paint locations and
metal finishes.
I 1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and
their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items,
I B. Templates: For anchors and bole.
I C. lterior Metals - Samples of Powder Coat Finish, match color of clear finish aluminum
t windows.
I PARr2-pRoDUCrs
t 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lisb, the following requirements apply
I to product selection:
I 1. Available Products: SubjeA to compliance with requirements, producr that may be
- incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
I
I METAL FABRT.AT'NS 0sso0 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Archite0
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, manufacturers specified.
METALS
Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.
Metal Crating for Exterior Awnings - Bar Crating as manufactured by Mc Nichols Metals CO
of Tampa Florida. Model # CW-250 (31 Bars Wide)
Ferrous Metals:
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 361A36M.
Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 7861A786M, rolled from plate complying with
ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A283lA 283M, Grade C or D.
Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight
is indicated or required by structural loads.
5. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal channels complying with MFMA-3, 1-
5/B by 1-518 inches. Channels made from galvanized steel complying with
ASTMA653lA653M, structural steel, Crade33, with C90 coating; 0.079-inch
nominal thickness.
6. Cast lron: ASTM A 48lA 4BM, Class 30, unless another class is indicated or required
by structural loads.
Nonferrous Metals:
1. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 , alloy 6063-T6.
FASTENERS
Ceneral: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with
coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class FelZn 5, at exterior walls. Provide stainless-steel
fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade and class required.
Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castingp,
either ASTM A4ilA47M malleable iron or ASTMA 27lA27M cast steel. Provide bolts,
washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A i 53/A 153M.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd
primer complying with MPI #79.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May2@4
Vail. Colorado
t
I
I
2.2
A.
B.
c.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2
I
t
I
I
I
B.
D.
B.
I
I
I
I
l,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FABRICATION
Ceneral: Pre-assemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that
maintain structural value of joined pieces.
1. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges.
Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. ,2. Weld corners and seams continuouslv. Use materials and methods that minimize
distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain
fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish
exposed welds smooth and blended.
3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
4. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner
to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
5. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with
integrally welded steel strap anchors, not less than 24 inches o.c.
Miscellaneous Framing and Suppofts: Provide steel frafning and supports not specified in
other Sections as needed to complete the Work. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates
and bars of welded construction. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware, hangen and
similar items.
Loose Bearing and leveling Plates: Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items
bearing on concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts.
Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles
shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use
concealed field splices where possible. Provide cutoub, fittings, and anchorages as needed
to coordinate assembly and installation with other work.
1. Exterior Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Prime with zinc-rich primer.
FINISHES
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish metal fabrications after
assembly.
Steel and lron Finishes:
C Vail Cyrnnastics Facility
May20O4
Vail, Colorado
B. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requiremenb in Division 3 Section "Cast-
in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum
28-day compressive strengh of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated.
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
METAL FABRICATIONS 05s00 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Archite0
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply
with requirements indicated below for environmental exposure conditions of installed
metal fabrications:
a. Exteriors (SSPC ZonelB)and ltems Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer:
SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
b. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except
those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on
fireproofing or masonry, to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification
No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting" for shop painting.
Exposed Exterior Metal Finishes - Powder Coat Finish all exposed exterior metals
including Metal Awnings. Color Selection by Architea.
PART 3 - EXICUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Ceneral: Perform cutting drilling and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set
metal fabrications accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true.
1. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections that are not to be left
as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces
of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
2. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be
fastened to in-place construction.
3. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry or similar construction.
B. Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling nuts.
After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts and pack
solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.
C. Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection.
1. Painted Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
touch up paint with the same material as used for shop painting.
2. Calvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION O55OO
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
1.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
2.
3.
I
I
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4
I iijf'e,:,T:Architects
- 970-476-6342
I SECTIoN 05511 . METAL STAIRS
I PARrl-GENEML
t 1.1
',MMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
1. Prefabricated metal stairs with metal pan provided for concrete treads. Refer to
Division 2 for concrete toppings.
B. See Division 5 Section "Pipe and Tube Railings'for pipe and tube railings.
I C. Refer to Paint and Coating Schedule at the end of this specification for paint locations and
- metal finishes.
I 1.2
'ERF'RMANCE
REe,TREMENTS
I A. Structural Performance of Stairs: Provide metal stairs capable of withstanding the effects oft gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions
indicated:
1. Uniform Load: 100 lbs/sq. ft.
2. Concentrated Load: 300 lbf applied on an area of 4 sq. in..
3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
4. Stair Framing: Capable of withstanding stresses resuhing from railing loads in addition
to loads specified above.
I B. Seismic Performance: Provide metal stairs capable of withstanding the effecb of
earthquake motions determined according to UBC, Zone 1.
t 1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and aftachments to other work.
I B. Powder Coat Finish samples, minimum 4"x4"
t
1-4 COORDINATION
I A. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including
sleeves, concrete insefts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be
I embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items -t" eroj"ct site in time forr installation.
I
t MErAL srArRs ossr l - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Architedo
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
1.5
A.
1.7
A.
B.
1.8
A.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Vai I Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
't.6
A,
B.
C.
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requiremens apply
to product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, manufacturers specified,
METALS
Metal Surfaces, Ceneral: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Steel Tubing: [ASTM A 500 (cold formed)] [or] tASTA,t A 513, Type 5 (mandrel drawn)].
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Fasteners: Provide zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633,
Clas Fe/Zn 25 for exterior use, and Class Fe/Zn 5 where built into exterior walls.
Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd
primer complying with MPI#79.
FABRICATION
Provide complete stair assemblies, including metal framing, hangers, struts, clips, brackets,
bearing plates, and other components necessary to support and anchor stairs and platforms
on supportinE structure.
Join components by welding unless otherwise indicated. Use materials and methods
that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base
metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux
immediately. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds smooth and blended.
Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.
Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edgesf
unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without impairing work.
Form exposed connections with hairline .ioints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
Stair Framing: Fabricate stringers and tread of steel channels.B.
METAL STAIRS 05511-2
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
97U476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May2004
Vail, Colorado
1. lf using bole, fabricate and join so bolts are not exposed on finished floor.
1.9 FINISHES
A. Exposed Finishes - Powder Coat Finish, Color Cray
B. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Producb" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish metal stain after assembly.
C- Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
requirements indicated below for environmental exposure conditions of installed prcducb:
1. Exterior Stain (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning.{
2. InteriorStairs (SSPCZone'lA): SSrc-SP3, "PowerTool Cleaning."
D. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal stair components. Comply with SSrc-
PA1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of
Steel," for shop painting.
PART 2. EXECUTION
2.1 INSTALLATION
A. Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installing metal stairs. Set units accurately in
location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free of
rack.
B. Install metal stairs by welding stair framing to steel structure or to weld plates cast into
concrete, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that
. are not to be left as exposed joints. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior unib
that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field
connections.
D. Adjusting and Cleaning:
1. lmmediately after erection, clean field welds, bohed connections, and abraded areas
of shop paint and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop
painting.
END OF SICTTON 0ss11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I METAL STAIRS 05511 - 3
I l:r'4,::J:Architects O VailCymnasticsFacility
May2OO4
Vail. Colorador 970-476-6342
T SECTIoN 05521 - PIPE AND TUBE MILINGS
I PARrl -.ENEML
I 1.1 suMMARy
I
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Steel pipe railings at Exterior Locations
I B. Refel t9 Paint and Coating Schedule at the end of this specification for paint locations and
metal finishes.
r 1.2 eERFoRMANCE REeutREMENTs
I A. Structural Performance: Provide railings capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loadsr and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
1. Handrails:
a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. applied in any direction.
b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied in any direction.
c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
2. Top Rails of Guards:
a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. applied in any direction.
b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied in any direction.
c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
I
3'
:t " '::;',:'bud
or 2s rbr/sq. ft. appried horizontary.b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
r B. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating
metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
I
1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Shcip Drawings: lnclude plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
I B. Finish Samples - Powder Coat Finish
t
I P'PE AND TUBE RArLrNcs oss21 - l
t
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Rrchited
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Steel Pipe and Tube Railingp:
a. Pisor Industries, Inc.'
b. Sharpe Products.
c, . Wagner, R & B, lnc.; a division of the Wagner Companies.
d. or equivalent
2.2 METALS
A. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as
supported rails, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Steel and lron:
'1. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed).
2. Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type F or Type S, Crade A, Standard Weight
(Schedule 40), unless another grade and weight are required by structural loads.
3. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/4 36M.
4. Castings: Either gray or malleable iron, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Cray lron: ASTMA 4B|A48M, Class 30, unless another class is indicated or
required by structural loads.
b. Malleable lron: ASTM A47/A47M.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Provide concealed fasteners, unless unavoidable or standard for railings
indicated.
1. Steel Railings: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class FelZn 25 for
electrodeposited zinc coating.
B. Anchors: Provide cast-in-place anchors, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with
capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when
installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in
concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488.
05521 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IPIPE AND TUBE MILINCS
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I)
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
E.
F.
c.
C. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy
welded.
D. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 painting Sections.
E. Crout and Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonmetallic grout complying
with ASTM C1107; or water-resistant, nonshrink anchoring cemenq recommended by
manufacturer for exterior use.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Ceneral: Fabricate railings to comply with design, dimensions, and details indicated, but
not less than that required to support structural loads.
B. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings
designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.
Form changes in direction by bending.
Form curyes by bending in jigs to produce uniform curvature; maintain cross section of
member throughout bend without cracking or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces.
Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.
Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated.
Brackets, Flanges, Fittings and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous
fittings and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work, unless otherwise
indicated.
C.
D.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
windows clear coat
2.5 FINISHES
A. Exterior Handrails - Powder Coat Finish, color to match aluminum
finish for all exposed locations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installing
accurately in location, alignment and elevation.
railings. Set railings
1. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1l'16 inch in 3 feet.2. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel
with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1 I 4 inch in 1 2 feet.
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINCS 05521 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Architectsf
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
B. Anchor posts in concrete by inserting into formed or core-drilled holes and grouting annular
space.
Anchor railing ends to concrete and masonry with round flanges connected to railing ends
and anchored to wall construction with anchors and bolts.
Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets.
1. Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger
bolt.
2. For wood stud partitions, use hanger or lag bolts set into wood backing between
studs.
Adjusting and Cleaning:
1. lmmediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas
of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as.used for shop
painting.
END OF SECTION 05521
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
D.
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINCS 45521 - 4
I l:r'e,'J:ff:Architects
970-476-6342
I SECTIoN 06100 - RoUcH CARPENTRY
I PARTl.CENERAL
t 1.1 suMMARy
r A. This Section includes the following:
4 1. Wood framing.
Vail Gymnastics
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I 2. wooct stats at exterior awningsr 3. Wood supports.I ! wtr3::""t1*r 6. Wood nailers.I i: Wfr::l;ilt,r g. Wood lheathing.
I l?: Hff3J*:-inspaners- n. Buildingwrap. -'
lir B. Refer to Paint and Coating Schedule at the end of this specification for painVstain locations
and metal finishes.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. Wood Siding Samples - provide minimum 3'x3'sample of redwood lap siding
I PARr2-pRoDUCrs
t 2."t MANUFA.T'RERS
I A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
t requirements apply for product selection:
r 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturerc
I :fiil:r;jffiT;[il fir.,lljl'"'*rared
into the work include' bur are not limited
T
I
I RoucH .ARPENTRY 06100- 1
irrtzren P,"r." nr.n,r"d
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.2 WOOD PRODUCTS, CENEML
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies
American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
Vail Gymnastics
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
certified by the
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture.content at time of dressing
for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Wood Structural Panels:
1. Plywood: Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2.
2.3 DIMENSION LUMBER
General: Of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Committee
National Crading Rule provisions of the grading agency indicated.
Exterior Siding - 1x 6 Redwood Crade B or Better Tongue and Croove Siding
SHEATHINC
Oriented-Strand-Board Wall Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing.
PLYWOOD BACKINC PANELS
Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged,
fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 112 inch thick.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Fasteners:
1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high
relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with
ASTM A 153/A 153M.
Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.
Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Crade A; with ASTM A 553 hex nuts
and, where indicated, flat washers.
Metal Framing Anchon: Made from hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 653/A 653M, C60 coating designarion.
B.
2.4
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
2.
3.
B.
ROUCH CARPENTRY 06100- 2
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
ctD'
h.
i.
c.
d.
e.
f.
I.
h.
i.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ll
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail. Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics
May 2fi)4
Vail, Colorado
1.Avai lable Manufacturers:
Alpine Engineered Products, Inc.
Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.
Harlen Metal Produc6, lnc.
KC Metals Products, Inc.
Silver Metal Products, lnc.
Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc.
Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc.
United Steel Products Company, lnc.
or equivalent
2. Research/Evaluation Reports: Provide products acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction and for which model code research/evaluation reports exist that show
compliance of metal framing anchors, for application indicated, with building code in
effect for Project.
3. Allowable Design Loads: Meet or exceed those indicated per manufacturer's
published values determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis
and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent
testing agency.
Building Wrap: Air-retarder sheeting made from polyolefins; cross-laminated films, woven
strands, or spun-bonded fibers; coated or uncoated; with or without perforations; and
compfying with ASTM E 1 677, Type l.
1 . Available Manufacturers:
a. Celotex Corporation (The); Building Products Division.
b. DuPont (E. l. du Pont de Nemours and Company).
Parsec, Inc.
Raven Industries, Inc.
Reemay, Inc.
Simplex Producb.
Sto-Cote Products, lnc.
Tenneco Building Producb.
or equivalent
2. Thickness: Not less than 3 mils.3. Permeance: Not less than 10 perms.4. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less per ASTM E 84.5. Allowable Exposure Timel Not less than three months.
D. Building Wrap Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by building wrap
manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap.
ROUCH CARPENTRY 06100 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Architectf
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
E. SheathingTape: Pressure-sensitiveplastic
sheathing and recommended by sheathing
required.
Vail Cymnastics
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
tape for sealing joints and penetrations in
manufacturer for use with type of sheathing
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
B.
D.
H.
3..1
F. Sill-Sealer Caskets: Class-fiber-resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill
sealer; 1-inch nominal thickness, compressible to'1132 inch; selected from manufacturerrs
standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated.
C. Adhesives for Field Cluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498
that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and
panel man ufacturers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
Locate furring nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements
for attaching other construction.
Apply field treatment complying with AWPAM4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated
lumber and plywood.
Securely attach rough carpentry *ork to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer.
3. Table 23-ll-B-1 , "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23-ll-B-2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof
Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in the Uniform Building Code.
Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads
and fill holes with wood filler.
E. Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless
otherwise indicated.
F.Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply
with manufacturer's written instructions.
Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Form No. E30K 'APA
Design/Construction Cuide: Residential & Commercial," for types of structural-use panels
and applications indicated.
Fastening Methods:
1. Sheathing: Screw to metal studs.
ROUCH CARPENTRY 06100 - 4
| [iff'e,tJ:J:Architectso o u"":Iil;H
I 970-476-6342 Vail, Colorado
I 2. Plywood Backing Panels: Nail or screw to supports.3. Blocking and Misc framing: Screw to metal stud framing
I l. Building Wrap Application: Cover wall sheathing with building wrap as indicated. Cover
upstanding flashing with 4-inch overlap. Seal seams, edges and penetrations with tape.II J. Apply sheathing tape to joints between sheathing panels and at items penetrating sheathing.
Apply at upstanding flashing to overlap both flashing and sheathing.
END OF SECTION 061OO
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
06100 - sI ROUCHCARPENTRY
970-476-6342
t sECloN 06402.tNTERtoRARCHtrEcruMLwooDWoRK
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May2OO4
Vail, Colorado
I PARrl-.ENEML
I 1.1
',MMARY
r A. This Section includes interior woodwork including for the following applications:
I 1. Plastic-laminatecountertops.
r 2. Wood Interior Window Sills.I! B. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring blocking shims and hanging strips,
1 unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation.
- C. Rough carriages for stairs are interior architectural woodwork.
I 1. See Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry'' for platform framing and other rough
framing associated with stairwork.
I D. Refer to Paint and Coating Schedule at the end of this speci{ication for paint/stain locationsI and metal finishes.
I 1.2 suBMrrrAls
I A. Shop Drawings: Include location of each item, plans and elevations, large-scale details,
t attachment devices, and other components.
I B. Samples:
I 1. Lumber and panel products for transparent finish, for each species and cu! finished
on one side and one edge.
2. Lumber and panel products with shop-applied opaque finish, for each finish system
and color, with exposed surface finished.
3. Plastic-laminate-clad panel products, for each type, color, pattern and surface finish.
I 1.3 QUALIryASSUMNCE
t A. lnstaller Qualifications: Fabricator of woodwork.
I B. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's i{rchitectural Woodworkt Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes and
other requirements.I
I i:r'e,::J:Architecs
I
t TNTERT.RARCHTTECT-,ML wooDWoRK
I
I
46402 - 1
Friulen Pierce ArchiiedO
Vail. Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed,
wet work is complete, and HVAC sptem is operating and maintaining temperature and
relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the
cpnstruction period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.'I MATERIALS
A. Wood for Opaque Finish:
1. Species: Any closed-grain hardwood.
B. Wood Products:
1. Hardboard: AHAA135.4.
2. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A2O8.2, Crade MD.
3. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Crade M-2.4. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, Medium Density Overlay.
5. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1 .
C. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a. FormicaCorporation.
b. lnternational Paper; Decorative Products Div.
c. Laminart.
d. Pioneer Plastics Corp.
e. Westinghouse Electric Corp.; Specialty Products Div.
f. Wilsonart lnternational; Div, of Premark International, Inc.g. or equivalent
2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Furring Blocking, Shims and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln-dried to
less than 15 percent moisture content.
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
IINTER]OR ARCH ITECTURAL WOODWORK 05402-2
I
T
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail. Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Ceneral: Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site.
Where necessary for fitting at site, provide allowance for scribing, trimming and fitting.
Interior Woodwork Crade: Custom complying with the referenced quality standard.
Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible. Sand edges of cutouts to remove
splinters and burrs.
Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish.
For trim items wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue
for width.
Backout or groove bacla of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat
members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work.
fusemble casingp in plant except where limitations of access to place of installation
require field assembly.
B. Plastic-LaminateCountertops:
1. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate Crade: HCP.
2. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: fu selected from manufacturer's full range.
3. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces [As indicated].4. Core Material at SinJa: Particleboard, or medium density fiberboard made with
exterior glue, or exterior-grade plywood.
5. Configuration: - Fabricate countertops with the following front, cove (intersection"of
top with backplash), backplash, and end-splash style:
6- Front: Rolled.
7. Cove: Cove molding (one-piece post formed laminate supported at junction of top
and backsplash by wood cove molding).
8. Backsplash: Curved orwaterfall shape.
9. End Splash: Square edge.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas and
examine and complete work as required, including removal of packing and back-priming
before installation.
Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade
specified in this Section for type of woodwork invohed.
Quality Standard: lnstall woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for the same grade
specified in this Section for type of woodwork involved.
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
6.
5.
3.1
B.
INTERIOR ARCH ITECTUML WOODWORK 06402 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Architecta
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
D. lnstall woodwork level, plumb, true and straight to a tolerance of 1/B inch in 96 inches.
Shim as required with concealed shims.
E. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair
damaged finish at cuts.
F. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure
with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete
installation. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk
and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated.
C. Standing and Running Trim: lnstall with minimum number of joints possible, using full-
length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Fill
gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish
same as wood base, if finished.
H. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are
accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to
provide u nencumbered operation.
1. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than
16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head screws sized for 1-inch penptration into wood
framing blocking, or hanging strips.
L Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other
supports into underside of countertop. Calk space between backsplash and wall with
sealant specified in Division 7 Section 'Joint Sealants."
END OF SECTION 06402
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
INTERIOR ARCHITECTUML WOODWORK 06402 - 4
I
r FriElen Pierce Architects Vail cymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
I 970-476-6342 vail, coloradoI
I SECTTON 07t10
r SHEFT MEMBMNE WATERPROOFINC
I
I PART1 -CENEML
I 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
I
Installation of sheet membrane waterproofing on surfaces indicated on drawings, consisting
I of preparation of existing and repaired concrete surfaces, sealing of crack and joints, and
I application of CCW MiraDRl 860/861Sheet Membrane Waterproofing.
I 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
I
A. Section 03150 - Expansion Joints.
I B. Section 03300 - Cast-ln-Place Concrete.
a C. Section 07900 - Caulking and Sealants.
D. Division 15 - Floor Drains and Standpipes.
I E. Division 16 - Conduit and other Electrical.
t
1.3 REFERENCES
I A. ASTM D 412 Tests for Rubber Properties in Tension
B. ASTM E 154 Puncture Resistance
I C. ASTM E 96 (B) Water Vapor Transmission of Materials
I D. ASTM D 1970 Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet MaterialsE. ASTM D 882 Test Method for Tensile Properties
I F. ASTM D 3767 Practice for Rubber - Measurement of Dimensions
I G. ASTM D 751 Test Method for Coated FabricsH. ASTM D 570 Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics
I l. UL 790 Tests for Fire Resistance of Roof Covering Materials
I
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
I Product provided by this Section is a self-adhesive membrane of not less than 60 mils
thickness, consisting of a rubberized asphalt membrane laminated to a 4 mil cross-laminated
polyethylene film.
I
1.5 SUBMITTATS
f,
I A. Ceneral: Submit in accordance with Section 01300.
I Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 02110-1
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions.
C. Subcontractor:s approval by Manufacturer: Submit document stating manufacturer's
acceptance of subcontractor as an Approved Applicator for the specified materials.
D. Warranty: Submit a sample warranty identifying the terms and conditions stated in Section
1.7.
QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Applicator shall be experienced in applying the same or similar
materials and shall be specifically approved in writing by the membrane manufacturer.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Complywith applicable codes, regulations, ordinances, and laws
regarding use and application of producs that contain volatile organic compounds (VOC).
C. Pre-Application Conference: Prior to beginning work, convene a confeience to review
conditions, installation procedures, schedules and coordination with other work.
WARRANTY
A. Upon completion and acceptance of the work required by this section, the manufacturer
will issue a warranty agreeing to promptly replace defective materials for a period of 5 years.
B. The formation or presence of mold or fungi in a building is dependent upon a broad range
of factors including but not limited to, the presence of spores and nutrient sources/
moisture, temperatures, climatic conditions, relative humidity, and heating/ventilating
systems and their maintenance and operating capabilities. These factors are beyond the
control of Carlisle and Carlisle shall not be responsible for any claims, repairs, restoration, or
damages relating to the presence of any irritants, contaminants, vapors, fumes, molds, fungi,
bacteria, spores, mycotoxins, or the like in any building or in the air, land, or water serving
the building.
DELIVER' STOMCE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to project site in original, factory-sealed, unopened containers bearing
manufacture/s name and label intact and legible with following information.
1- Name of material.
2- Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
3. Material safety data sheet.
B. Store materials in protected and well ventilated area.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply membrane when surface temperature is below or inclement weather
cond itions confl ict with manufacturer's published req ui rements.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.7
1.8
1.9
Sheet Membrane Waterproofi ng 07110-2
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
B. Coordinate waterproofing work with other trades. The applicator shall have sole right of
access to the specified areas for the time needed to complete the installation.C. Warn personnel against breathing of vapors and contact of material with skin or eyes. Wear
applicable protective clothing and respiratory protection gear.D. Keep flammable producs away from spark or flame. Do not allow the use of spark
producing equipment during application and until all vapors have dissipated. Post "NO
SMOKlNC" signs.
E. Maintain work area in a neat and orderly condition, removing empty containers, rags, and
rubbish daily from the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.'I MANUFACTURERS
Provide CCW MiraDRl 860/861Sheet Membrane Waterproofing as manufactured by Carlisle
Coatings and Waterproofing Incorporated, 900 Hensley Lane, foylie, Texas 75098, Phone:
(8Oo) 527-7A92 Fax: (972) 442-0076.
2.2 PRODUCTS
A. Self-Adhesive SheetMembraneWaterproofing: Shall be CCWMiTaDRI 860/S6lconsistingof
a 56 mil rubberized asphalt membrane laminated to 4 mil cross-laminated polyethylene film,
and shall meet or exceed the following requirements:
1. Tensile Strength: 325 psi minimum, ASTM D 4122. Ultimate Elongation: 350% minimum, ASTM D 412
3. Puncture Resistance: 60 lbs. minimum, ASTM E 154
4. Permeance: 0.05 Perm maximum, ASTM E 96 (B)
5. Low Temperature Flexibility: Unaffected at -45"F, ASTM D 1970, 1'mandrel6. Tensile to Film: 5OO0 psi, ASTM D 882
7. Thickness:60 mils, ASTM D 3Z6Z
8. Hydrostatic Head: 230 fL, ASTM D 251'9. WaterAbsorption:0.1% bywt., ASTM D S7O
B. For application temperatures between 25 and 65"F, use CCW-861 Sheet Membrane and
CCW-7O2. For application temperatures ahve 40oF use CCW MiraDRl 86O sheet
membrane and CCW-702 , CC't,l-714 primer, or CCW-AWP.
2.3 ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
A. Surface Primer: Shall be CCW-702 Solvent-based Primer, CCWAWPWateT-Based Primer,
or CCW-714 Water-Based Primer.
B. Mastic: Shall be CCW-7O4 Mastic.
Sheet Membrane Waterproofing o71'to-3
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May2OO4
Vail. Colorado
C. Sealants: Shall be CCW-703 Vertical Crade LiquisealT Membrane, PT-304 one component,
CCW-201 two component Polyurethane Sealant or CCW LM-800X1
D. Backing Rod: Shall h closed-cell polyethylene foam rod.
E. Protection Course: Shall be CCW Protection Board-H or CCW 300H for horizontal surhces
or CCW Protection Board-V or CCW 200V for vertical surfaces.
F. Drainage Composite: Shall be CCW MiraDRAlN@ as recommended by the manufacturerfor
each condition.
C. Perimeter Drainage System: Where required shall be CCW QuickDMlN*.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Before any waterproofing work is started the waterproofing applicator shall thoroughly
examine all surfaces for any deficiencies. Should any deficiencies exis! the architect, owner,
or general contractor shall be notified in writing and corrections made.
B. Condition of Concrete Surfaces:
1. The concrete surfaces shall be of sound structural grade and shall have a smooth
finish, free offins, ridges, protrusions, rough spalled areas, loose aggregate, exposed
course aSSregate, voids or entrained air holes. Rough surfaces shall receive a well-
adhered parget coat.
2. Concrete shall be cured by water curing method. Any curing compounds must be of
the pure sodium silicate type and be approved by the Carlisle representative
3. Concrete shall be cured at least 7 days and shall be sloped for proper drainage.
4. Voids, rock pockets and excessively rough surfaces shall be repaired with approved'
non-shrink grout or ground to match the unrepaired areas.
5. Two-stage drains shall have a minimum 3 inch flange and be installed with the flange
flush and level with the concrete surface.
6. Surfaces at cold joints shall be on the same plane.
3.2 SURFACE PREPAMTION
A. The concrete surface must be thoroughly clean, dry and free from any surface contaminates
or cleaning residue that may harmfully affect the adhesion of the membrane.B. Install a 314' face,45 degree cant of CCW-20'| Polyurethane Sealant or CCW LM-800X1 at
all angle changes and inside corners including penetrations through the deck, walls, curbs,
etc.
C. All crack over 1n 6" in width and all moving cracks under 1/16' in width shall be routed out
to 1/4" minimum in width and depth and filled flush with PT-304 or CCW-201 polyurethane
sealant.
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sheet Membrane Waterproofi ng 07110-4
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
FriElen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
97Q-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20Q4
Vail, Colorado
D. All expansion joints less than 1" wide shall be cleaned, primed, fitted with a backing rod and
caulked with CCW-201 Polyurethane Sealant. For larger joints, contacf Carlisle
representative.
E. Allow all sealant to cure at least overnight.F- Stir Primer. Apply a thin film of primer 10" wide, centered over sealed crack and joints,
hairline cracks, and cold joints. Apply primer 8" on each side of all corners. Prime concrete
around drain flanges. Allow primer to dry per manufacturer:s recommendations.C- Install an B" wide strip of CCW MiraDRl 860/861centered over joints and crack. Install a
12" wide strip of CCW MiraDRl 860/861centered over the axis of all corners.H' Terminate membrane around drains per CCW MiraDRl 860 series details. Terminate the
membraneundertheclampingring. Seal all edgeswithCCW-704Mastic. Donotinterfere
with weep holes.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Priming: Clean surfaces to remove residual dust before priming. Stir primer. Apply by spray
or roller at a rate recommended by manufacturer. Allow to dry per manufacturer=s
recommendation.
B' Horizontal surfaces: Install sheet membrane from low to high point, so that laps will shed
water. Overlap edge seams 2t/t", end laps 5". Stagger end seams. Roll in place with an 18
to 24" wide, 100 lb. (min.) resilient roller. Ensure that all laps are firmly adhered and that
there are no gaps or fishmouths.
C' Vertical Surfaces: Apply in lengths of 8'or less. Overlap edge seams 21/r". Onwalls over B'
high, apply in 8'sections, stafting atthe lowest point with the higher section overlapping the
lower section 5'. Roll in place using firm pressure with a hand roller.D. Terminations:ConsultCarlisle360-gDetailsforproperterminations. Rollterminatingedges
firmly. ApplyCCW-704 mastictoall terminationsand >T: joints.ApplyCCW-704Mastic
or CCW-703-V Liquiseal to laps at angle changes, extending 9" in each direction.
3.4 FTOOD TEST
A- After sheet membrane. has been in place at least 24 hours, plug drains and provide baniers
necessary to contain flood water. Consult with structural engineer for deck loading limits
before conducting a water test.B. Flood surface with 2" head of water for 24 hours. Inspect for leak and repair membrane if
leaks are found. Retest after making repairs.
3.5 PROTECTION COURSE
VERTICAL APPLICATION:
Install CCW QuickDMlN Perimeter Drainage system as the fint course of drainage
composite immediatelyafter membrane has been installed on vertical surfaces. lnstall CCW
Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 07110-s
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MiraDMlN Drainage Composite (consult CCW for recommendation), CCW Protection
Board-V Protection Course or CCW 200V on remainder. Stop drainage composite 6" below
final grade level.
B. HORIZONTALAPPLICATION:
Install CCW MiraDRAlN Drainage Composite (consult CCW for recommendation) or CCW
Protection Board-H Protection Course or CCW 300HV immediately after flood testing on
horizontal surfaces. lf flood testing is delayed, install a temporary covering to protect the
CCW MiraDRl 860/861 membrane from damage by other trades.
End of Section
Carlisle, Sure-Seal, CCW MiraDMlN, CCW QuickDRAlN, MiraDRl and Liquiseal are tiademark of
Carlisle Corporation. O 1996, 2OO2 Carlisle Corporation.
Sheet Membrane Waterproofi ng 07110-6
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architecs
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.1
SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - CENEML
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Foundation wall insulation (supporting backfill).
2- Cavity wall insulation.
3. Concealed building insulation.
4- Vapor retarderc for exterior walls and under concrete slab on grade floor slabs. Refer
to Section 03000 Concrete for under slab vapor retarder locations ariil specifications.
1.2 QUALTryASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire'
test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per
ASTM E 84 for surface-burning characteristics and other methods indicated with product,
by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
ldentify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
INSULATINC MATERIALS
Ceneral: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced
standards.
Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: . ASTM C 578, Type V, 3.00 lb/cu. ft., with
maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 75 and 45Q, respectively.
Mineral-fiber blanket insulation consisting of fibers manufactured from glass:
1. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTMC665, Typel; with maximum
flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing
ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.
2- Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type lll, ClassA; Category 1,
faced with foil-scrim-kraft, foil-scrim, or foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor-retarder
membrane on one face.
2.1
B.
BUILDINC INSULATION 07210 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce ArchitectO
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.2
B.
VAPOR RETARDERS
Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D4397,6 mils thick, with maximum permeance
rating of 0.13 perms.
Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder
manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
2.3
3.1
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
AUXI LIARY I NSULATI NC MATERIALS
Adhesive for Bonding lnsulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation
securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates
Protection Board: Premolded, semi-rigid asphal[/fiber composition board, 1/8 inch thick,
formed under heat and pressure, of standard sizes.
Eave Ventilation Troughs: Preformed, rigid fiberboard or plastic sheets designed and sized
to fit between roof framing members and to provide cross ventilation between insulated
attic spaces and vented eaves.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
C.
D.
INSTALLATION
General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions
applicable to products and application indicated. Extend insulation in thickness indicated
to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids
with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.
Install perimeter insulation on vertical surfaces by setting units in adhesive.
1. lf not otherwise indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 24 inches below exterior
grade line.
2. Protect below-grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during backfilling by
applying protection board set in adhesive.
Protect top surface of perimeter underslab insulation from damage during concrete work by
applying protection board.
Installation of Ceneral Building lnsulation: Apply insulation units to substrates by method
indicated, complying with manufacturer's wriften instructions. lf no specific method is
indicated, bond units to sub'strate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide
permanent placement and support of units.
BUILDINC INSULATION 07210 - 2
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
974-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May2OO4
Vail, Colorado
1. Seal joints between closed-cell (non-breathing) insulation units by applying adhesive,
mastic or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into
place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic or sealant.
2. Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the
followi ng reguirements:
a. Use blanket widths and lenghs that fill the cavities formed by framing
members. lf more than ohe lengh is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that
will produce a snug fit between ends.
b. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit
between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
3. For wood-framed construction, install mineral-fiber blankets according to
ASTM C 1320 and as follows:
a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, secure insulation by inset, stapling
flanges to sides of framing members.
b. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of
adjacent blanket to produce airtight installation after concealing finish material
is in place,
4. Stuff glass-fiber, loose-fill insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where
shown. Compact to approximately 4O percent of normal maximum volume equaling
a density of approximately 2.5 lbicu. ft..
E. Installation of Vapor Retarders: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be
protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage
system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated
substrates, including those filled with loose-fiber insulation.
1. Seal vertical joinb in vapor retarden over framing by lapping not less than two wall
studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end/ and bottom edges; at perimeter
of wall openings; and at lap joints. Space fasteners 16 inches o.c.
2. Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or vapor-retarder tape
according to vapor-retarder manufacturer's instructions. Seal butt joints and fastener
penetrations with vapor-retarder tape. Locate all joints over framing members or
other solid substrates.
3. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as
recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer.
4. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating
vapor retarders with vapor-retarder tape to create an airtight seal between
penetrating objects and vapor retarder.
5. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by
other work. Correr with vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder.
END OF SECTION 07210
BUITDINC INSULATION 07210 - 3
I Yiiia,::J:Architects o "',o
970-476-6342 i
I SECTIoN 07531 - EPDM MEMBMNE RooFINc
I PARrl -.ENEML
I 1.1 suMMARy
Vail Gymnastics Fability
May 2fi)4
Vail, Colorado
I A. This Section includes adhered membrane roofing system, tapered insulation, roofing
I accessories, flashing breather vents, roof drains, ballasts , substrates, downspouts and splash
blocks for a free draining watertight roofing system.
I B. Related Sections: 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
I 1.2 suBMrrrAlst
A. Roofing System Shop Drawingp: lnclude plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments
t to othei Work.
B. Roofing System Product lnformation
I C. Roof Ballast Samples 3'x3' minimum
I D. Downspouts and Gutters Product information
I E. Concrete Splashblock Product Information
I F. Roof Drains
- C. Maintenance data.
T
1.3 QUALTTYASSUMNCEIr A. lnstaller Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing
r system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive
I manufacture/s warranty.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain components for membrane roofing system from same
I manufacturer as roofing membrane.
C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide membrane roofing materials with the fire-test-
I response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per testI method below by UL, FMC, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ClassA; ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes
indicated.
I
I
I EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING o7s31 - 1
Flruren t,"r.. r.r.n,te{
Vail, Colorado
97o-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacture/s written
instructions and warranty requ i rements.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, without monetary limitation, in which
manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of membrane roofing system that fail
in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failure includes roof leak.
1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EPDM ROOFINC MEMBRANE
A. EPDM Roofing Membrane: ASTMD 4637,Type l, nonreinforced uniform, flexible sheet
made from EPDM, and as follows:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the manufacturers specified.
a. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated.
b. Firestone Building Products Company.
c. or equal
2. Thickness: 60 mils, nominal.
3. Exposed Face Color: Black.
2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. Ceneral; Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended
use and compatible with membrane roofing.
B. Ballast: Ballast to match existing roofing ballast at Red Sandstone Elementary
C. Sheet Flashing: 60-mil- thick EPDM, partially cured or cured, according to application.
D. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard bonding adhesive.
E. Seaming Material: Manufacturer's standard synthetic-rubber polymer primer and 3-inch-
wide minimum, butyl splice tape with release film.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEPDM MEMBMNE ROOFINC 07531-2
I
T
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.4
A.
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
B.
EPDM MEMBMNE ROOFINC
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
2.3
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
A.
B.
F. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-
resistance provisions in FMC 447O, designed for fastening membrane to substrate, and
acceptable to membrane rooflng slatem manufacturer.
G. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide lap sealant, water cutoff mastic, metal termination bars,
metal battens, pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside
and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, in-seam sealants, termination reglets,
cover strips, and other accessories.
SUBSTMTE BOARDS
Subatrate Board: As recommended by roofing manufacturer
Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-
resistance provisions in FMC 447Q designed for fastening substrate panel to roof deck.
ROOF INSULATION
Composite Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: C1289, faced with insulation board on one
major surface, as indicated below by type, and felt or glass-fiber mat facer on the other.
Minimum R value 30.
Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-iapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4
inch per 12 inches, unless otherwise indicated.
Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where
indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated.
lNSULATION ACCESSORIES
Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-
resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and
acceptable to roofing sptem manufacturer.
B. Cold Fluid-Applied Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard cold fluid-applied adhesive
formulated to adhere roof insulation to substrate.
DOWNSPOUTS, CUTTERS and SPLASHBIOCIG
Downspouts and Cutters - Pre-manufactured metal or vinyl system acceptable to roofing
manufacturer.
Splashblock - Pre-fabricated concrete minimum 6' in length subject to Civil Engineers
approval.
07531-3
Fritzlen Pierce Architectf
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
PART 3 - EXECUTION
J-Z
A.
B.
E.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
l
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
3.1 SUBSTMTE BOARD
Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof
slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together.
INSULATION INSTALLATION
Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to
precipitation or left exposed at the end of the wo*day.
Comply with membrane roofing system manufacture/s written instructions for installing roof
insulation.
Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated.
Install one or more layers of insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness.
Where overall insulation thickness is 2 inches or greater, install 2 or more layers with joints
of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches in
each direction.
Mechanically Fastened and Adhered Insulation: lnstall each layer of insulation and secure
first layer of insulation to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for
fastening specified board-type roof insulation to deck type.
1. Fasten first layer of insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter and field of
roof.
2. Install subsequent layers of insulation in a cold fluid-applied adhesive.
ADHERED ROOFINC MEMBMNE I NSTALLATION
Install roofing membrane over area to receive roofing according to membrane roofing
system manufacturer's written instructions, Unroll roofing membrane and allow to relax
before installing.
Accurately align roofing membrane and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum
dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.
Bonding Adhesive: Apply bonding- adhesive to subrstrate and underside of roofing
membrane at rate required by manufacturer and allow to partially dry. Do not apply
bonding adhesive to splice area of roofing membrane.
Mechanically or adhesively fasten roofing membrane securely at terminations, penetrations,
and perimeter of roofing.
C.
D.
3.3
A.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
EPDM MEMBMNE ROOFINC 07531 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
E. Adhesive Seam Installation: Clean both faces of splice areas, apply splicing cemen! and
firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping roofing membranes according to manufacturer's
written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal
exposed edges of roofing membrane terminations.
F. Repair tears, voids and lapped seams in rooling that does not meet requirements.
3.4 BASE FLASHINC INSTALLATION
A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according
to membrane roofing q4stem manufacturerrs written instructions.
B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and
allow to partially dry. Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam area of flashing.
C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet
flashing.
D. Clean splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping
sheets to ensure a wateftight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of
sheet fl ashing terminations.
E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to suhntrate through
termination bars.
3.5 WALKWAY INSTALLATION
A. Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Mhere walh,,ray
product to subrstrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing system manufacture/s
written instructions.
END OF SECTION 07531
EPDM MEMBMNE ROOFINC 07531 - s
I
I
I
t
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
vaiQ,mnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
SECI-ION 07 54O. SNOWGUARDS
PARTl -GENERAL
1,1 SUMMARY
A. WORK INCLUDES
1. #3(rc1 Snowguard that attaches directly to the roof deck.
2. Coordinate with the installation of the roof to assure proper placement of the snowguards.3. Provide appropriate snowguard and hsteners for the roof system.B. RETATEDSECNONS
'l - Section 076fi): Flashing and Sheet Metal.
2. Section 07610: Metal Roofing' 3. Division 7: Thermal and Moisture protection.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A COMPONENTS:
1. . #30C1Smwguard system consists of individual metal snow guards made from same material as roof panel.
2. Fasteners
a. Can be adhered with double-sided adhesive tape.
b. Can be adhered with adhesive caulking.
c. Can be fastened using acceptable through fusteners.
d. All snowguards should be faslened using good fastening or adhering techniques.B. DESICNREQUIREMENTS:
1 . Spacing to be recommended by manufacturer or building engineer.2, Minimum 2 fasteners per srcwguard.
3. lt is important to design rrcw structures or assess existing structures to make sure that they can withstand retained
i snow loads,
1.3 SUBMITTAL - Submit manufacture/s sp€cifications, standard detail dnwings, recommended layout and installation instructions.
1 '4 QUALITY ASSURANCE - Installer to be experienced in the installation of specified roofing material and snowguards for not less than
5 years in the area of the project.
1.5 DEUVERY / SIORACE / HANDLINC - Inspect material upon delivery and order replacements for any missing or defective items. Keep
material dry cryered and off the ground unlil installed.
PART2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Afpine SnowCuards. A division of Vermont Slate & Copper Services Inc., P.O. Box 430, Stowe, VT (8fJ;81 7&4273.22 MATERIALS (choose one)
A. Clear, UV stabilized polycarbonate.
2.3 FtNtSH
A. Mill finish.
PART 3 - DGCUTION
3.1 DG,MINATION
A' Substrate: Inspect roof system to be properly attached and installed to withstand additional loading incurred, Notif Ceneral
Contmctor of any deficiencies before installing Alpine SnowCuards.3,2 INSTATIATION
A. C-omply with architectural drawings for location and with Manufacture/s instructions for layou! assembly, and installation.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SNOWGUARDS 07540-1
I i:,T'a,'ff:Architects
O VailCymnasticsFacility
r 970-476-6342
I SECTIoN 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHINC AND TRIM
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
II PARTl -CENEML
I 1.1
''MMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I 1. Formed roof drainage q/stem.2. Formed low-slope roof flashing and trim.
I 3. Formed steep-slope roof flashing and trim.
t 4. Formed wall flashing and trim.
I 1.2 suBMrrrALS
- A. Samples: For each type of sheet metal flashing and trim.
I
1.3 OUALITYASSUMNCE
I A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's 'Architectural Sheet
Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent
I ) requirements are indicated.
t PART2-PRoDUCrs
r 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
t' A. ln other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
to product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, manufacturers specified.
I 2-2 sHEEr MErArs
A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3004, 3105, or 5005, Temper suitable for
I forming and structural performance required, but not less than H14, finishei as follows:
1. High-Performance Organic Finish: Two-coat, thermocured system containing not less
I kilo10u0f;r."",
polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with
t
I
'HEET
METAL FLA'HTN. AND TR'M 07620 - 1
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.4
A.
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
D.
B.
2.3
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Color: Powder coat finish, color to match clear anodized finish of specified
windows. .Refer to Section 08515 Aluminum Windows
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Ceneral: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings,
separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal
flashing and trim installation.
B. Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Fype ll (No.30), asphalt-saturated organic felt,
nonperforated
F.
1. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized paper, minimum 3 lb/100 sq. ft..
Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and
bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads.
1. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with
hex washer head.
2. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.
Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing
tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag. nontoxic,
nonstaining tape.
Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant; of type, grade,
class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and
remain watertight.
Butyl Sealant: ASTMC1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant,
polyisobutylene plasticized, heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited
movement.
Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil
dry film thickness per coat.
FABRICATION, GENERAL
Ceneral: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations
in SMACNA's 'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal,
and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fabricate items where practicable. Obtain
field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.
Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning buckling and tool
marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
1. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flarlock seams. Form searns
and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength.
SHEET METAL FTASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 2
B.
2.5
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.6
A.
O VailGymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with
flatJock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.
C. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accom modate
elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations.
D. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in the Work
cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not les than 1 inch
deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints.
t. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed-to-view sheet metal
flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or
from compatible, noncorrosive metal, and in thickness not less than that of metal being
secured.
ROOF DRAINACE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
Hanging Cutters: Fabricate to cross-section to match existing complete with end pieces,
outlet tubes, and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long
sections. Furnish flat-stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as
gutters/ of size recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gufter thickness.
Fabricate expansion joints, expansion-joint covers, gutter bead reinforcing bars and gutter
accessories frorn same metal as gutters.
1. Accessories: Wire ball downspout strainer.
2. Fabricate from the following material:
a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 0.0336 inch thick.
Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish
with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors.
1. Fabricate downspouts from the following material:
a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: O.O217 inchthick.
LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long but not exceeding 10-foot- long, sections.
Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copinp. Furnish with continuous cleats to
support edge of e)fternal leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter
corners, seal and solder or weld wateftight.
1. Fabricate copings from the following material:
SHEET METAL FLASHINC AND TRIM 07620 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cvm nastics Faciliw
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 0.0396 inch thick.
B. Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Aluminum: 0.040 inch thick.
C. Counterflashing and Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick.
D. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Lead: 4.0 lb/sq. ft., hard tempered.
E. Roof-Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Lead: 4.0 lb/sq. ft., hard tempered
2.7 STEEP-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAT FABRICATIONS
A. Apron, Step, Cricket, and Backer Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick.
B. Valley Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick.
C. Drip Edges: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick.
D. Eave, Rake, Ridge, and Hip Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: O.O217 inch thick.
2.8 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Openings Flashing in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill, jamb and similar flashings to
extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch- high-end
dams. Fabricate from the following material:
1. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
ISHEET METAL FLASHINC AND TRIM 07620 - 4
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
PART 3 - EXECUTION
H.
1.
B.
D.
F.
3.1
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
U Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
INSTALLATION, CENERAL
Ceneral: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely
in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder,
welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as
reguired to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.
1 . Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.
Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,
Protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by.
other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar
metals.
Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and
tool marks.
Install sheet metal flashing and trinr true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat
seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds and elastomeric sealant.
Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance.
Verifi shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.
'1 . Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners,
Bend tabs over fasteners.
Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space
movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner
or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or
would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges,
not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within ioints.
Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1/4 inches for
.nails and not less than 314 inch for wood screws.
1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners.
2. Aluminum: Use aluminum or stainless steel fasteners.
Seal joins with elastomeric sealant as reguired for watertight construction.
Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin
edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches except where pretinned surface
would show in finished Work.
Do not solder prepainted, metallic-coated steel and aluminum sheet.
Pre-tinning is not required for lead.
SHEET METAL FLASHINC AND TRIM 07620 - 5
Fritzlen Pierce nrchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
B.
B.
D.
E.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
3.2
3.3
A.
ROOF DRAINACE SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Ceneral: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system
according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof
perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system.
Hanging Cutters: .foin sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed
with elastomeric sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutten at eave or fascia to
firmly anchored gutter brackets spaced not more than 36 inches apart. Provide end
closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts.
1. lnstall gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated but not exceeding 50 feet
apart. Install expansion joint caps.
Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1l2-inch telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed
to hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom
and at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between.
ROOF FLASHINC INSTALLATION
Ceneral: lnstall sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance
requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed
fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps,
joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight.
Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to
recommendations in FMC Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49.
1. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleats anchored to
substrate at 16-inch centers.
Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG
Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49.
1. lnterlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleats anchored to substrate
at 16-inch centers.
2. Anchor interior leg of coping with screw fasteners and washers at 18-inch centers.
Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing.
Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Secure in a
waterproof manner. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap
counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches and bed with elastomeric sealant.
Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with
installation of rooflng and other items penetrating roof. lnstall flashing as follows:
1. Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping being careful not to block vent piping
with flashing.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07624 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O VailcymnasticsFacility
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
2. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for
lead flashing on vent piping.
3.4 WALL FLASHINC INSTALLATION
A. Ceneral: lnstall sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture
according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall
flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.
B. Openings Flashing in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb, and similar
flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings.
END OF SECTION 07620
SHEET METAL FLASHINC AND TRIM 07620 - 7
I i:f'il,:,T:Architects o
I ;:H'".J,',10-JOINTSEALANTS
I
I
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May2ffi4
Vail, Colorado
I PARrl-.ENEML
I 1.1 suMMARy
I A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications, including those specified
I by reference to this Section:
1 . Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal non-traffic surfaces.
2. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal non-traffic surfaces.
3. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces.
r 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUTREMENTS
I A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtightI continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
I r.3 wARMNTY
I A. Special Installe/s Warranty: Installer's standard form in which lnstaller agrees to repair or
t replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other
requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
I PART2-PRoDUC's
I 2.'t MANUFACTuRERS
A. Avaihble Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
I incorporated into the woik include, but are not limited to, producl listed in other Part 2r articles.
I 2.2 MATERTAL'. GENERAL
I A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
f compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field
I
experience.
B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: fu selected b;z Architect from manufacturer/s full range.
I
I JorNr sEArANrs o7s2o - 1
Vail, Colorado
970-476:6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
2.3 ELASTOMERICJOINTSEALANTS
A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each
liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920
classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and ioint substrates.
B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be
nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to
ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project.
C. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that
will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with
21 CFR 177.2600.
D. Single-ComponentNeutral-CuringSiliconeSealant:
1. Available Products:
a. Dow Corning Corporation; 790.
b. GE Silicones; SilPruf LM SCS2700.
c. Tremcol Spectrem 1 (Basic).
d. CE Silicones; SilPruf SCS2000.
e. Pecora Corporation; 864.
f. Pecora Corporation; 890.
g. Polymeric Systems lnc.; PSI-641.
h. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Omniseal.
i. Tremco; Spectrem 3.j. or equivalent
2. Type and Crade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
3. Class: 100/50.
4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M,'C, A, and/ as applicable to joint substrates
indicated, O.
6. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Nonstaining to porous substrates per
ASTM C 1248.
2.4
A.
B.
LATEXJOINT SEALANTS
Latex Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 834, Type O P, Crade NF.
Available Products:
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
't.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 600.
Pecora Corporation; AC-20+.
Schnee-Morehead, lnc.; SM 8200.
Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex lnc.; Sonolac.
Tremco; Tremflex 834.
JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 2
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
B.
3.1
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
O VailCymnastics Facility
May 2AO4
Vail. Colorado
6. or equivalent
JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
Ceneral: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible
with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for
applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory
testing.
Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTMC1330, TypeC (closed-cell material with a surface
skin) B (bicellular material with a surface skin) or any of the preceding types, as approved in
writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density
to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant
pefformance:
Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or
joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide
self-adhesive tape where applicable.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion
of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-
substrate tests and field tests.
Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of
sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of
staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and
formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.
Masking Tape: Nonstaining nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PREPAMTION
Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants.
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of
joint sealant.
a. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing grinding blast cleaning
mechanical abrading or a combination of these methods to produce a clean,
JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
2.
B.
D.
3.2
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants.
Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by
vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air.
Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
a. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do-not
stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of
joint sealants.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, where recommended in writing by joint-sealant
manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience.
Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine
primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining
su rfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with
adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such
contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape
immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
E.
INSTALLATION
Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C'l 193 for use of
joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicatec.
Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at
position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative
to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends ofsealant backings.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear sealant backings.
3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application
and replace them with dry materials.
Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between
sealants and backs of joints.
Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time
backings are installed:
1 . Place sealants so they direaly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow
optimum sealant movement capability.
Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: lmmediately after sealant application and before skinning or
curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth,
JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact
and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1 . Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do
not discolor sealanB or adjacent surfaces.
3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 54 in ASTM C 1 193, unless otherwise
indicated.
F. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joinb as the Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants
and of products in which joinb occur.
END OF StCilON 07920
JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 5
1.1
2."1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
SECTION 08111 . STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
PART 1 . CENEML
1.2
A.
B.
1.3
A.
B.
SUMMARY
This Section includes standard hollow-metal steel doors and frames. All exterior and interior
doors are scheduled to be metal doors and frames.
SUBMIITALS
Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, label
compliance, fire-resistance rating and finish for each type of steel door and frame specified.
Shop Drawings: Provide a schedule of standard steel doors and frames using same
reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings.
DELIVERY, STOMCE, AND HANDLINC
Deliver doors and frames palletized, wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit
and Project-site storate. Do not use non-vented plastic.
Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack
welded to jambs and mullions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with reguirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Amweld Building Products, LLC.
2, Benchmark Doors; a division of Ceneral Products Co., Inc.
3. Ceco Door Products; an ASSA ABLOY Croup Company.4. CURRIES Company; an ASSA ABLOY Croup Company.
5. Deansteel Manufacturing Inc.
6. Fleming Door Products Ltd.; an ASSA ABLOY Croup Company.7. Kewanee Corporation (The).
8. Mesker Door Inc.
9. Pioneer Industries, Inc.
10. Republic Builders Products Company.
STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Architect0
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
11. Steelcraft; an lngersoll-Rand Company.
12. or equivalent
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cold-RolledSteel Sheet: ASTMA1O08/A'lOOSM,Commercial Steel (CS),TypeB;suitable
for exposed applications.
B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTMA'lO11lA 101 1M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of
scale, pitting or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/4 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with
minimum 440 zinc-iron-alloy (galvannealed) coating designation.
D. Electrolytic Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A S91lAS91M, Commercial Steel (CS), Class B
coating; mill phosphatized.
E. Supports and Anchors: After fabricating galvanize units to
according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.
F. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Provide items to be built into exterior walls, hot-dip
galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
G. Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application
indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices
for attaching standard steel door frames of type indicated.
H. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type | (blankets without membrane facing);
consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool with 6- to 12-lblcu. ft- density;
with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50 respectively;
passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics
l. Clazing:-'Comply with requirements in Division B Section "Glazing."
2.3 STANDARD STEEL DOORS
A. General: Provide doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated; fabricated
with smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces. Comply with
ANSt4250.B.
'1 . Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper honeycomb, polystyrene,
polyurethane, mineral-board or vertical steel-stiffener core that produces doors
complying with ANSI A250.8.
2. Vertical Edges for Single-Acting Doors: Beveled edge.
a. Beveled Edge: 1/8 inch in 2 inches.
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
be built into exterior walls
STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FMMES 08111 - 2
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architecs
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
3. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042-inch- thick end closures
or channels of same material as face sheets.
B. Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. Provide doors
complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI 4250.8 for level and
model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endurance level:
1. Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model 1 (Full Flush) or
Model 3 (Stile and Rail) as indicated on drawings.
2.4 STANDARD STEEL FMMES
A. Ceneral: Comply with ANSI 4250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile.
B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet.
1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face cornersand seamless face
joints.
2. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors: 0.067-inch- thick steel sheet.
C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated to
comply with exterior frame requirements.
1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face corners and seamless face
joints.
2. Frames for Wood Doors: 0.067-inch- thick steel sheet.
D. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from electrolytic zinc-coated or metallic-coated steel
sheet.
E. Jamb Anchors: Masonry, stud-wall, compression or postinstalled expansion type; not less
than 0.042 inch thick.
F. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames. not less than 0.042 inch thick.
2.5 STOPS AND MOLDINCS
A. Moldings for Clazed Lites in Doors: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, fabricated from same
material as door face sheet in which they are installed.
B. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with standard steel frames, minimum 5/8 inch
high, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Loose Stops for Clazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, fabricated from same
material as frames in which they are installed.
. STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
974-476-6342
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Ceneral: Fabricate standard steel doors and frames to be rigid and free of defects, warp or
buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for
thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacture/s plant. To
ensure proper assembly at Pro.ject site, clearly identifo work that cannot be permanently
factory assembled before shipment.
B. Standard Steel Doors:
1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doon to permit
moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration.
2. Clazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors.
C. Standard Steel Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling
limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thicknesi
metal as frames.
1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress and make
smooth, flush and invisible.
2. Sidelight Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or
joints; fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and
to jambs by butt welding.3. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws
fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambo and mullions with at least four spot
welds per anchor.
5. Jamb Anchors: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of
frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c.
6. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door
silencers as follows. Provide plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction.
D. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare standard steel doors and frames to receive
templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling and
tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in
Division I Section "Door Hardware."
1. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI 4250.6 and ANS/DHI A,1 15Series
specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. Locate hardware as
indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to ANSI 4250.8.
E. Stops and Moldings: Provide stop and moldings around glazed lites where indicated.
Form corners of stops and moldinp with butted or mitered hairline joints.
1. Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of door or frame.
2. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of doors and frames.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
and bolts for exposed
STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.1
A.
B.
D.
E.
F.
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
2.7 FINISHES
A. Steel Finish: Factory priming for field-painted finish.
1. Shop Primer: Manufacturerrs standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer
complying with ANSI A250.10 acceptance criteria.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory.
Provide doors and frames of sizes, thicknesses and designs indicated. Install standard steel
doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned and securely fastened in place; comply
with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions.
Standard Steel Frames: Install standard steel frames for doors, sidelighs, borrowed lights
and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI l O5.
1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned and braced securely until
permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary
braces, leaving surfaces smobth and undamaged.
a. At fire-protection-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80.
Standard Steel Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames. Shim as necessary.
Clazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 8 Section "Clazing" and with
standard steel door and frame manufacturer's written instructions.
Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final
inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace
defective work, including standard steel doors or frames that are warped, bowed, or
otherwise unacceptable.
Prime-Coat Touchup: lmmediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of
prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer.
END OF SEC'IION 08111
STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 5
I Fritzlen pierce ArchitectsI N?'i;:;#iii
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I SECTION 08s20 - ALUMTNUM WTNDOWS
I PARTI -cENERALr
1.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes aluminum storefront exterior windows and doors. Refer to
Window schedule and elevations for types and sizes.
I 1,2 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of aluminum window indicated.I
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, attachmenb
to other Work, and operational clearances.
1. lnclude structural analysis data indicating structural test pressures and design
pressures from basic wind speeds indicated and deflection limitations of glass
framing q6tems, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
r C. Samples: For each exposed finish.
I D. Maintenance data.
1.3 QUALTTYASSUMNCE
I A. Installer: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's
r Products'
r B. Mockups:
1. Provide mock up of window for approval.
-1.4 WARMNry
r A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
I repair or replace aluminum windows that fail in materials and workmanship within
I two years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Warranty Period for Metal Finishes: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
' C. Warranty Period for Class: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
I
I
ALUMINUMWTNDoWS
I
08520 - 1
O
ects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Archit
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.3
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
2.2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Kawneer Company, lnc.
GTAZINC
Glass and Clazing Materials: Refer to Division B Section "Clazin$' for glass units and
glazing requirements applicable to glazed duminum window units,
Class: Low E, Insulating
INSECT SCREENS
General: Design windows and hardware to accommodate screens in a tight-fitting,
removable arrangement, with a minimum of exposed fasteners and latches. Locate
screens on outside of window and provide for each operable exterior sash or ventilator.
FABRICATION
Ceneral: Fabricate aluminum windows, in sizes indicated, that comply with
requirements and that meet or exceed AAMA/NWWDA101il.S.2 performance
requirements for the following window type and performance class. Include a
complete system for assembling components and anchoring windows.
Fabricate aluminum windows that are reglazable without dismantling sash or
ventilator framing.
Weather Stripping: Provide full-perimeter weather stripping for each operable
sash and ventilator.
Weep Holes: Provide weep holes and internal passages to conduct infiltrating
water to exterior.
E. Provide water-shed members above side-hinged ventilators and similar lines of
natural water penetration.
F. Mullions: Provide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units,
complete with anchors for support to structure and installation of window uniB.
2.4
B.
C.
D.
I
tALUMINIMWINDOWS08s20 -2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
97G475-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Allow for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal
expansion and building deflections, as indicated. Provide mullions and cover plates
capable of withstanding design loads of window units.
C. Subframes: Provide subframes with anchors for window units as shown, of profile and
dimensions indicated but not less than 0.062-inch thick extruded aluminum. Miter or
coPe corners, and weld and dress smooth with concealed mechanical joint fasteners.
Finish to match window units. Provide subframes capable of withstanding design loads of
window units.
H. Clazing Stops: Provide snap-on glazing stops coordinated with Division 8 Section
"Clazin$' and glazing slatem indicated. Provide glazing stops to match sash and ventilator
frames.
2.5 FINISHES
Exposed Finishes -Clear Anodized Finish,
Alumi n um fu sociation Designation # 1 4 Clear AA -M1 2C22A41
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding
thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural supportr and in
proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction.
B. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weathertight
construction.
C. Install windows and components to drain condensation, water penetrating joinb,..,
and moisture migrating within windows to the exterior.
D. Metal Protection: Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources
of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials by
complying with requirements specified in "Dissimilar Materials" Paragraph in
Appendix B in MMA/NWWDA 101/1.S.2.
E. Adjust operating sashes and ventilators, screens, and hardware for a tight fit at
contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight
closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts.
F. Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting
from construction operations. In addition, monitor window surfaces adjacent to
and below exterior concrete and masonry surfaces during construction for
ALI.JMINT.]M WINDOWS 08520 - 3
I
itects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May2004
Vail, Colorado
presence of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, stains, or other contaminanb. lf
contaminating substances do contact window surfaces, remove contaminants
immediately accord ing to man ufacture/s wriften recom mendations.
C. Clean aluminum surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging
protective coatings and finishes- Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt,
and other substances.
H. Clean factory-glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with
manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance.
Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces.
L Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or
damaged during construction period.
t.
END OF SECTION OB52O
ALUMINI.]MWINDOWS 08520 - 4
o
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
I
I Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Yail, Colorado
I sECTroN 08211 - DooR HARDWARE
I PARrl -cENEML
I 1.1 suMMARY
r A. This Section includes the following:
r 1. Commercial door hardware.
I 2. Cylinders for doors specified in other Sections.r 3. Alt door hardware must accept a (7) pin Best Lock core as manufactured by
I
Best Lock in compliance with Town of Vail standards.
1.2 SIJBMTTTALSIr A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
I B. Hardware Schedule: Provide Hardware Schedule based on Door Swings and
Types indicated on the drawings.
I C. Samples: For each exposed finish.
I D. Door Hardware Schedule: Organized into door hardware sets indicating type,
t style, function, size, label, hand, manufacturer, fasteners, location, and finish of
each door hardware item. Include description of each electrified door hardware
I
function, including sequence of operation.
E. Keying Schedule: Detail Owne/s final keying instructions for locks.
t 1.3 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
I A. Supplier Qualifications: Person who is or employs a qualified DHI Architectural
Hardware Consultant.
I B. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Incorporate keying
conference decisions into final keying schedule.
r C. Keys; Deliver keys to Owner by registered mail.
I
I
DooR HARDWARE 08711 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Yail, Colorado
D. Templates: Obtain and distribute templates for doors, frames, and other work
specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware.
E, Standards: Comply with BHMA A155 series standards, Crade 1.
F. Certified Products: Provide door hardware that is listed in BHMA directorv of
certified products.
1,4 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or
workmanship within warranty period.
'1. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial
Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product named
for each door hardware item indicated in Door Hardware Sets.
2.2 DOOR HARDWARE
A. Exterior Doors: Stainless Steel 12" pulls each door. Provide deadbolt to lock.
B. Interior Doors; Lever Handles w/ integrated lock, brushed aluminum finish
C. Bathroom Doors: Stainless Steel Push Cuards Only
2.3 PIVOTS AND HINGES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hinges:
a. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
b. Bommer Industries, Inc. (Bl)-
DOOR HARDWARE
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I0871', -2
o
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Gymnastics Facility
I Vail, Cotorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Vatl, Colorado
I c. Cal-RoyalProducts, lnc. (CRp).
I d. Hager Companies (HAC).
I ;' []'*1"'i?:,lTJ[::J;:1, Div. or ESSEX Industries, Inc. (MCK).
| f,. ffi:1,:1ffi:oration;
Div' of Fanar' sA(MH)'
i. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries. Inc. (SCT).
t i. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
k. or equivalent
I B. General: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into
wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units.
I C. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:
I Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin.r 2. lnterior Hinges: Brass, with stainless-steel pin body and brass protruding
I
heads.
r D. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that prevents removal of
I pin while door is closed; for out swinging exterior doors.
|| E. Screws: Phillips flat-head screws; screw heads finished to match surface of
I hinges.
r 1. Metal Doors and Frames: Machine screws (drilled and tapped holes).
I 2. Wood Doors and Frames: Wood screws.
I 2.4 MECHANTCAL LOCKS AND TATCHES
A. Manufacturers:II 1. Accurate Lock and Hardware Co. (ALH).
I 2. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
I 3. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. (ABH).
, 4. Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX lndustries, Inc. (AAH).
I s. Best Lock Corporation (BLC).
6. Brink, R. R. Locking Systems, Inc. (RRB).
I
I
DOORHARDWARE 08711 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Gymnastics Facility
I
,l
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
7. Cal-Royal Products,Inc. (CRP).
8. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security lnc. (CR).
9. Door Controls lnternational (DCl).
10. Folger Adam Security lnc. (FAS).
11. Clynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (CJ).
12. Hager Companies (HAC).
13. lves, H. B. (lVS).
14. Lockwood Architectural Hardware; Div. of Lloyd Matheson lnc. (LAH).
1s. Marks USA (MKS).
16. McKinney Products Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (MCK).
17. Medeco High Security Locks, Inc. (MED).
18. NT Falcon Lock Co.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTF).
19. PDQ Manufacturing Co. (PDQ).
20. Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
21. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SCT).
22. Schlage Lock Company; an lngersoll-Rand Company (SCH).
23. Security Door Controls (SDC).
24. Simplex; Div. of UNICAN (SlM).
25. Southern Steel Co.; Div. of Phelps-Tointon lnc. (SS).
26. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, lnc. (TBM).
27. Weiser Lock; Div. of Maseo Building Products Corporation (WEl).
28. Yale Security lnc.; Div. of Williams HoldinBs (YAL).
29. or equivalent
Bored Lockset Design:
Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons.
Backset: 2-314 inches (70 mm), unless otherwise indicated.
BOLTS
Flush Bolts: BHMA Crade'1, designed for mortising into door edge.
1. Manufacturers:
2.5
A.
DOOR HARDWARE 087',11 - 4
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteorO Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
b. Burns Manufacturing lncorporated (BM).
Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
Door Controls International (DCl).
Clynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (CJ).
Hager Companies (HAC).
Hiawath4lnc. (HlA).
lves, H. B. (lVS).
NT Quality Hardware; an lngersoll-Rand Company (NTQ).
Rixson-Firemark, lnc.; Div. of Yale Security lnc. (RlX).
Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM).
or equivalent
2.6 EXIT DEVICES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
2. American Device Manufacturing Company; Member of The DORMA Group
(ADM).
3. Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, lnc. (AAH).
4. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security lnc. (CR),
5. Door Controls International (DCl),
6. Dynalock Corp. (DLC).
7. Locknetics Security Engineering; a Harrow Company (LSE).
B. NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an lngersoll-Rand Company (NTD).
9. NT Monarch Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTM).
10. Precision Hardware, Inc. (PH).
11. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
12. Securitron Magnalock Corp. (SMC).
13. Von Duprin; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (VD).
14. Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
15. or equivalent
DOOR HARDWARE 08711 - 5
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Yail, Colorado
B. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled for panic protection, based on testing
according to UL 305.
1. Dummy Push Bar: Nonfunctioning push bar matching functional push bar.
2. Outside Trim: Lever with cylinder; material, finish, and design to match
locksets and latchsets, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Through Bolts: For exit devices and trim on metal doors.
2.7 OPEMTINC TRIM
A. Push-Pull Design: As scheduled.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
b. Burns Manufacturing lncorporated (BM).
Don-fo Mfg., Inc. (DJO).
Forms * Surfaces (FS).
Hager Companies (HAC).
HEWl,lnc. (HEW).
Hiawath4 Inc. (HlA).
lves, H. B. (lVS).
NT Quality Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTQ).
Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Work (STH).
Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM).
or equivalent
2.8 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS
A. Coordinators: BHMA A155.3.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
b. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., lnc. (ABH).
c. Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, lnc. (AAH).
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
IDOOR HARDWARE 08711 - 6
t
I
I
I
I
!
t
t
I
t
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Yail, Colorado
d. Door Controls lnternational (DCt).
e. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ).
f. Hager Companies (HAC).
g. lves, H. B. (lVS).
h. NT Monarch Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTM).
i. Precision Hardware,Inc. (pH).
j. Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RrVl).
k. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM).
l. or equivalent
B. Carry-Open Bars: Provide carry-open bars for inactive leaves of pairs of doors,
unless automatic or self-latching bolts are used.
2.9 CLOSERS
A. Surface-MountedClosers:
1, Manufacturers:
a. Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (AAH).
b. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
c. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Securitv Inc.
(cR)'
d. DORMA Door Controls Inc.; Member of The DORMA Croup (DC).
e. LCN Closers; an tngersoll-Rand Company (LCN).
f. Norton Door Controls; Div. of Yale Security lnc. (NDC).
g. Rixson-Firemark, Inc.; Div. of Yale Security lnc. (RlX)-
h. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX lndustries, Inc. (SGT).
i. Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
j. or equivalent
B. Size of Units: Factory-sized, adjustable to meet field conditions and
requirements for opening force.
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I DOOR HARDWARE 08711 - 7
o
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
97A-476-6342 Yail, Colorado
2.1O STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Stops and Holders: Provide floor stops for doors, unless wall or other type stops
are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede
traffic. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders.
1. Manufacturers:
Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. (ABH).
Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM).
Door Controls lnternational (DCl).
DORTVIA Door Controls lnc.; Member of The DORMA Group (DC).
Clyn n-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (CJ ).
Hager Companies (HAG).
Hanchett Entry Systems, Inc. (HES).
Hiawath4Inc. (HlA).
lves, H. B. (lVS).
LCN Closers; an lngersoll-Rand Company (LCN).
Norton Door Controls; Div. of Yale Secur:ity lnc. (NDC).
NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTD).
NT Quality Hardware; an lngersoll-Rand Company (NTQ).
Rixson-Firemark, Inc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (RlX).
Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div- of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, lnc. (TBM).
Yale Security lnc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
or equivalent
B. Silencers for Door Frames: Neoprene or rubber; fabricated for drilled-in
application to frame.
2.1'I DOOR CASKETINC AND THRESHOLDS
A. Door Casketing: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors
and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
1
I
I
I
I
t
T
t
I
t
I
P.
q.
r,
s.
t.
DOOR HARDWARE 08711 - I
o
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
I Vail, Colorado May 2004', 970-476-6342 Vail, Colorado
I scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and
I elsewhere as indicated.
|
1. Manufacturers:
a. Gasketing:
I 1) Hager Companies (HAC).t :l ffi:1T:fiJ#Tl;ll:JT;'J,
4) Reese Enterprises,Inc. (RE).
I 5) Sealeze Corporation (SEL).
6) Ultra Industries; a Macklanburg-Duncan Company (ULT).
| 7') Zero International' Inc' (zRO)'
B) or equivalent
t b. Door Bottoms:
I ) 1) Hager Companies (HAG).
t 2') NationalCuard Products, Inc. (NCP).
I ;l ::*1H,J:,illllil;1""(PEM)
5) Sealeze Corporation (SEL).
| 6) Ultra Industries; a Macklanburg-Duncan Company (ULT).
7) Zero International, Inc. (ZRO).
I 8) or equivalent
- 2. Air leakage: Not to exceed 0.SO cfm per foot (O.OOO774 cu. m/s per m) of
| il*+ilfiJl: gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested accordins
I
3. Casketing Materials: Comply with ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 7OU7O2.
B. Thresholds: Low-rise as complies with ADA
I 1. Manufacturers:
t , I ffil:'"#,ilT"5:?,nc(NGp)
I
c. NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an lngersoll-Rand Company (NTD).
r DOOR HARDWARE 0 E711 -s
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 20O4
970-476-6342 Vail, Colorado
d. Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. (PEM).
e. Reese Enterprises, lnc. (RE).
f. Rixson-Firemark, lnc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (RlX).
B. Ultra Industries; a Macklanburg-Duncan Company (ULT).
h. Zero International, Inc. (ZRO).
i. or equivalent
2.12 CYLINDERS, KEYINC, AND STRIKES
A. Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or
nickel silver.
1. Manufacturersl
a. Best Lock Corporation (BLC).
2. Number of Pins; Seven.
3. High-Security Crade: BHMA Grade iA, listed and labeled as complying
with UL 437 (Suffix Ai.
4. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard to match existing; finish face to
match lockseti cores to match existing.
5. Keying System: Match exisitng.
B. Strikes; Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt,
with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set.
2.13 FABRICATION
A. Base Metals: Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified
door hardware units and BHMAA156.1B for finishes. Do not furnish
manufacturer's standard materials if different from specified standard.
B. Fasteners: Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door
hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Provide steel machine or wood screws or
steel through bolts for fire-rated applications.
C. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow metal doors.
D. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements of DHIWDHS.2,
"Recommended Fasteners for Wood Doors."
t
I
I
I
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
IDOOR HARDWARE o87',t1 - 10
c.
D.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
3.2
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
T
o
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Yail, Colorado
E. Finishes: Comply with BHMAA156.18.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALTATION
A. Examine doors and frames for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction,
and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Steel Door and Frame Preparation: Comply with DHtA115 series. Drill and tap
doors and frames for surface'applied hardware according to SDI 107.
F.
Wood Door Preparation: Comply with DHlA115-W series.
Mounting Heights: Comply with the following requirements, unless otherwise
indicated:
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for
Architectural Hardware for Staridard Steel Doors and Frames."
2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural
Hardware for Wood Flush Doors."
Adjust and reinforce aftachment substrates as necessary for proper installation
and operation. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for
anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry
standards.
1. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of
sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section 'Joint
Sealants."
Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and
ventilating equipment and to comply with accessibility requirements.
1. Door Ctosers: Adjust sweep period so that from an open position of 7O
degrees, the door will take at least three seconds to move to a point 3
inches mm) from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door.
DOOR HARDWARE CROUPS
DOOR HARDWARE 08711 - 11
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Yail, Colorado
A. Hardware Group A- Door No. 101
Hinges
Panic Hardware
Lockset (keyed to match existing)
Flush Bolt
Closer
Threshold-ADA compliant
Finishes to match existing
B. Hardware Group B-Door Nos. 104. 108. 119
Hinges
Panic Hardware
Entry Lockset (keyed to match existing)
Closer
Silencers
Floor or Wall Stops as required
Threshold-ADA compliant
Finishes to match existing
Hardware Group C-Door No. 102
Hinges
hnicHardwarc
Classroom Lockset (eyed to match existing)
Wallstops
Flushbolt
Finishes to match existing
Hardware Group D-Door Nos. 'l 12, 1 1 3, 1 1 4
Hinges
Entry Lockset (keyed to match existing)
Closer
Silencers
Finishes to match existing
E. Hardware Croup E-Door Nos. 1 15, 116, 1 1 7. 120
Hinges
DOOR HARDWARE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
t
I
I
I
D.
08711-12
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Yail, Colorado
Corridor Lockset (keyed to match existing)
Silencers
Wallstop
Finishes to match existing
F. Hardware Croup F-Door Nos. 103, 105, 106, 109,118,201,204,205,208
Hinges
Corridor Lockset (keyed to match existing)
Silencers
Floor or Wall stops as required
Finishes to match existing
t.
Hardware Group C-Door Nos. 122, 202, 203
Hinges
Entry Lockset (keyed to match existing)
Closer
Silencers
Threshold-ADA compliant
Finishes to match existing
Hardware Group H-Door Nos. 121,215
Hinges
Entry Lockset (keyed to match existing)
Flushbolt
Closer
Threshold
Finishes to match existing
Hardware Group l-Door Nos. 110, 111
Hinges
Push plate
Pull
Cylinder-keyed both sides
Closer
Silencers
Floor Stop
Finishes to match existing
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
H.
I
I
I
I DOOR HARDWARE oB71',l - 13
o
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cvmnastics Facilitv
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t.
May2OO4
Vail, Colorado
Hardware Croup l-Door No. 107
Pocket door hardware
Cylinder-keyed both sides
Finishes to match existing
Hardware Crouo K-Door Nos. 205,207, 209,210,211
Hinges
Privacy set
Silencers
Wallstop
Finishes to match existing
Hardware Group L-Door Nos.214,215
Hinges
Passage set
Wallstop
Silencers
Finishes to match existing
M. Hardware Croup M-Door No.212
Shower door hardware
END OF SECTION 08711
DOOR HARDWARE o87'l'l - 14
I }jf'e,e;erce
Architects
T ;:H:.;;1O-MRRORS
O Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
I
I PARTl-CENEML
r 1.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I 1. Annealed monolithic glass mirrors for areas above vanities.
f
1.2 QUALTTYASSUMNCE
I A. Clazing Publications: Comply with CANA's "Clazing Manual" and CANA Mirror Division's'r "Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Care: Tips for the Professional on the Care and Handlingof
Mirrors" unless more stringent requirements are indicated
1.3 DELIVERY, STORACE, AND HANDLINCI
t A. Comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions for shipping, storing and handling
mirrors as needed to prevent deterioration of silvering, damage to edges, and abrasion of
I ', Blass sutfaces and applied coatings. Store indoors, protected from moisture including
t condensation.
I
t 1.4 WARRANry
11 A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form made out to Owner and signed by mirror,| rnanufacturer agreeing to replace mirrors that deteriorate, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point
to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated in second subparagraph below.
t-
I 1. Deterioration of Miiiors: Defects developed from normal use that are attributable to
the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices
I for maintaining and cleaning mirrors contrary to mirror manufacturer's written
I instructions. DefecG include discoloration, black spots and clouding of the silver film.2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
- PART2-PRODUCTS
Ir 2.1 SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRROR MATERIALS
I A. Clear Class Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Selea Quality.I
1. Nominal Thickness: 6.0 mm.I
I MrRRoRs 08830 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Archite
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Type A Shore durometer hardness of 85, plus or
minus 5.
B. Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by mirror manufacturer
for use in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges.
C. Mirror Mastic: An adhesive setting compound, produced specifically for setting mirrors and
certified by both mirror manufacturer 'and mastic manufacturer as compatible with glass
coating and substrates on which mirrors will be installed.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
a. Cunther Mirror Mastics.
b. Palmer Products Corooration.
c. or equivalent
2.3
A.
MIRROR HARDWARE
Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Aluminum extrusions with a return deep enough
to produce a glazing channel to accommodate mirrors of thickness indicated and in lengths
required to cover bottom and top edges of each mirror in a single piece.
1. Bottom Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 3/8 and 718
inch in height, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.05 inch.
2. Top Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 5/8 and 1 inch
in height, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.062 inch.
3. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, producb that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Bottom Trim:
1) Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc.; CRL Standard 'J" Channel.
2) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Medium Gauge Aluminum Shallow
Nose'J" Moulding Lower Bar.
3) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Heavy Gauge Aluminum Shallow Nose
'1" Moulding Lower Bar.
4) or equivalent
b, Top Trim:
1) Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc.; CRL Deep "J" Channel.
MIRRORS 08830 - 2
t
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.4
A.
B.
C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
3.1
B.
e VailGymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
2) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Medium Cauge Aluminum Deep
Nose'f" Moulding Upper Bar.
3) Sommer & Maca Industries, lnc.; Heavy Cauge Aluminum Deep Nose',Ju
Moulding Lower Bar.
4) or equivalent
Fasteners: Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal and matching it in
finished color and texture where fasteners are exposed.
Anchors and Inserts: Provide devices as required for mirror hardware installation. Provide
toothed or lead-shield expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Provide
galvanized anchors and inserts for applications on inside face of exterior walls and where
indicated.
FABRICATION
Mirror Sizes: To suit Project conditions, cut mirrors to final sizes and shapes.
Cutouts: Fabricate cutouts for notches and holes in mirrors without marring visible surfaces.
Locate and size cutouts so they fit closely around penetrations in mirrors.
Mirror Edge Treatment: Rounded polished edge.
1. Seal edges of mirrors after edge treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric
penetration of glass coating.
2. Reguire mirror manufacturer to perform edge treatment and sealing in factory
immediately after cutting to final sizes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
General: lnstall mirrors to comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions and with
referenced CANA publications. Mount mirrors accurately in place in a manner that avoids
distorting reflected imager.
Provide a minimum air space of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface for
air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface.
For wall-mounted mirrors, install with mastic and mirror hardware.
1. Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners
installed with anchors or inserts as applicable. lnstall fasteners so heads do not
impose point loads on backs of mirors.
2. For mirror hardware in the form of continuous J-channels at boftom, provide setting
blocks 1/8 inch thick by 4 inches long at quarter points. To prevent trapping water,
08830 - 3MIRRORS
Fritzlen Pierce ArchirectJ Vail Gvmnastics Faciliw
Vaif, Colorado May 2OO4
970-476-6342 Vail, Colorado
provide, befween setting blocks, 2 slotted weeps not less than 114 inch wide by 3/8
inch long.
3. For mirror hardware in the form of a continuous J-channel at bottom and continuous
top trim at top, fasten .f-channel directly to wall and attach top trim to continuous
cleat fastened directly to wall.
4. Where indicated, install mirror hardware in the form of J-channels that are fabricated
in single lengths to fit and cover top and bottom edges of mirrors.
5. Install mastic as follows:
a. Apply barrier coat to mirror backing where approved in writing by
manufacturers of mirrors and backing material.
b. Apply mastic to comply with mastic manufacturer's written instructions for
coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirrors and face of
mounting surface.
c. After mastic is applied, align mirrors and press into place while maintaining a
minimum air space of 1/B inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface.
D. Protect mirrors from breakage and contaminating substances resulting from construction
operations.
E. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water.
F. Maintain environmental conditions that will prevent mirrors from being exposed to
moisture from condensation or other sources for continuous periods of time.
END OF SECTION 08830
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IMIRRORS08830 - 4
I i:r'e,'i:#:Architects
97U476-6342
I sECnoN 09260 - cypsuM BoARD ASSEMBLTES
I PARrl-.ENERAL
| 1t
',MMARY
t A. This Section includes the following:
r 1. Interior gypsum wallboard.
I PARr2-PRoDUCrs
I 2.1 MANUFACT'RER'
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
T
I A. ln other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
I requirements apply for product selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, producG that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
I 2.2 PANEL PRODUCTSrt
I A. Panel Size, General: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize
I joints in each area and correspond withsupport system indicated.
- B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36.
Ir "1 . Regular Type: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered.? Type X: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered.
I '1r" "'
t C. Sound Board: ASTM D 1302
1. Homasote 440 Sound Barrier
I 2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES
I A. lnteriorTrim: ASTM C 1047.
I
I '1 . Cornerbead: Use at oubide corners.
2. U-Bead: Use where indicated.
I 3. Expansion (Control) Joint: Use where indicated.
I
I
t
I CYPSUM BOARDASSEMBLTES
I
Q9260 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Architectf
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. Ceneral: Comply with ASTM C 425.
B. .foint Tape:
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
1. Interior Cypsum Wallboard: Paper.
2. Tile Backing Panels: fu recommended by panel manufacturer.
C. Joint Compound for Interior Cypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is
compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
'1 . Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, flanges of
trim accessories, and fasteners, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.2. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
3. Finish CoaL For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels:
1. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by manufacturer.
2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A' Ceneral: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and
manufacturer's written recommendations.
B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 10O2, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from
0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.
C. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep members designed to reduce sound
transmision, and asymmetrical with single leg.''
D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing)
produced by combining thermoseting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass,
slag wool or rock wool.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION
A. Cypsum Board: Comply with ASTM C 840 and CA-216.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
1 . Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications.2. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of B inches o.c.
CYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -2
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itects o Vail Cymnastics Facility
Mav 2004
Vail, Colorado
On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the
greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated.
On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing),
unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and
minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate
courses of board.b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise
i nd icated or requi red by f i re-resistance-rated assem bly.
5. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill
screws.
B. Sound Board: Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.
3.2 FINISHINC
A. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim with back
framing with same fasteners used for panels.
manufacturer's written instructions.
flanges intended for fasteners, attach to
Otherwise, attach trim according to
4.
B' Finishing Cypsum Board Panels: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim,
control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to
prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration.
'l. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas.2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not
intended for tape.
C. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Cypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to
ASTM C 840, for locations indicated:
1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where
indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies
and sound-rated assemblies.
2. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound
to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view,
unless otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION 09260
CYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 3
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
97U476-6342
I
I
I
I
O Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O922O _ STUCCO, PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
PART 1 CENEML
1.01 SUMMARY
A. The extent of the stucco finish coat s)6tem is as indicated on the drawings.
B. The type of stucco base and finish coat q/stem: Factory blended fiber-reinforced Portland
cement plaster basecoat concentrate, for jobsite mixing with sand and water to provide
scratch and brown coats to receive cement based colored stucco finish. Control joints and
moldings to be metal fabrications as shown on the drawings. Total stucco system thickness
is tA,,.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. 061OO0 Rough Carpentry- re: exterior.sheathing exterior buildingwrap.
1.03 QUALTTYASSUMNCE
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Install stucco basecoat system to comply with all
applicable codes and standards and with requirements of local agencies having jurisdiction.
B. Applicator Qualifications: Applicators specializing in the installation of exterior stucco
s)6tems with a minimum of five years experience in work similar to that required by this
section.
C. Allowable Tolerances: Maximum deviation from true plane of 118" in 5' as measured by
straight edge placed at any location on surface.
D. Job Mock-up, base and finish coat system:
1. 4'x4' sample panel of same materials on same substrates as for project.
2. Show color, texture and workmanship of finished work.
3. Proceed with work only after sample is reviewed and approved by
Architect/ Engineer.
4. Maintain sample panel on project site for duration of project for
comPanson purPoses.
5. Remove sample upon completion of project or when directed by
Architect / Engineer.
E. Single Source Responsibility: All sptem materials manufactured by a single source or one
that is approved by the system manufacturer.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's installation instructions, recommendations and technical information verifuing
materials meet specification requirements.
STUCCO _ PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Archited
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
1.04 DELIVERY, STOMCE AND HANDLINC
A. Deliver manufactured materials in original unopened packages or containers with
manufacturer's label intact and legible.
B. Keep materials dry stored off ground, under cover and away from damp surfaces.
C. Remove wet or deteriorated materials from site.
1.05 PROJECTCONDTTIONS
A. Environmental Requirements; Cotd Weather:
1. Frozen materials shall not be used in cement plaster mixes.
2. Plaster shall not be applied to frozen surfaces or surfaces containing
lrost.
3. Apply cement plaster when ambient temperatures are forecast to be
above 40 degrees F. for a 48 hour period following application.
B. Environmental Requirements; Hot Weather: Protect cement plaster from uneven and
excessive evaporation during hot or dry weather.
C. Protection:
1. Protect finished surfaces installed prior to plastering.
2. Maintain protection in place until completion of work.
3. Protect finished work when stopping for the day or when completing an area.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.O1 MATERIALS
A. Weather-resistive Barrier: ICBOi IBC require 1 layer of Grade D 15 pound building paper,
2 layers over wood base sheathing
B. Control joints and Molding;s - as manufactured by Frye Reglet Corporation 1-8OO-237-
9773. Clear anodized finish.
C. Metal Accessories: Manufacturer's standard steel products unless otherwise indicated as zinc
allov.
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2QO4
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ISTUCCO - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 -2
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
3.
4.
5.
6.
No.4
No.8
No.16
No.30
No.50
o%
10%
1O - 4V/o
30-6s%
70 -90%
D.
H.
t.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l:
I
t
1. Exterior Components: Hot dip galvanized finish, minimum of 17-gage self-furred
stucco netting.
2. Casing Bead: J-metal or plaster stop, general-purpose type with expanded or
perforated flanges.
No.100 95-100%
C. Water: Potable
BondingAgent: SUPERIOR BOND 100 as manufactured by El Rey Stucco Co., tnc.
Finish Coatl Cement Based Colored Stucco Finish:
STUCCO_ PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 3
O varr Cymnastrcs Facrrrry
May 200,4
Vail, Colorado
Cornerite / Corneraide: Manufacturer's standard pre-formed interior corner
reinforcement made from 2.5 lbs. Per square yard diamond metal lath.
Square-edged Corner Bead: Expanded or flanged to suit application.
Rounded-edge Corner Bead: expanded or flanged to suit application.
Controf Joint: No. XJ15-3 control joint with t/e" slol and 1" grounds, or egual.
Expansion Joint: No. 4O adjustable expansion joint with adjustments trom th" to
5lg'.
8. Weep Screeds: SilJ screed with holes for drainage.
9. Fasteners: Galvanized steel of furring type and lengh suitable for at least t/2"
penetration fo brick, block or concrete substrate
10. Fasteners: Screws or nails composed of galvanized steel of type and length suitable
for at lbast /2" penetration of the stud system.
11. Expanded Metal Strip-lath: 3.4-lb. Density for use around all windows, doorways or
openings, as shown on drawings.
12. Expanded Metal Lath: 3.4 lb. Density for use on all soffits and overhangs, as shown
on drawings.
Manufacturer's standard Factory blended, sanded stucco basecoat consisting of Portland
cement, lime, properly graded aggregate, alkali resistant fiberglass and acrylic fibers: Fiber-
47 Sanded, as manufactured by El Rey Stucco Co., Inc.
Finish Color: Sage Green (matches Benjamin Moore paint sample HC-l23)
F. Sand:
1 . Comply with all requirements of ASTM C 897 or ASTM C 144.
2. Gradation: U.S. standard sieve weight retained:
Fritzlen Pierce nrchitef
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.O2 MIXES
1.
2.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
MaY 2OO4
Vail. Colorado
Manufacturer's Factory blended cement based finish coat consisting of cement lime,
properly graded aggregate, proprietary ingredients and colorant: PREMIUM
STUCCO FINISH as manufactured by El Rey Stucco Co., Inc., color as selected by
ArchitecV Engineer.
Color Stabilizing Spray: Cement based color stabilizing spray consisting of cement,
lime, proprietary ingredients and colorant: FOG-KOTE as manufactured by El Rey
Stucco Co., Inc.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Ceneral
1.Accurately proportion materials for each plaster batch with measuring
devices of known volume.
Size batches for complete use within maximum of one hour after mixing.
Re-temper plaster stiffened from evaporation, but dispose of partially
hydrated cement plaster.
Frozen, caked or lumpy materials shall not be used and shall be removed
from .iobsite immediately.
Mix factory prepared cement plaster in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions and recommendations.
Use moist, loose sand in proportions recommended by basecoat
concentrated manufacturer.
B. Mechanical Mixing:
1. Clean Mixer of set or hardened materials before loading new batch.
2. Malntain mixer in continuous operation while adding materials.
3. Confirm to mixing sequence, cycle of operations and time recommended
by the manufacturer of the basecoat and finish coat materials.
A
2.
3.
5.
6.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
Verifu that surfaces to receive plaster are free of dust, loose particles, oil and other
deleterious materials which may affect bond or proper hydration of cement plaster.
Verifu that lath is tight, properly secured and overlapped, and that all accessories are
properly set and secured.
B.
STUCCO - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 4
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Fritzlen Pierce Architec*
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
a.
b.
c.
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May2ffi4
Vail, Colorado
C. Examine substrates, grounds, and accessories to insure that finished plasterwork will
be true to line, plane, level, and plumb.
D. Verify that masonry and concrete surfaces to receive direct bond applications of
plaster basecoats are rough or otherwise properly prepared to provide adequate
bond.
E. Notifl Architect / Engineer in writing of any conditions detrimental to proper
installation of stucco basecoats. Proceed with work after unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
3.02 APPLICATION
A. Ceneral:
1. Apply stucco base and finish coat systems in accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations and in
compliance with requirements of applicable codes, regulations and
agencies having jurisdiction.
2. Interrupt or delay plaster application only at junctions of plaster planes, at
openinp, or at control joints.
B. Basecoat:
1. Wet absorptive surfaces with a fine spray of water to produce a uniformly
moist condition.
2. Scratch Coat:
a. Apply scratch coat to a minimum thickness of 3/8", using sufficient
trowel presure to key plaster into lath or to create a bond to the
substrate.
b. Prior to initial set, scratch horizontally to provide key for bond of
brown coat.
3. Brown Coat:
Apply brown coat to a minimum thickness ol 318", using sufficient
trowel pressure to key plaster into scratch coat,
Rod surface to true plane.
Float or lightly broom surface to provide for bond with stucco finish
coat.
STUCCO- PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 5
Fritzlen Pierce Architefl
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
d. Tool brown coat to provide a V-joint at intersection of plaster with
frames or other materials that act as plaster Srounds.
C. Cement Based Finish Coat:
Apply finish in number of coats and consistency required to achieve texture
to match approved sample.
Repellent: AJlow cement stucco finish to fully cure. Apply repellent by
brush, roller spray at rate recommended by manufacturer. Apply from
corner to corner and from top to bottom.
D. Curing:
1. Moist cure each coat of stucco basecoat system with fog spray of clear
water with frequency sufficient to maintain uniformly moist condition for a
minimum of 48 hours following application.
2. Wet cure cement based finish coat by misting with water as recommended
by sptem manufacturer.
3.03 CLEANING
A. Upon completion, point up finish coat around trim and terminations.
B. Cut out and replace defective or damaged finish coat.
C. Match pointing and patches to surrounding finish coat in form and texture.
D. Remove finish and protective materials from perimeter trim and adjacent surfaces.
E. remove all excess materials from project site.
END OF SECTION
STUCCO _ PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
1.
2.
09220 - 6
I
I iijf'a,:,T:Architects o
970476-6342
r - '\ SECIION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE
:
I PARrl -.ENEML
I "t.1 suMMARy
I A. This Section includes the following:
r 1. Clazed wall tile at Bathrooms
e VailCymnasticsFacility
May2ffi4
Vail, Colorado
2. Cementitious backer units installed as part of wall tile installations.
3. Floor Tile
4. This is a Cash Allowance item refer to Section 01210
I 1..2 suBMrrrAls
I A. Samples:
I
I
t
1 . Each type, composirion, color and finish of tile.
2. Assembled samples with grouted joints for each type, composition, color and finish of
tile.
I 1.3 euALrwAssuMNcE
I PARr2-PRoDUCrs
I 2.1 MANUFAcTuRERS
- A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
I for product selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the producG specified.
2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the manufacturers specified.
I 2.2 nE PRoDUCTS
A. AvailableManufacturers:
I 1. American MarazziTile, Inc.
' I 2. American Olean; Div. of Dal-Tile International Corp.
I 3. Buchtal Corporation USA.
I
t cERA^4rc*E 09310 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Faciliqr
May 2O04
Vail, Colorado
4. Cerim-Floor Cres Ceramiche.
5. Crossville Ceramics Company, L.P.
6. Daltile; Div. of Dal-Tile International Inc.
7. Florida Tile Industries, Inc.
8. CranitiFiandre.
9. Interceramic.
10. KPT, lnc.
11. Laufen USA.
12- Lone Star Ceramics Company.
13. Metropolitan Ceramics.
14- Monarch Tile, Inc.
15. Porcelanite, Inc.
16. Quarry Tile Company.
17. Seneca Tiles, Inc.
18. Summitville Tiles. lnc,
19. United States Ceramic Tile Company.
20. Winburn Tile Manufacturing Company.
2'1. or equivalent
B. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide Standard grade tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 ,
"Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types, compositions and other characteristics indicated.
C. Clazed Wall Tile: Flat tile as follows:
1. Module Size: 4-'l/4by a-1/a inches (108 by 108 mm).
2. Thickness: 5/16 inch (B mm).
3. Face: Plain with modified square edges or cushion edges.
4. Finish: Bright, opaqueglaze.
5. Mounting: Factory back-mounted.
6. Basis-of.Design Product: Dal-Tile, Color: No. 1456 Doe or a comparable product.
D. Clazed Wall Tile Trim Units: Matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile and coordinated
with sizes and coursing where applicable.
1. Base: Coved, module size4-114 by4-114 inches.
2. Wainscot Cap: Surface bullnose, module size 4-1/4by a4/a inches.
3. External Corners: Surface bullnose.
4. Internal Corners: Field-butted square corners except with coved base and cap angle
pieces designed to fit with stretcher shapes.
E. Accessories for Clazed Wall Tile: Provide vitreous china accessories of type and size
indicated, in color and finish to match adjoining wall tile, and intended for installing by
same method as adjoining wall tile. One soap holder with grab handle for each shower and
tub indicated.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
ICERAMIC TILE 09310 - 2
B.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
e VailCymnasticsFacitity
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
public walking
2.3
A.
C.
2.4
A.
F. Floor Tile: Ceramic Bx8 or larger tiles with abrasive finish suitable for
surfaces. Provide "thin set" cementitious base, not to exceed 5/B', thickness.
SETTINC AND CROUTINC MATERIALS
Available Manufacturers:
1. Atlas Minerals & Chemicals, Inc.
2. Boiardi Products Corporation.
3. Bonsal, W. R., Company.
4. Bostik.
5. C-Cure.
6. Custom Building Products.
7. DAP, Inc.
8. Jamo Inc.
9. LAT]CRETE lnternational lnc.
10. MAPEI Corporation.
11. Southern Crouts & Mortars, Inc.
12. Summitville Tiles, lnc.
13. TEC Specialty ProducG Inc.
14. or equivalent
Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4-
1. Prepackaged dry-mortar mix combined with liquid-latex additive.2. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar.
Standard Unsanded Cement GrouL ANSI AI 18.6, color as indicated.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Elastomeric Sealants: Elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated
that comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealan$.'
1. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone: ASTM C 920; Type S; Crade NS; Class 25;
Uses NT, C, A" and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O;
formulated with fungicide, intended for in-service exposures of high humidity and
extreme temperatures.
a. Available Products:
1) Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 786.
2) CE Silicones; Sanitary 1700.
3) Pecora Corporation; Pecora 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant.
4) Tremco, Inc.; Tremsil 600 White.
5) or equivalent
CERAA4lC TILE 09310 - 3
to-end butt joints.
1. Thickness: 1/2 inch.
2. Available Products:
a. C-Cure; C-Cure Board 990.
b. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard.
c. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board.
d. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board.
e. or equivalent
C. Crout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints that does not change
color or appearance of grout.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
l
Fritzlen Pierce ArchitectsV
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
B. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A1 18.9 in
3.2
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
maximum len$hs available to minimize end-
I
t
I
I
I
3.1 PREPAMTION
Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap,
wax, oil, or silicone, that are incompatible with tile-setting materials.
Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching. compound
according to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions.
Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.
Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, use factory blended tile or blend tiles at
Project site before installing.
Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type or needed to
prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with
continuous film of temporary protective coating taking care not to coat unexposed tile
surfaces.
INSTALLATION. CENERAL
ANSI Tile lnstallation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for
Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of sefting and grouting materials and to
methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with
TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
B.
CERAMIC TILE 09310 - 4
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
o O VailCymnasticsFacility
May2W4
Vail, Colorado
C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form
complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work
neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignmenb.
D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without
marring visible sur{aces. Crind cut edges of tile abufting triri, finish, or dui[-in items. Fit
tile closely to electrical outlets, piping fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or
covers overlap tile.
E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid patrern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when
adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile
fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minim2e tile cutting.
Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated.
C. Crout tile to comply with requi.rements of ANSI A108.10, unless otherwise indicated.
H. At showers, tubo, and where indicated, install cementitious backer units and treat ioints to
comply with ANSI ,{108.11.
l. Install tile on walls with the following joint widths:
1. Clazed WallTile: 1/16 inch.
3.3 WALL TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDUTE
A. Interior wall installation; thin-set mortar; over cementitious backer units; TCA W244.
1. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.
2. Crout: Standard unsanded cement grout.
B. Interior wall and shower-receptor installation; thin-set mortar; over cementitious backer
units; TCA 8415 and TCA W244.
1. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.2. Crout: Standard unsanded cement groul
END OF SECNON 09310
CERAfvllC TILE 09310- 5
I i:r'e,::J:Architects o
- 970-476-6342
r .\ sECTloN 096s3 - RESILIENT wALL BASE AND ACCESSORIESl
I PARTl-CENEML
t 1.1 SUMMARY
O Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
t
A This Section includes the following:
1. Wall base.
2. Moldingaccessories.
17 SUBMITTALSII A. Samples: For each type of product indicated, in manufacturer's standard-size Samples but
not less than 12 inches long of each resilient product color, texture, and pattern required.
I
1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
I A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than Z0
deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive floor tile during the following time
I Periods:
1. 48 hours before installation.I : ?#::f:l?i:lixl,,"o""
I B. After post-installation period, maintain temperatures within range recommended by
I manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F.
r C. Install resilient p.rSducb after other finishing operations, including painting. have been
I completed.
I PARr2-PRoDUCrs
I 2J MANUFACTURERs
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
I incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, produ& listed in other Part 2r articles.
| 2.2 coLoRS AND pArrERNs
I
Colors and Patterns: Equivalent to Roppe #40 Fawn and #74 Smoke.
I RE'TLTENT *ALL BASE AND ACCE''.RTES os6s3 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
2.3 RESILIENT WALL BASE
A. Wall Base: ASTM F 1861 .
1. AFCO-USA, American Floor Products Company, Inc.
2. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
3. Azrock Commercial Flooring, DOMCO.
4. Burke Mercer Flooring Products.
5. Endura.
6. Estrie, American Biltrite (Canada) Ltd.
7. Johnsonite.
B. Marley Flexco (USA), lnc.
9. Mondo Rubber International, Inc.
10. Musson, R. C. Rubber Co.
11. Nora Rubber Flooring, Freudenberg Building Sptems, Inc.
12. Pirelli Rubber Flooring.
13. Roppe Corporation.
14. Stoler Industries.
15. VPl, LLC, Floor Products Division.
16. or equivalent
B. Type (Material Requirement): TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset).
C. Croup (Manufacturing Method): | (solid, homogeneous) or ll (layered).
D. Style: Cove (with top-set toe) or Straight (toeless) as floor finish requires.
E. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch.
F. Height: 4 inches.
C. Lenghs: Cut lengths 48 inches long or coils in manufacture/s standard lengh.
H. Outside Corners: Job formed or pre-molded.
l. Inside Corners: Job formed or pre-molded.
J. Surface: Smooth.
2.4 RESILIENT MOLDINC ACCESSORY
A. Description: Carpet edge for glue-down applications, nosing for carpet, nosing for
resilient floor covering reducer strip for resilient floor covering joiner for tile and carpet.
1. Burke Mercer Flooring Products;.
2. Johnsonite;.3. Marley Flexco (USA), Inc.;.
4. Roppe Corporation;.
I
I
I
RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09653 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O VailGymnasticsFacility
May 2O0/.
Vail, Colorado
5. Stoler lndustries;.
6. or eqivalent
B. Material: Rubber.
C. Profile and Dimensions: As indicated.
2.5 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based
or blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient
product manufacturers for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products
and substrate conditions indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure
adhesion of resilient producG.
B. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and
that contain soap, w:rx, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by
manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
C. Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes and depressions in
substrates.
D. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed
at least 48 hours in advance of installation.
1. Do not install resilient products until they are the same temperature as the space
where they are to be installed.
E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately
before installation. After cleaning examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts,
carbonation and dust. Proceed with installation onlv after unsatisfactorv conditions have
been corrected,
3.2 RESILIENT WALL BASE INSTALLATION
A. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and
other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.
RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096s3 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
3.3
B. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of
adjacent pieces aligned.
C. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in
continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.
D. Do not stretch wall base during installation.
E. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of wall
base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.
F. Premolded Corners: Install pre-molded corners before installing straight pieces.
C. Job-Formed Corners:
1. Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum len$hs possible. Form without
producing discoloration (whitening) at bends. Shave back of base at points where
bends occur and remove strips perpendicular to len$h of base that are only deep
enough to produce a snug fit without removing more than half the wall base
thickness.
2. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form by cutting
an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where corner is formed.
Shave back of base where necessary to produce a snug fit to substrate.
RESILI ENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates
throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor coverings that
would otherwise be exposed.
3.4 CLEANINC AND PROTECTION
A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product
installation:
'1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces.
2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly.
3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil.
a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by manufacturer.
B. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from
construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of
construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 09653
RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09553 - 4
I iffi'e,'J:J:Architects O Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado970-476-6342
I , SECTION 09651 - RESILIENT FLOOR TILE
I PARrl -.ENEML
I 1.1 suMMARy
I A. This Section includes the following:
r 1. Vinyl composirion tile (VCl-).
- .1.2 SUBMITIALS
I A. Samples: Full-size units of each color and pattern of resilient floor tile required.
I
1.3 PROJECT CoNDtIoNS
I
l)
I
I
3. 48 hours after installation.
I B. After post-installation period, maintain temperatures within range recommended by
manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F.
I C. Close spaces to traffic during floor covering installation.
D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor covering installation.
I E. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting have been
completed.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE
I A. VinylComposition Tile (VCf): ASTM F 1066.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, producb that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. AB ColorPlus, American Biltrite (Canada) Ltd.
A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70
deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive floor tile during the following time
periods:
1. 48 hours before installation.
2. Duringinstallation.
I
I
I REsrLrENr FLooR rLE 096s1 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail. Colorado
b. Armstrong World lndustries, Inc.
c. Azrock Commercial Flooring DOMCO.
d. CongoleumCorporation.
e. Mannington Mills, Inc.
f. Tarkett Inc.
g. or equivalent
B. Color and Pattern: Equivalent to Azrock "Taupe ll" and "Sunrise"
C. Class: 2 (through-pattern tile).
D. Wearing Surface: Smooth.
E. Thickness: 0.125 inch.
F. Sizei 12 by 12 inches.
2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or
blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient product
manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products
and substrate conditions indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPAMTION
A. Prepare, . substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure
adhesion of resilient products.
B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare accordingtoASTM F 710.
1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers and hardeners.
2. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tesb recommended by manufacturer.
Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing.
C. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and
that contain soap/ wax/ oil or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by
manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
D. Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes and depressions in
substrates.
RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 096s1 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
INSTALLATION
Lay out tiles from center marls established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets,
so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut
widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter.
1. Lay tiles quare with room axis.
Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from @rtons in the same sequence as
manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped or
deformed tiles.
1. Lay tiles with grain direction alternating in adjacent tiles (basket-weave pattern).
Scribe, cut and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures
including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds and
nosings.
Extend tiles into tae spaces/ door reveals, closets and similar openings.
Maintain reference markers, holes and openings that are in place or marked for future
cufting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other
nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device.
Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts and similar items in finished floor
areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of tile installed on
coven. Tightly adhere tile edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters.
Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to
produce a completed installation without open crack, voids, raising and puckering at joints,
telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.
Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation:
1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces.
2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly.
3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marla and soil.
B.
D.
t.
H.
I VailGymnasticsFacility
E. Move resilient producG and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at
least 48 hours in advance of installation.
1. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as space where they
are to be installed.
F. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient producb immediately before
installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation and
dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
A.
F.
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 09651 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by manufacturer.
l. Protect resilient products from mars, mark, indentations, and other damage from
construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of
construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 09651
t
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Vail Glmnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 096s1 - 4
I [ifi'a,::J:Architects
T :ffi:H1O-CARPET
I PARrr -.ENERAL
I 1.1 suMMARy
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
A. This Section includes tufted carpet. This item is an allowance item, refer to Section
01210.
t 1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A' Samples: For each for each carpet and exposed accessory and for each color and pattern
required.
t B. Maintenance data.I
ItI 't.3 QUALTWASSUMNCET
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who is certified by the Floor Covering
I fiTi[l?j:ard
or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program
I r.4 DELrvERy, sToMCE, AND HANDLTNC
I A. Comply with CRI '104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling.,'I
, 1.s PROJECT CONDTTTONS
I A. Ceneral: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.1, "Site Conditions; Temperature and
Humidity."
r B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet until wet work in spaces is complete and
s dry and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels
I indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.
I 1.6 WARnnNrv
I
A. Carpet Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace
I carpet that does not comply with requirements dr that fails within the life of the carpetI from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure
of carpet from unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism or abuse. Failures includg
I
I .ARPET oe6'o- 1
I
Fritzlen Pierce ArchitecJ
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail. Colorado
but are not limited tq more than 10 percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling snags, runs
and delamination.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CARPET
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements/ provide one of the following:
1. LEE'S Carpets
a. Color and Pattern: Style: Cranites/Ceologic Collection,' Pattern: DE056,
Color: 354 lmperial Brown.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 8, "Direct Glue-Down."
B. Comply with CRI 1 04, Section 12, "Carpet on Stairs."
C. Maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under
door in closed position. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer.
D. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders.
END OF SECTION 09680
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
ICARPET09680 - 2
B.
1.1
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
97A-476-6342
SECTION 09912 - PAINTINC (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)
PART 1 - CENEML
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
c.
1.4
A.
O VailGymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I
SUMMARY
This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior
items and surfaces. Refer to Paint and Coating Schedule at the end of this specification for
paint locations and metal finishes.
SUBMITTALS
Samples: For each type of finish-coat material indicated.
PROJECT CONDTTTONS
Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a
minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean
condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding
air are between 50 and 90 deg F.
Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F.
Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85
percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet
surfaces.
EXI-RA MATERIALS
Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in
the quantities described below Package with protective covering for storage and identif
with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
1. Quantity: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. or 1 case, as appropriate, of each
material and color applied.
PAINTINC (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - 1
t
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
B.
2.1
Fritzlen Pierce nrchitectsO
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
1,
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
8.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
MANUFACIURERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the.Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part2
articles.
Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
Ben.iamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore).
Coronado Paint Company (Coronado).
lCl Dulux Paint Centen (lCl Dulux Painr).
Kelly-Moore Paint Co. (Kelly-Moore).
M. A. Bruder & Sons, lnc. (M. A. B. Paint).
PPC Industries, lnc. (Pittsburgh Paints).
Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams).
Kwal Paint (Kwal)
2.2
A.
PAINT MATERIALS, CENERAL
Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are
compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service
and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
Material Quality: Provide manufacture/s best-quality paint material of the various coating
types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for
application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product
identification will not be acceptable.
Colorsi' As selected from man ufactu rerrs full range.
PREPARATORY COATS
Exterior Primer: Exterior latex-based primer of finish coat manufacturer and recommended
in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.
Ferrous-Metal and Aluminum Substrates: Rust-inhibitive metal primer.
Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Calvanized metal primer.
Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on
substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.
Interior Primer: Interior latex-based primer of finish coat manufacturer and recommended
in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.
3
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
2.3
1.
2.
3.
B.
IPAI NTINC (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 -2
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.4
A.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
Ferrous-Metal Substrates: Quick drying rust-inhibitive metal primer.
Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Calvanized metal primer.
Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on
substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.
EXTERIOR FINISH COATS
Exterior Low-Luster Acrylic Paint:
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Low Lustre Latex House Paint No. 185.
2. Coronado; 408-Line Supreme Acrylic Satin Exterior.
3. lCl Dulux Paints; 2402-XXXX Dulux Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Satin
Finish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 1245 Acry-Velvet Exterior Low Sheen Acrylic Finish.
5. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Eggshell 405 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-2000 Series SpeedHide Exterior House & Trirn Satin-Acrylic
Latex.
7. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-400Series Pitt-Tech One Pack High Performance Waterborne
Satin DTM Industrial Enamels.
B. Sherwin-Williams; A-100 Exterior Latex Satin House & Trim Paint A82 Series.
9. Kwal; 2900 Ambassador Satin Enamel
Exterior Semi-gloss Acrylic Enamel:
Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex House & Trim Paint No. 170.
Coronado; 12-Line Supreme Acrylic Semi-Closs.
lCl Dulux Paints; 2406-XXXX Dulux Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Semi-
Closs Finish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 1250 Acry-Lustre Exterior Semi-Closs Acrylic Finish.
5. M. A. B. Paint; Sea Shore/Four Seasons Acrylic Latex Trim Enamel 024 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-9OO Series SpeedHide Exterior House & Trim Semi-Closs Acrylic
Latex Paint.
7. Sherwin-Williams; A-100 litbx Closs A8 Series.
8. Kwal; 3200 Ambassador Semi-Closs Enamel
INTERIOR FINISH COATS
Interior Low-Luster Acrylic Inamel:
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel No. 274.
2. Coronado; 30-Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Eggshell Enamel.
3. lCl Dulux Paints; 1402-XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Eggshell Interior Wall & Trim
Enamel.
Kelly-Moore; 1 610 Sat-N-Sheen Interior Latex Low Sheen Wall and Trim Finish.
Kelly-Moore; 1686 Dura-Poxy tggshell Acrylic Enamel.
M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Satin Eggshell Enamel 405 Line.
PA]NTINC (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itecsO
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Pittsburgh Paints; 6-400 Series SpeedHide Eggshell Acrylic Latex Enamel.
Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel B20W2OO Series.
Kwal; 1900 AccuPro Latex Satin Enamel
B.Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel:
Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi-Closs Enamel No. 276.
Coronado; 32-Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel.
lCl Dulux Paints; 1406-XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Semi-Closs Interior Wall &
Trim Enamel.
Kelly-Moore; 1 649 Acrylic-Latex Semi-Closs Enamel.
Kelly-Moore; 1685 Dura-Poxy Semi-Closs Acrylic Enamel.
M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Semi-Closs 410 Line.
Pittsburgh Paints; 6-500 Series SpeedHide Interior Semi-Gloss Latex.
Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi-Closs Enamel 831W200 Series.
Kwal; 3O10 Accupro Semi-Closs
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail. Colorado
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
T
I
r
t
t
I
I
I
7.
B.
9.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1
B.
9.
3.1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
APPLICATION
Examine substrates, areas and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for paint application.
Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total s;atem for various substrates. On request, furnish information on
characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures,
and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. lf removal is impractical or
impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before
surface preparation and painting.
1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed
using workers skilled in the trades involved.
Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
2. Cementitious Materials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dus! dirt, grease, oils, and
release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. lf hardeners or sealers have
been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation.
3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil and other foreign substances with scrapers/ mineral
spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust
off.
B.
C.
D.
PAINTINC (PROFESSIONAT LI NE PRODUCTS)09912 - 4
t
I
FriElen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
O VailCymnasticsFacility
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
t
t
t
I
t
I
I
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white
shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After
priming fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic
wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.
b. Prime, stain or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges,
ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters,
cases, and paneling.
c. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry plasterf or other wet
wall construction occurs on back side.
d. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of
varnish or sealer immediately on delivery.
4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop
coated; remove oil, grease, di4 loose mill scale and other foreign substances. Use
solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPCs recommendations.
a. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged.
Wire-brush; clean with solvents recommended by paint mariufacturer, and
touch up with same primer as the shop coat.
5. Calvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so
surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from
galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.
E. MaterialPreparation:
1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as
required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. lf necessary,
remove surface film and strain material before using.
F. Exposed Surfaces: lnclude areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles,
convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in place.
Extend coatings in these aieas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired
protection.
1. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed
surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently
fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.2. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, non-specular black paint where visible
through registers or grilles.
3. Paint back sides of access pa.nels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed
surfaces.
4. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and side edges the same as exterior faces.
C. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
PAINTINC (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - 5
Fritzlen P'erce Arch'te.tsO
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or
otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before
subsequent surface deterioration.
1. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
2. lf undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance.
l. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other
applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions.
.1. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacture/s
recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as
recommended by manufacturer.
K. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to
items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces.
L. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat/ as recommended by
manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been
prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction
spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or
other defects due to insufficient sealing.
M. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth,
oPaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spottin&
holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be
acceptable.
CLEANI NC AND PROTECTINC
At the end of each workday, remove
materials from Project site.
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
l
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
t
l
I
t
I
I
3.2
B.
empty cans, rags, rubbish and other discarded paint
Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting.
Correct damage by cleaning repairing or replacing, and repainting as approved by
Architect.
Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their
work.
'1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced
painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1 .
PAINTINC (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - 6
t i:r'e,:,ffiArchitects O Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 20O4
Vail, Colorado
I
I
- 97A-476-6342
T 3.3 EnERIoR PAINT SCHEDULE
I A. Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry):I
1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.Il; a. Primer: Exterior concrete and masonry primer.
_ b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint.
I B. Smooth Wood:
I 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
r a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels.
I b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel.r- C. Wood Trim:
1. Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels.b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel.
D. Plvwood:I
! 1. AcrylicFinish: Twofinishcoatsoveraprimer.
I a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels.
f b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint.
I E. Ferrous Metal:
-
arIF 3.4 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
I A. Cypsum Board:t
1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
I a. Primer: lnterior gypsum board primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint.II B. Wood and Hardboard:
1. Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
I
1- Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer.
a. Primer: Exterior ferous-metal primer (not required on shop-primed items).
b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel.
I
I pArNTrNc (pRoFEssroNAL L,NE pRoDUCrs)09912 - 7
Fritzlen P'erce Arch'tectt Vail Gymnastics Facility t
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
l
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
Vail, Colorado May 2004970-476-6342 Vail, Colorado
a. Primer: lnterior wood primer for acrylic-enamel and semigloss alkyd-enamel
finishes.
b. Finish Coats: lnterior semigloss acrylic enamel.
C. Ferrous Metal:
1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats o\€r a primer,
a. Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior full-gloss acrylic enamel.
END OF SECTION 09912
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - 8
I iffi'e,::#:Architects
97G476-6342
I SECTION 09931 - EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS
I PARrl -.ENEML
I 't.1 suMMARy
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May20o,4
Vail, Colorado
I A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of clear wood finishes to
I exterior wood surfaces.
| 1.2 suBMrrrALS
r A. Samples: For each color and stain material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual
f conditions, on representative Samples of actual sub,strates.r 1. Clear Wood Finish: Provide 8-inch- square Samples.
I} ,I.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
I A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a
.!, minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean
condition, free of foreign materials and residue.r
] B. Apply stains only when temperatures of surfaces to be stained and the surrounding air are
between 45 deg F and 90 deg F for oil-based stain, or bewveen 50 deg F and 90 deg F for
I latex-based stain.
I C. Do not apply stain in snow, rain, fog or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent;
I when temperatures are less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
l
I PART2-PRODUCTS
I
2.1 MANUFACTURERSI
t A. Available Producb: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work includg but are not limited to, those listed in other Part 2
I articles.t
B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore).
I
I
I
I E'ER'R wooD srArNS 09931 - 1
Fritzlen r'"r." Or.n,r"*O
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.2 EXTERIOR WOOD STAIN MATERIALS, CENEML
A. Stain-Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's besrquality stain material of the various
stain types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for
application indicated. Stain-material containers not displaying manufacture/s product
identification will not be acceptable.
2.1 EXTERIOR WOOD STAIN PRODUCTS
A. Exterior Siding and Trim - Moorewood Natural Pine 081-52
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions, with Applicator presen! for compliance with
requirements for paint application.
B. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures,
and similar items already installed that are not to be stained. lf removal is impractical or
impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before
surface preparation and staining.
1- After completing staining operations, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in
trades involved.
C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be stained according to manufacturer's
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Allow
unseasoned or shiny new wood to weather three months before staining.
1. Countersink steel nails, if used;,and fill with putty tinted to final color to eliminate rust
leach stains.
D. Mixing: Stir stain thoroughly before applying and frequently during application to maintain
color consistency. Maintain containers used in mixing and application in a clean condition,
free of foreign materials and residue.
E. Minimum Spreading Rate: Apply stain at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to
ensure proper penetration. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and
type of stain material being applied.
F. Protect work of other trades, whether being stained or not, against damage from staining.
Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and restaining as approved by
Architect.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OQ4
Vail. Colorado
EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 09931 - 2
I
t
l
t
I
T
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
T
I
I
O VailCymnasticsFacitity
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
'. C. Provide 'Wet Painf' signs to protect newly stained finishes. After completing staining
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their
work.
1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced
stained surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in pDCA p1.
END OF SECTION 09931
EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 09931 - 3
I i:re,::#:Architects
r 970-476-6342
r SECTION 10155 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS
II PARTl -CENEML
I 1.1 suMMARy
I A. This Section includes stainless steel units as follows:
!' 1. Toilet Enclosures: Overhead braced.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2QQ4
Vail Colorado
I 1.2 suBMrrrALS
t A. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
I
I 2.1 METAL UNITS
I A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
I following:
- 1. Accurate Partitions Corporation.
I 2. All American Metal Corp.
I 3. American Sanitary Partition Corporation.
4. Ampco.
I 5. Bradley Corporation; Mills partitions.
t 6. Flush Metal Partition Corp.' 7. Ceneral Partitions Mfg. Corp.
I 8. Global Steel products Corp.
t 9. Hadrian Inc.
10. KnickerbockerPartitionsCorp.
r 11. Lambaton Univenal.
a ' 12. Metpar Corp.
13. Sanymetal; a Crane Plumbing Company.
I 14. Weis-Robart Partitions, lnc.
I 15. or equivalent
I . B. Stainless Steel Units: Smooth brush finish suitable for commercial applications.
- C. Door, Panel, and Pilaster Construction: Seamless, metal facing sheets are pressure
laminated to core material. Units have continuous, interlocking molding strip or lapped
B. Samples: For each exposed finish.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
I rorlEr ..MPARTMENTS 10155 - 1
Friuien Pierce Archite{
Vail. Colorado
970-476-6342
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
B.
B.
2.2
2.3
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail Colorado
and formed edge closures. Exposed surfaces are free of pitting seam marks, roller marks,
stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections. Comers are
sealed by welding or clips. Exposed welds are ground smooth.
1. Core Material: Manufacturer's standard sound-deadening honeycomb of resin-
impregnated kraft paper in thickness required to provide finished thickness of 1 inch
for doors and panels and 1 -1 I 4 inches for pilasters.
2. Crab-Bar Reinforcement: Provide concealed internal reinforcement for grab bars
mounted on units.
3. Tapping Reinforcement: Provide concealed reinforcement for tapping (threading) at
locations where machine screws are used for attaching items to units.
D. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Stainless steel, ASTM A 666, Typ 302 or 304.
E. Brackets(Fittings):
1. Stirrup Type: Ear or U-brackets, stainless steel.
ACCESSORIES
Hardware and Accessories: Manufacture/s standard design, heavy-duty operating
hardware and accessories-
1. Material: Stainless steel.
Overhead Bracing: Manufacture/s standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail with
antigrip profile and in manufacture/s standard finish.
Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel or
chrome-plated steel or brass, finished to match hardware, with theft-resistant-type heads.
Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use hotdip
galvan ized or othe r rust-resistant, p rotective-coated stee l.
FABRICATION
Overhead-Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant supports,
leveling mechanism, fasteners and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Make
provisions for sefting and securing continuous head rail at top of each pilaster. Provide
shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism.
Doors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch- wide in-swinging doors for standard
toilet compartments and 36-inch- wide out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- wide
clear opening for compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities.
1- Hinges: Manufacturer's standard self-closing type that can be adjusted to hold doors
open at any angle up to 90 degrees.
TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 2
J.
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itects
Vail, Colorado
970476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
Mav 2004
Vail Colorado
Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard recessed latch unit designed for
emergency access and with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper.
Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities.
Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber-tipped bumper,
sized to prevent door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories.
Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber-tipped bumper at out-swinging doors.
Door Pull: Manufacturerrs standard unit at out-swinging doors that complies with
accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide unie on both
sides of doors at compartmenb indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.2
A.
INSTALLATION
Ceneral: Comply with manufacture/s written installation instructions. lnstall units rigid,
straight, level, and plumb. secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended
anchoring devices.
1. Maximum Clearances:
a. Pilastersand Panels: 1l2inch.
b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch.
2. Stirrup Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with not less than two
brackets attached near top and bottom of panel.
a. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints.
b. Aligir brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls.
ADJUSTINC
Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to manufacturer! written
instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open
approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-
swinging doors to return doon to fully closed position.
END OF STCTION 10155
2.
4.
5.
TOILET COMPARTMENTS 101s5 - 3
I Fritzten Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
r 970-476-6342
I . SICTION 10801 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSOR]ESI' PART1-CENEMLIf 1.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:r
1. Toilet and bath accessories.
I
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
I B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes and installation locations by room of
t each accessory required. Use room and product designations indicated on Drawings.
I
I 1.3 WARMNTY
- A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacture/s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
I repair or replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within 15 yean fromt date of Substantial Completion.
I PART2 - PRODUCTS
t
I 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
I A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
I Products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
| 1. Toilet and Bath Accessories:
a. A&J WashroomAccessories, lnc.r I iffi[?i,,Til11"?Jlfi*"nr,".
d. BradleyCorporation.r ; f,:Hx$T:;:1'ffil,{:fiTf":;;sffi?-= g. or equivalent
r- 2. Underlavatory Cuards:
!
I
! TO]LETAND BATH ACCESSORIES 10801 - 1
Frrrzren Prerce nrcnnef
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
a. Brocar Products, Inc.
b. Truebro, Inc.
c. or equivalent
3. Hand Dryers as manufactured byWorld Dryer Corporation
MATERIALS
B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, No. 4 finish (satin), 0.0312-inch minimum nominal
thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Mirror Class: ASTMC1036, Typel, Classl, Qualityq2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with
silvering electroplated copper coating and protective organic coating complying with
FS DD-M-411.
D. Calvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTMA153/4 153M, hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication.
E. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and
theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed.
F. Keys: Provide univenal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying.
Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.
2,2 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
A. Toilet Tissue Dispenser:
1. Type: Roll
2. Mounting: Surface Mount
3. Material: Stainless Steel
4. Capacity:2 roll
B. Combination Towel DispenserAMaste Receptacle:
1. Type:
2. Material: Stainless Steel
3. Towel-Dispenser Capacity: Refer to size indicated on drawings4. Waste-Receptacle Capacity: Refer to size indicated on drawings
C. Liquid-SoapDispenser
1. Mounting: Wall Mounted
2. Capacity: I oz. or greater
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
10801 -2
I ilr'e,:',"ffArchitects
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
r 970-476-6342 Vail, Colorado
r : 3. Materials: Clear Plastic
11 4- Stainless-Steel Soap Valve: Designed for dispensing soap in liquid form.
I 5. Lockel Tumbler type.
6. Refill Indicator: Window type.
I
t D. Grab Bar:
I 1. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch thick.
I 2. Mounting: Concealed.3. Cripping Surfaces: Slipresistant texture.
t 4. Outside Diameter: 1-112 inches for heavy-duty applications.
I E. Sanitary Napkin Disposal Unit:'1. Material: Stainless steel.
2. Door or Cover: Self-closing
3. Receptacle: Removable and reusable.
I F. Robe Hook:
I '1. Double-Prong Unit: Stainless steel, double-prong robe hook with rectangular wall
bracket and backplate for concealed rnounting.
G. Underlavatorv Cuard
I 1. Insulating Piping Coverings: White, anti-microbial, molded-vinyl covering for supply
and drain piping assemblies intended for use at accessible lavatories to prevent direct
I contact with and burns from piping. Provide components as required for applications
I indicated with flip tops at valves that allow service access without removing coverings.
f H. Electric Hand Dryer:
I 1. Model: D)(A5 as manufactured by World Dryer Corporation
2. Mounting: Surface
3. Finish: Stainless Steel
Ir PART3-EXECUTIoN
lT 3.1 INSTALLATION
I A. lnstall accessories using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended byt unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb and firmly anchored in locations and at
reguired heighs.
I 1. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 25o lbf,when tested. according to method in ASTM F 446.I
t T'TLET AND BATH ACCEssoRrEs 1os01 - 3
I
I
irruren P,er.u or.n,r".f o Vail Cymnastics Facility
Vaif, Coforado May 2CfJ4
970-476-6342 Vail. Colorado
B. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms
function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and
prot€ctive coatingp.
END OF SECTION 10801
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10801 -4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970476-6342
SECTION 10431 - SICNS
PART 1 - GENEML
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Exterior Signage
2. lnterior Room Signage
3. Signageaccessories.
4. This is a cash allowance item refer to Section 01210
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A Shop Drawings: Include
attachments to other Work.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
plans, elevations, sections, details, wiring diagrams, and
B.
1.3
A.
1. Verift dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate
measurements on Shop Drawings.
2. Provide message list for each sign, including large-scale details of wording leftering
arhvork and braille layout.
Samples: For each sign material indicated that involves color selection.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and with
code provisions as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,1 MANUFACTURERS
A. ln other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
for product selection:
'1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the manufacturers specified.
SICNS 1043'l - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Archite
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
2.2 PANEL SICNS
A. Ceneral: Provide panel signs that comply with requirements indicated for materials,
thiiknesses, finish, colors, designs, shapes, sizes and details of construction.
B. AvailableManufacturers:
1. Allenite Signs; Allen Marking Products, lnc.
2. American Craphics Inc.
3. Andco Industries Corp.
4. APCO Graphics, Inc.
5. ASI Sign Systems, Inc.
6. Best Manufacturing Co.
7. Crimco, Inc.
8. lnnerface Sign Systems, Inc.
9. Kaltech lndustries Croup, Inc.
10. Mills Manufacturing, Inc.
1 1. Mohawk Sign Systems.'12. Seton ldentification Products.
13. Signature Signs, Inc.
14. Supersine Company (The).
15. or equivalent
C. Cast-Acrylic Sheet: Manufacturer's standard and as follows:
1. Color: Match existing.
D. Unframed Panel Signs: Fabricate signs with edges mechanically and smoothly finished to
comply with the following requirements:
1. Edge Condition: match existing.
2. Corner Condition: match existing.
E. Laminated Panels: Permanently laminate face panels to backing sheets of material; use
manufacture/s standard process.
F. Craphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with requirements indicated in
the Sign Schedule for size, style, spacing content, mounting height and location, material,
finishes, and colors of signage.
C. Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufactureds standard process for producing copy complying
with ADA Accessibility Cuidelines and ICOANSI A'i17.1. Text shall be accompanied by
Crade 2 braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs
and cut mark.
1. Panel Material: Opaque acrylic sheet.
2. Raised-Copy Thickness: Not less than 1/32 inch.
10431-2
I
!
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
T
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
ISICNS
I
t
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch itects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.4
A.
B.
3.1
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2OO4
Vail, Colorado
2.3 DIMENSIONAL CHAMCTERS
A. AvailableManufacturers:
1. American Craphics Inc.
2. A.R.K Ramos.
3. ASI Sign Systems, Inc.
4. Charleston Industries, lnc.
5. Ceminilncorporated.
6. Grimco, Inc.
7. Innerface Sign Sptems, lnc.
L Kaltech Industries Croup, lnc.
9. MetalArts; Div. of L&H Mfg.'10. Mills Manufacturing Inc.
11. Mohawk Sign Systems.
12. Signature Sign Signs, Inc.
13. Southwell Co. CIhe).14. or equivalent
B. Cast Characters: Form individual letters and numbers by casting. Produce characters with
smooth flat faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles, free from pits,
scale, sand holes, and other defects. Cast lugs into back of characters and tap to receirre
threaded mounting studs. Comply with requirements indicated for finish, style and size.
1. Material: Match Existing.
ACCESSORIES
Mounting Methods: For interior signs, use hook-and-loop tape fabricated from materials
that are not corrosive to sign material and mounting surface.
Anchors and lnserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts
for exterior installatidns and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed
steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as
requ'r,ed, to be set into concrete or masonry work.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
ceneral: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types
described and in compliance with manufacturerrs written instructions.
'1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from
distortion and other defects in appearance.
SICNS 10431 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce ArchiteJ Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado May 2004
970-476-6342 Vail. Colorado
2. lnterior Wall Signs: lnstall signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where
applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on
nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without
encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door.
B. Wall-Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using methods indicated
below:
1. Hook-and-Loop Tapes: Use hook-and-loop tapes to mount signs to smooth,
nonporous surfaces.
C. Dimensional Characters: Mount characters using standard fastening methods
recommended in writing by manufacturer for character form, type of mounting wall
construction, and condition of exposure indicated. Provide heavy paper template to
establish character spacing and to locate holes for fasteners.
1. ProjeAed Mounting: Mount characters at projection distance froin wall surface
indicated.
3.2 SICN SCHEDULE
A. Provide signage for the all rooms. Exact location and final sign copy to be verified with
Owner.
END OF SECTION 10431
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ISICNS10431 - 4
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
SECTION 13851 - FIRE ALARM
PART 1 - CENEML
Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawinp and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, 4pply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes fire alarm systems with manual stations, detectors, signal equipment,
controls, and devices in compliance with applicable codes. This is an allowance item,
Referto Section 01210.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show details of graphic annunciator.
1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring and differentiate between manufacturer-installed
and field-installed wiring. Include diagrams for equipment and for sptem with all
terminals and interconnections identified.
2. Battery: Sizing calculations.
3. Floor Plans: Indicate final outlet locations and routings of raceway connections.
4. Device Address LisL Coordinate with final system programming.
5. ' System Operation Description: Detailed description for this Project, including
method of operation and supervision of each type of circuit and sequence of
operations for manually and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs.
Manufacture/s standard descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable.
Coordination Drawings: Plans, sections, and elevations drawn io ,."1" and coordinating
installation of smoke detectors in ducts and access to them. Show the following near
each duct smoke provision of detector installation:
1 . Size and location of ducts, including lining.
2. Size and location of piping.
3. Size and arrangement of structural elements.
4. Size and location of duct smoke detector, including air-sampling elements.
D. Operating Instructions: For mounting at the FACP.
A.
B.
't.1
1.2
1.3
$
I
I
I
!
I
I
f,t
I
I
T
t
I
T
f,";
I FIREALARM 13851 - I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
H.
1.4
1.5
1.6
E. Product Certificates: Signed
products furnished comply with
F.
t.
J.
by manufacturers of system
requirements.
by manufacturer certirying
Vail Gymnastics Facility
Vail, Colorado
components certifying that
that installers comply with
t.,
Installer Certificates: Signed
requirements.
Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements. Comply with NFPA 72.
Maintenance Data: For fire alarm systems to include in maintenance manuals specified in
Division 1. Comply with NFPA 72.
Submissions to Authorities Having Jurisdiction: ln addition to distribution requirements
for Submittals specified in Division 1 Section "Submittals," make an identical submission to
authorities having jurisdiction. Include copies of annotated Contract Drawings as needed
to depict component locations to facilitate review. Resubmit if required to make
clarifications or revisions to obtain approval. On receipt of comments from authorities
having jurisdiction, submit them to Architect for review.
Certificate of Completion: Comply with NFPA 72.
CLEANINC AND ADJUSTINC
Cleaning: Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches
and marred flnish to match original finish. Clean unit internally using methods and
materials recommended bv manufacturer.
DFMONSTMTION
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner/s maintenance
personnel as specified below:
1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and
stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting, and maintaining equipment and
schedules. Provide a minimum of 8 hours'training.
2. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of the operation and maintenance
manual as a training aid.
3. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance
notice.
ON-SITE ASSISTANCE
Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within one year of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sound levels, controls, and sensitivities
FIREALARM 13851-2
loo
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
I }il:.9*Hli vair,cororado
to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to three requested visits to Project site for
6, this PurPose'
I
tND ot SEcrloN 138s1
I
t
I
I
t
t,
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
tr
I FIREALARM 13851 - 3
I
l
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects Vail Cymnastics Facility
I Vail, Colorado Mayzwi
t 970-476-6342 Vait, Colorado
I SECTION 13851 - FIRE ALARMr
- PART1 -CENEMLr
I 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contrac! including Ceneral and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.t
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes fire alarm q/stems with manual stations, detectors, sigral equipment,
controls, and devices in compliance with applicable codes. This is an allowance item,
Refer to Section 01210.
I 1.3 SUBMITTALS
't A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
-
I , B. Shop Drawings: Show details of graphic annunciator.
r 1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail 'wiring and differentiate between manufacturer-installed
t and field-installed wiring. Include diagrams for equipment and for qatem with all
terminals and interconnections identified.
2. Battery: Sizing calculations.
f 3. Floor Plans: Indicate final outlet locations and routings of raceway connections.
- 4. Device Address LisH Coordinate with final system programming.
5. System Operation Description: Detailed description for this Proj.a, includingIf method of operation and supervision of each type of circuit and sequence of
operations for manually and automatically initiated s)6tem inputs and outputs.
.l Manufacturer's standard descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable.
! C. Coordination Drawings: Plans, sections, and elevations drawn to scale and coordinating
- installation of smoke detectors in ducB and access to them. Show the following near
I each duct smoke provision of detector installation:
1. Size and location of ducts, including lining.
I 2. Size and locarion of piping.r 3. Size and arrangement of structural elements.
4. Size and location of duct smoke detector, including air-sampling elements.
I D. Operating lnstructions: For mounting at the FACP.
l
I
I FIREALARMr 13851 - I
o
itects
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Arch
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
E. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers
products furnished comply with requirements.
F. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer
L
Vail Gym nastics Facility
May2004
Vail, Colorado
of sptem components certi4/ing that
certirying that installers comply with
H.
requirements.
Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements. Comply with NFPA 72.
Maintenance Data: For fire alarm systems to include in maintenance manuals specified in
Division 1. Comply with NFPA 72.
Submissions to Authorities'Having Jurisdiction: In addition to distribution requirements
for Submittals specified in Division 1 Section "Submittals," make an identical submission to
authorities having jurisdiction. Include copies of annotated Contract Drawings as needed
to depict component locations to facilitate review. Resubmit if required to make
clarifications or revisions to obtain approval. On receipt of comments from authorities
having jurisdiction, submit them to Architect for review.
Certificate of Completion: Comply with NFPA 72.
CLEANINC AND ADJUSTINC
Cleaning: Remove paint splafters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches
and marred finish to match original finish. Clean unit internally using methods and
materials recommended bv manufacturer.
DEMONSTMTION
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owne/s maintenance
personnel as specified below:
1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and
stopping troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting, and maintaining equipment and
schedules. Provide a minimum of 8 hours' training.
2. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of the operation and maintenance
manual as a training aid.
3. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days'advance
notice.
ON-SITE ASSISTANCE
Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within one year of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sound levels, controls, and sensitivities
t.
1.4
1.5
1.6
FIREALARM 13851-2
I
Fritzlen Pierce ArchitectsI Ni:#::;z.*,
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado' to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to three requested visits to Project site for
I
this purpose.
I
END OF SECilON 138s1
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
13851-3I FIREAI.ARM
t
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
SECTION 14240 - HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
PART I.GENERAL
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail Colorado
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
It
I
'1.2
A.
B.
1.3
A.
B.
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes a LULA (Limited Use, Limited Access) Holeless Hydraulic Elevator.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data; Include capacities, sizes, performances, operations, safety features,
finishes, and sirnilar inforrnation for each elevator required.
Shop Drawinp: Show plans, elevations, sections, and large-scale details indicating
service at each landing machine room layout, relationships with other construction,
and locations of equipment and signals. lndicate m:ximum and average power
demands.
Sampleg: For each exposed finish.
Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by elevator manufacturer certifl/ing that hoistway,
pit, and machine room layout and dimensions, as shown on Drawings, and
electrical service, as shown and specified, are adequate for elevator sptem being
provided.
Maintenance manuals.
Inspection and Accepance Certificates and Operating Permib: fu required by
authorities having jurisdiction for normal, unrestricted elevator use.
QUALITY ASSUMNCE
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with local governing regulations and with applicable
provisions in ASME 41 7.1, "Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators."
Accessibility Requirements: In addition to local governing regulations, comply with
"Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Cuidelines (ADMC).'Section 407
in ICC A117.1.
C.
D.
E.
F.
HYDRATJLIC ELEVATORS t424Q - |
o I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
1.4 MAINTENANCESERVICE
A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, providel2
months'full maintenance service. Include monthly preventive maintenance, repair
or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning and
adjusting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail Colorado
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
Elevator configuration shown on plan is based on Vertechs, Precision Lift Elevator as
supplied by The Elevator Company, 7800 Hiway B2 S-206,Clenwood SpringF,
Colorado (800) 735-0403
Manufacturers: Subjea to compliance with requiremenb, provide hydraulic
elevators by one of the following:
1. Dover Elevator Systems.
2. Otis Elevator Co.
3. Schindler Elevator Corp.
4. Thyssen Elevator Croup North America.
5. Vertechs
OPERATION SYSTEMS
Provide manufacturer's standard microprocessor operation system of the type
indicated.
1. Single Elevator, Two Stops: Provide "automatic operation" as defined in
ASME A17.1.
A.
B.
\
2.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
A. Ceneral: Provide manufacturer's standard elevator systems, published by
manufacturer as included in standard pre -engineered elevator systems and as
required for a complete system.
2.3
A.
TryDRAULIC ELEVATORS 14240 - 2
t
t,
l'
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.4 STCNAL EQUTPMENT
2.5
A.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail Colorado
B.
C.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.
4.
5.
5.
7.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
IC'
A. Ceneral: Satin stainless-steel signal equipment with hall-call and car-call buttons
that light when activated and remain lit until call has been fulfilled. Fabricate
lighted elements of acrylic or other permanent, nonyellowing translucent plastic.
Car Control Stations: Manufacture/s standard car control stations mounted in
return panel adjacent to car door, unless otherwise indicated.
Emergency Communication System: Complying with ASME 412.1 and the U.S.
Architectural & Transportation Barrien Compliance Board's 'hmericans with
Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Cuidelines (ADMC)." On activation, s)6tem
dials preprogrammed number of monitoring station and identifies elevator location
to monitoring station. system provides two-way voice communication without
using a handset and provides visible signals that indicate when system has been
activated and when monitoring station has responded. system is contained in flush-
mounted cabinet, with identification, instructions for use, and battery backup power
supply.
Fire Department Communication System: Provide in each car and required
conductors in traveling cable for fire department communication system specified in
Division 16 Sections.
ELEVATOR CAR ENCLOSURES
General: Provide manufacturefs standard enameled-steel car enclosures with
removable wall panels, suspended ceiling trim, accessories, access doors, doors,
power door operators, sills (thresholds), lighting and ventilation.
1. Floor Finish: Vinyl Flooring
2. Metal Wall Panels: Flush hollow-metal construction, fabricated from metal
indicated.
Fabricate car with recesses and cutouts for signal equipment.
Fabricate car door frame integrally with front wall of car..
.Stainless-Steel Doors: Flush, hollow-metal construction, fabricated from
stainless steel.
Silfs: Extruded aluminum, with grooved surface, 'l/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick.
Luminous Ceiling: Fluorescent light firtures and ceiling panels of translucent
acrylic or other permanent rigid plastic complying with flammability
requirements.
8. Handrails: Manufacturer's standard metal handrails.
I HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 14240 - 3
Fritzlen Pierce Architects
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
2.6 HOISTWAY ENTRANCES
5.
6.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
1.
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2OO4
Vail Colorado
{'
l'iti
Ceneral: Manufacturer's standard horizontal-sliding door-and-frame hoistway
entrances complete with track systems, hardware, sills, and accessories.
2.
3.
4.
Where gypsum board wall construction is indicated, provide self-supporting
frames with reinforced head sections.
Enameled-Steel Frames: Formed steel sheet.
Stainless-Steel Frarnes: Formed stainless-steel sheet.
Stainless-Steel Doors: Flush, hollow-metal construction, fabricated from
stainless steel.
Silfs: Extruded aluminum, with grooved surface, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick.
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Croul Factory-packaged, nonstaining noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1 107.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
3.2
INSTALLATION
Provide and per Man ufactu rer's recom mendations
DEMONSTRATION
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel to adjusf operate, and maintain elevators. Review emergency provisions
and train Owner's personnel in procedures to follow in identifying sources of
operational failures or malfunctions. Refer to Division 1 Closeout Procedures and
Demonstration and Training.
PROTECTION
Temporary Use: Do not use elevators for construction purposes unless cars are
provided with temporary enclosures, either within finished cars or in place of
finished cars/ to protect finishes from damage.
MAINTENANCE
1. Provide full maintenance service by skilled, competent employees of elevator
lnstaller for elevators used for construction purposes.
3.3
A.
END OF SECTION -14240
FTYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
3.4
t4240 - 4
I i,ff'e,:,H:Architects
970-476-6342
. SECTION 15OOO. MECHANICAL
Vail Gymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
I PARrl -.ENERAL
I 1.1 s,MMARY
I A. This Section includes plumbing, fire suppression (sprinkler) s)6tem, mechanical equipment
I and installation. Refer to Mechanical Drawings prepared by Beaudin Canze Engineering
for design and product specifications.
Ir 1.2 SUBMITTALS
I B. Product Information - Plumbing Fixtures, Mechanical Equipment,
C. Shop Drawings - Fire Sprinkler System, Metal Ducting
.PART2-PRODUCTS
1. Refer to Mechanical Drawings by Beaudin Canze for Product Specifications; 2. Fire Suppression (Sprinkler) System is a design build item. provide design and
engineering for a fully functioning s)6tem in compliance with applicable codes and
I stamped by a qualified engineer. Coordinate devices with Fire Alarm and Detection
t System which is a Cash Allowance item 01210.
I PARr3-rxECUroN
I 3'1 Coordinate with other trades for timely and efficient installation and scheduling.
I rND oF sECnoN lsooo
t
t
lc
I
I MECHANTCAT-
2.1
I
t
1s000 - 1
I ilir'e,'J:J:Architects o
I ;fiffio-ELEcrR,cAL
O VailCymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail, Colorado
16000-1
I
- PARTl.CENEML
! 1.1
',MMARY
I A. This Section includes Power, Lighting Telephone, Computer Cabling Fire Alarm and
I Detection Devices and required service to the building. Refer to Electrical Drawings
prepared by Beaudin Canze Engineering for design and product specifications.
I B. Provide cabling to phone panel and computer server locations as shown on the drawings.
Phone and computer s)rstem panels and devices are not included in the scope of work and
are to be provided by Owner
I
1.2 SUBMTTTALS
!' B. Product Information - Lighting Fixtures, Electrical Trim, Electrical Panels and Equipment
I C. Shop Drawingp - Fire Alarm and Detection Sptem.
D. PRODUCISI
1.3
I 1. Refer to Electrical Drawingp by Beaudin Canze for Product Specifications
t 2. Fire Alarm and Detection is a design build item. Provide design and engineering for a
fully functioning system in compliance with applicable codes and stamped by a
I *"lliffig[rTffiffiXl:f devices with Fire sprinkler system which is referenced
I PARr2-EXECU..N
I 2.1 Coordinate with other trades for timely and efficient installation and scheduling.
I END oF sEcroN 16000
I
I
t
I ELE.TRT.AL
I Fritzlen Pierce Archirects O
Vail, Colorado
- 970-476-6342
r sEcTloN 1612d- phone and Computer Cabling
O VailGymnasticsFacility
May 2004
Vail Colorado
r PART1 -CENEML
I 1.1 RELATED DocuMENTS
I A. Drawinp and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary
I Conditions and other Division 1 and 16 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I 1.2 SUMMARY
r A. This Section includes the following:
r 1. Telephone and Computer Wiring
I B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 16 Sections on Drawings.I 1.3 SUBMITTALS
t A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
I 1.4 e,ALTTYASSUMNCE
,- A. Source Limitations: Obtain cable through one source from a single manufacturer.
I B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
I NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
t marked for intended use.
t 1.s cooRDrNATroN!
A. Coordinate locations with Owner.t
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I 2.1 MANUFACTURTRS
I A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
I
Phone and Computer Cabling
I
16120 - 1
Fritzlen Pierce Archite0
Vail, Colorado
970-476-6342
Phone and Computer Cabling
1. Telephone Cable:
a. Belden
b. or equivalent
2. Computer Cable:a. Belden
b. or equivalent
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1. Telephone Cable:
a. 6 pair, CAT 3, Plenum-rated
2. Computer Cable:
a. 6 pair, CAT 5e, Plenurn-rated
PART 3 - EXECUTION
CABLE INSTATTATION
All cables to be homerun to Computer Room with no splices in cables. Both phone and
computer cables to be in single gang box at each work station.
Coordinate with Fire Alarm Supplier for telephone requirements for panel and system
monitoring.
3-2 CONNECTIONS
A. All final connehions by Owner.
END OF SECTION 16120
Vail Cymnastics Facility
May 2004
Vail Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.1
B.
16120 -2
I
I
I
Vail Gymnastics Facility
I May2o04t
I Paint and Goating Scheduler
Item Location Finish Color or Number
Supplier
T
Exposed Metal Columns Interior Prime/Paint - Flat Finish Color 1 io be selected
I ExposedMetal RoofDecking Interior Prime/Paint-FlatFinish Color2 tobeselected
I Exposed Metal Roof Bar Joists Interior Prime/Paint - Flat Finish Color 3 to be selected
r Metal DoorsandFrames Interior Prime/Paint-FlatFinish Color4 tobeselected
I Wood Window Sills lnterior Eggshell Latex Color 4 to be selected
Drywall Wet Locations High Gloss Latex Color 5 to be selected
I Drywall Dry Locations Eggshell Latex Color 6 to be selected
I
Metal Pre-Fabricated Stairs Interior Powder Coat Color 7 to be selected
I Metal Exterior Rails Exterior Powder Coat Color 7 to be selected
I Exterior Metat Awnings Exteilor Powder Coat Color 7 to be selected
Metal Flashing and Trim Exterior Powder Coat Color 7 to be selected
I Metal Reglets for Stucco Exterior Clear Aluminum
I Wood Siding Exterior Transparent Stain Moorewood 081-52
- Wood Slats at Awnings Exterior Transparent Stain Moorewood 081-52
I Stucco Exterior Integrated Color na
re: Section 09220
t
t
I
I
I
I
I